US20090112263A1 - Skeletal manipulation system - Google Patents

Skeletal manipulation system Download PDF

Info

Publication number
US20090112263A1
US20090112263A1 US12/121,438 US12143808A US2009112263A1 US 20090112263 A1 US20090112263 A1 US 20090112263A1 US 12143808 A US12143808 A US 12143808A US 2009112263 A1 US2009112263 A1 US 2009112263A1
Authority
US
United States
Prior art keywords
adjustment device
location
distraction
magnet
magnetic element
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Abandoned
Application number
US12/121,438
Inventor
Scott Pool
Blair Walker
Arvin Chang
Jay R. McCoy
Richard L. Quick
Shahram Moaddeb
Peter P. Tran
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Ellipse Technologies Inc
Original Assignee
Ellipse Technologies Inc
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Ellipse Technologies Inc filed Critical Ellipse Technologies Inc
Priority to US12/121,438 priority Critical patent/US20090112263A1/en
Assigned to ELLIPSE TECHNOLOGIES, INC. reassignment ELLIPSE TECHNOLOGIES, INC. ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST (SEE DOCUMENT FOR DETAILS). Assignors: MCCOY, JAY R., QUICK, RICHARD L., MOADDEB, SHAHRAM, CHANG, ARVIN, POOL, SCOTT, TRAN, PETER P., WALKER, BLAIR
Priority to JP2010531128A priority patent/JP2011502003A/en
Priority to CN201210404498.9A priority patent/CN102920500B/en
Priority to ES08845847.6T priority patent/ES2639014T3/en
Priority to PCT/US2008/079743 priority patent/WO2009058546A1/en
Priority to CN2008801214231A priority patent/CN101917918B/en
Priority to EP08845847.6A priority patent/EP2209431B1/en
Priority to CA2703562A priority patent/CA2703562C/en
Publication of US20090112263A1 publication Critical patent/US20090112263A1/en
Priority to JP2014081308A priority patent/JP5860496B2/en
Priority to JP2015178762A priority patent/JP6178371B2/en
Assigned to BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., AS ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT reassignment BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., AS ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT SECURITY INTEREST (SEE DOCUMENT FOR DETAILS). Assignors: NUVASIVE CLINICAL SERVICES MONITORING, INC., NUVASIVE CLINICAL SERVICES, INC., NUVASIVE SPECIALIZED ORTHOPEDICS, INC., NUVASIVE, INC.
Abandoned legal-status Critical Current

Links

Images

Classifications

    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B17/00Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets
    • A61B17/56Surgical instruments or methods for treatment of bones or joints; Devices specially adapted therefor
    • A61B17/58Surgical instruments or methods for treatment of bones or joints; Devices specially adapted therefor for osteosynthesis, e.g. bone plates, screws, setting implements or the like
    • A61B17/88Osteosynthesis instruments; Methods or means for implanting or extracting internal or external fixation devices
    • A61B17/8866Osteosynthesis instruments; Methods or means for implanting or extracting internal or external fixation devices for gripping or pushing bones, e.g. approximators
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B17/00Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets
    • A61B17/56Surgical instruments or methods for treatment of bones or joints; Devices specially adapted therefor
    • A61B17/58Surgical instruments or methods for treatment of bones or joints; Devices specially adapted therefor for osteosynthesis, e.g. bone plates, screws, setting implements or the like
    • A61B17/68Internal fixation devices, including fasteners and spinal fixators, even if a part thereof projects from the skin
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B17/00Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets
    • A61B17/56Surgical instruments or methods for treatment of bones or joints; Devices specially adapted therefor
    • A61B17/58Surgical instruments or methods for treatment of bones or joints; Devices specially adapted therefor for osteosynthesis, e.g. bone plates, screws, setting implements or the like
    • A61B17/68Internal fixation devices, including fasteners and spinal fixators, even if a part thereof projects from the skin
    • A61B17/70Spinal positioners or stabilisers ; Bone stabilisers comprising fluid filler in an implant
    • A61B17/7001Screws or hooks combined with longitudinal elements which do not contact vertebrae
    • A61B17/7002Longitudinal elements, e.g. rods
    • A61B17/7014Longitudinal elements, e.g. rods with means for adjusting the distance between two screws or hooks
    • A61B17/7016Longitudinal elements, e.g. rods with means for adjusting the distance between two screws or hooks electric or electromagnetic means
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B17/00Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets
    • A61B17/56Surgical instruments or methods for treatment of bones or joints; Devices specially adapted therefor
    • A61B17/58Surgical instruments or methods for treatment of bones or joints; Devices specially adapted therefor for osteosynthesis, e.g. bone plates, screws, setting implements or the like
    • A61B17/68Internal fixation devices, including fasteners and spinal fixators, even if a part thereof projects from the skin
    • A61B17/70Spinal positioners or stabilisers ; Bone stabilisers comprising fluid filler in an implant
    • A61B17/7062Devices acting on, attached to, or simulating the effect of, vertebral processes, vertebral facets or ribs ; Tools for such devices
    • A61B17/707Devices acting on, or attached to, a transverse process or rib; Tools therefor
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B17/00Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets
    • A61B17/56Surgical instruments or methods for treatment of bones or joints; Devices specially adapted therefor
    • A61B17/58Surgical instruments or methods for treatment of bones or joints; Devices specially adapted therefor for osteosynthesis, e.g. bone plates, screws, setting implements or the like
    • A61B17/68Internal fixation devices, including fasteners and spinal fixators, even if a part thereof projects from the skin
    • A61B17/72Intramedullary pins, nails or other devices
    • A61B17/7216Intramedullary pins, nails or other devices for bone lengthening or compression
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B17/00Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets
    • A61B17/56Surgical instruments or methods for treatment of bones or joints; Devices specially adapted therefor
    • A61B17/58Surgical instruments or methods for treatment of bones or joints; Devices specially adapted therefor for osteosynthesis, e.g. bone plates, screws, setting implements or the like
    • A61B17/68Internal fixation devices, including fasteners and spinal fixators, even if a part thereof projects from the skin
    • A61B17/80Cortical plates, i.e. bone plates; Instruments for holding or positioning cortical plates, or for compressing bones attached to cortical plates
    • A61B17/8004Cortical plates, i.e. bone plates; Instruments for holding or positioning cortical plates, or for compressing bones attached to cortical plates with means for distracting or compressing the bone or bones
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B17/00Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets
    • A61B17/56Surgical instruments or methods for treatment of bones or joints; Devices specially adapted therefor
    • A61B17/58Surgical instruments or methods for treatment of bones or joints; Devices specially adapted therefor for osteosynthesis, e.g. bone plates, screws, setting implements or the like
    • A61B17/88Osteosynthesis instruments; Methods or means for implanting or extracting internal or external fixation devices
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B17/00Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets
    • A61B17/56Surgical instruments or methods for treatment of bones or joints; Devices specially adapted therefor
    • A61B17/58Surgical instruments or methods for treatment of bones or joints; Devices specially adapted therefor for osteosynthesis, e.g. bone plates, screws, setting implements or the like
    • A61B17/68Internal fixation devices, including fasteners and spinal fixators, even if a part thereof projects from the skin
    • A61B17/70Spinal positioners or stabilisers ; Bone stabilisers comprising fluid filler in an implant
    • A61B17/7001Screws or hooks combined with longitudinal elements which do not contact vertebrae
    • A61B17/7044Screws or hooks combined with longitudinal elements which do not contact vertebrae also having plates, staples or washers bearing on the vertebrae
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B17/00Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets
    • A61B17/56Surgical instruments or methods for treatment of bones or joints; Devices specially adapted therefor
    • A61B17/58Surgical instruments or methods for treatment of bones or joints; Devices specially adapted therefor for osteosynthesis, e.g. bone plates, screws, setting implements or the like
    • A61B17/68Internal fixation devices, including fasteners and spinal fixators, even if a part thereof projects from the skin
    • A61B17/70Spinal positioners or stabilisers ; Bone stabilisers comprising fluid filler in an implant
    • A61B17/7062Devices acting on, attached to, or simulating the effect of, vertebral processes, vertebral facets or ribs ; Tools for such devices
    • A61B17/7065Devices with changeable shape, e.g. collapsible or having retractable arms to aid implantation; Tools therefor
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B17/00Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets
    • A61B17/56Surgical instruments or methods for treatment of bones or joints; Devices specially adapted therefor
    • A61B17/58Surgical instruments or methods for treatment of bones or joints; Devices specially adapted therefor for osteosynthesis, e.g. bone plates, screws, setting implements or the like
    • A61B17/68Internal fixation devices, including fasteners and spinal fixators, even if a part thereof projects from the skin
    • A61B17/72Intramedullary pins, nails or other devices
    • A61B17/7233Intramedullary pins, nails or other devices with special means of locking the nail to the bone
    • A61B17/7258Intramedullary pins, nails or other devices with special means of locking the nail to the bone with laterally expanding parts, e.g. for gripping the bone
    • A61B17/7266Intramedullary pins, nails or other devices with special means of locking the nail to the bone with laterally expanding parts, e.g. for gripping the bone with fingers moving radially outwardly
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B17/00Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets
    • A61B2017/00367Details of actuation of instruments, e.g. relations between pushing buttons, or the like, and activation of the tool, working tip, or the like
    • A61B2017/00411Details of actuation of instruments, e.g. relations between pushing buttons, or the like, and activation of the tool, working tip, or the like actuated by application of energy from an energy source outside the body
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B17/00Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets
    • A61B2017/00831Material properties
    • A61B2017/00876Material properties magnetic
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B17/00Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets
    • A61B17/56Surgical instruments or methods for treatment of bones or joints; Devices specially adapted therefor
    • A61B2017/564Methods for bone or joint treatment
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B17/00Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets
    • A61B17/56Surgical instruments or methods for treatment of bones or joints; Devices specially adapted therefor
    • A61B17/58Surgical instruments or methods for treatment of bones or joints; Devices specially adapted therefor for osteosynthesis, e.g. bone plates, screws, setting implements or the like
    • A61B17/68Internal fixation devices, including fasteners and spinal fixators, even if a part thereof projects from the skin
    • A61B2017/681Alignment, compression, or distraction mechanisms

Definitions

  • the field of the invention generally relates to medical devices for treating disorders of the skeletal system.
  • Scoliosis is a general term for the sideways (lateral) curving of the spine, usually in the thoracic or thoracolumbar region. Scoliosis is commonly broken up into different treatment groups, Adolescent Idiopathic Scoliosis, Early Onset Scoliosis and Adult Scoliosis.
  • Adolescent Idiopathic Scoliosis typically affects children between ages 10 and 16, and becomes most severe during growth spurts that occur as the body is developing. One to two percent of children between ages 10 and 16 have some amount of scoliosis. Of every 1000 children, two to five develop curves that are serious enough to require treatment.
  • the degree of scoliosis is typically described by the Cobb angle, which is determined, usually from x-ray images, by taking the most tilted vertebrae above and below the apex of the curved portion and measuring the angle between intersecting lines drawn perpendicular to the top of the top vertebrae and the bottom of the bottom.
  • the term idiopathic refers to the fact that the exact cause of this curvature is unknown.
  • scoliosis occurs when, during rapid growth phases, the ligamentum flavum of the spine is too tight and hinders symmetric growth of the spine. For example, as the anterior portion of the spine elongates faster than the posterior portion, the thoracic spine begins to straighten, until it curves laterally, often with an accompanying rotation. In more severe cases, this rotation actually creates a noticeable deformity, wherein one shoulder is lower than the other.
  • many school districts perform external visual assessment of spines, for example in all fifth grade students. For those students in whom an “S” shape or “C” shape is identified, instead of an “I” shape, a recommendation is given to have the spine examined by a physician, and commonly followed-up with periodic spinal x-rays.
  • the ratio of females to males for curves under 10° is about one to one, however, at angles above 30°, females outnumber males by as much as eight to one.
  • Fusion surgery can be performed on the AIS patients or on adult scoliosis patients.
  • an incision is made down the length of the back and Titanium or stainless steel straightening rods are placed along the curved portion.
  • These rods are typically secured to the vertebral bodies, for example with bone screws, or more specifically pedicle screws, in a manner that allows the spine to be straightened.
  • the intervertebral disks are removed and bone graft material is placed to create the fusion. If this is autologous material, the bone is harvested from a hip via a separate incision.
  • the fusion surgery may be performed anteriorly.
  • a lateral and anterior incision is made for access.
  • one of the lungs is deflated in order to allow access to the spine from this anterior approach.
  • approximately five incisions instead of the single long incision, each about three to four cm long are made in several of the intercostal spaces (between the ribs) on one side of the patient.
  • tethers and bone screws are placed and are secured to the vertebra on the anterior convex portion of the curve.
  • clinical trials are being performed which use staples in place of the tether/screw combination.
  • EOS Early Onset Scoliosis
  • VEPTR Very Expandable Prosthetic Titanium Rib
  • Each adjustment requires a surgical incision to access the adjustable portion of the device. Because the patients may receive the device at an age as early as six months old, this treatment requires a large number of surgeries. Because of the multiple surgeries, these patients have a rather high preponderance of infection.
  • braces It is commonly known that many patients have at times hidden their braces, for example, in a bush outside of school, in order to escape any related embarrassment.
  • the patient compliance with brace wearing has been so problematic, that there have been special braces constructed which sense the body of the patient, and keep track of the amount of time per day that the brace is worn. Patients have even been known to place objects into unworn braces of this type in order to fool the sensor. Coupled with the inconsistent patient compliance with brace usage, is a feeling by many physicians that braces, even if used properly, are not at all effective at curing scoliosis.
  • bracing can possibly slow down or even temporarily stop curve (Cobb angle) progression, but they have noted that as soon as the treatment period ends and the brace is no longer worn, often the scoliosis rapidly progresses, to a Cobb angle even more severe than it was at the beginning of treatment. Some say the reason for the supposed ineffectiveness of the brace is that it works only on a portion of the torso, and not on the entire spine.
  • BrAIST Bactata prospective, randomized 500 patient clinical trial known as BrAIST (Bracing in Adolescent Idiopathic Scoliosis Trial) is enrolling patients, 50% of whom will be treated with the brace and 50% of who will simply be watched.
  • the Cobb angle data will be measured continually up until skeletal maturity, or until a Cobb angle of 50° is reached, at which time the patient will likely undergo surgery.
  • a system for manipulating a portion of the skeletal system in the body of a mammal includes an implant having a first portion and a second portion, the first portion configured for mounting at a first location of the skeletal system and the second portion configured for mounting at a second location of the skeletal system.
  • the system further includes an adjustment device disposed on the implant and configured to apply a biasing force to the skeletal system, the adjustment device including a magnetic element configured for cyclic movement, the magnetic element being operatively coupled to a drive element configured to alter at least one of the distance or the force between the first location and the second location.
  • the system further includes an implantable feedback device operatively coupled to the implant, the feedback device being configured to produce a response that is indicative of a condition of the implant which can be identified non-invasively.
  • a system for manipulating a portion of the skeletal system in the body of a mammal includes an implant having a first portion and a second portion, the first portion configured for mounting to a first location of the skeletal system and the second portion configured for mounting to a second location of the skeletal system.
  • the system further includes an adjustment device configured to change at least one of the distance or the force between the first location and the second location.
  • the system includes a clamp disposed on the first portion, the clamp including a magnetic element configured to allow for non-invasive activation of the clamp to fixedly mount the first portion to the first location.
  • a system for manipulating a portion of the skeletal system in the body of a mammal includes an implant having a first portion and a second portion, the first portion configured for coupling to a first location of the skeletal system and the second portion configured for coupling to a second location of the skeletal system.
  • the system further includes an adjustment device operatively coupled to the implant and configured to change at least one of the distance or force between the first location and the second location, the adjustment device including a drive element configured to alter at least one of the distance or the force between the first location and the second location.
  • the system also includes an external adjustment device configured to non-invasively couple to the adjustment device from a location external to the mammal, the external adjustment device configured to impart a driving torque to the drive element.
  • the system further has a slip clutch operatively coupled to the drive element and configured to selectively engage with the adjustment device, the slip clutch configured to disengage from the adjustment device when a threshold torque level is reached or exceeded.
  • a system for manipulating a portion of the skeletal system in the body of a mammal includes an implant having a first portion and a second portion, the first portion configured for coupling to a first location of the skeletal system and the second portion configured for coupling to a second location of the skeletal system.
  • the system further includes an adjustment device disposed on the implant and configured to change at least one of the distance or force between the first location and the second location, the adjustment device including a magnetic element configured for rotational movement, the magnetic element being operatively coupled to a drive element configured to alter at least one of the distance or the force between the first location and the second location.
  • the system has an external adjustment device configured to magnetically couple to the adjustment device from a location external to the mammal, the external adjustment device including a first permanent magnet configured for rotation about an axis and a second permanent magnet configured for rotation about a second, separate axis. Additionally, the system includes a feedback device operatively coupled to either the external adjustment device or the magnetic element, wherein the feedback device is configured to produce a response indicative of the extent of magnetic coupling between at least one of the first and second permanent magnets of the external adjustment device and the magnetic element of the adjustment device.
  • system for manipulating a portion of the skeletal system in the body of a mammal includes an implant having a first portion and a second portion, the first portion configured for coupling to first location of the skeletal system and the second portion configured for coupling to a second location of the skeletal system.
  • the system has an adjustment device configured to alter a distraction force between the first location and the second location, the adjustment device including a magnetic element configured for rotation about an axis of rotation, the magnetic element being operatively coupled to a drive element configured to alter the distraction force between the first location and the second location.
  • the system further includes an external adjustment device configured to magnetically couple to the adjustment device from a location external to the mammal, the external adjustment device having at least one permanent magnet configured for rotation about an axis.
  • one of the first and second portions of the implant configured to couple the skeletal system includes a connecting rod having a substantially 180° curve.
  • FIG. 1 illustrates the spine of a person with scoliosis.
  • FIG. 2 illustrates the Cobb angle of a scoliotic spine.
  • FIG. 3 illustrates the large incision made during prior art scoliosis fusion surgery.
  • FIG. 4 illustrates a two rod embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 5 illustrates a posterior view of the two rod embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 6A illustrates a sectional view of a single rod in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention taken through line 6 A- 6 A of FIG. 5 .
  • FIG. 6B illustrates a detailed view of portion A of FIG. 6A in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 6C illustrates a detailed view of portion B of FIG. 6A in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 6D illustrates a detailed view of portion C of FIG. 6C in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 6E illustrates an end view of a cylindrical magnetic member for actuating a clamp in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 6F illustrates an end view of a cylindrical magnetic member for adjusting a distraction device in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 6G illustrates the internal planetary gearing of portion of FIG. 7C in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 7 illustrates the two smaller incisions which are possible using the system of the invention.
  • FIG. 8 illustrates a single small incision which is possible using another embodiment of the system of the invention.
  • FIG. 9 illustrates a patient with an implanted distraction device during a non-invasive adjustment procedure.
  • FIG. 10 illustrates a perspective view of an external adjustment device according to one embodiment.
  • the outer housing or cover is removed to illustrate the various aspects of the external adjustment device.
  • FIG. 11 illustrates a side or end view of the external adjustment device of FIG. 10 .
  • FIG. 12 illustrates a perspective view of an external adjustment device of FIG. 10 with the outer housing or cover in place.
  • FIG. 13A illustrates a cross-sectional representation of the external adjustment device being positioned on a patient's skin.
  • FIG. 13A illustrates the permanent magnet of the implantable interface in the 0° position.
  • FIG. 13B illustrates a cross-sectional representation of the external adjustment device being positioned on a patient's skin.
  • FIG. 13B illustrates the permanent magnet of the implantable interface in the 90° position.
  • FIG. 13C illustrates a cross-sectional representation of the external adjustment device being positioned on a patient's skin.
  • FIG. 13C illustrates the permanent magnet of the implantable interface in the 180° position.
  • FIG. 13D illustrates a cross-sectional representation of the external adjustment device being positioned on a patient's skin.
  • FIG. 13D illustrates the permanent magnet of the implantable interface in the 270° position.
  • FIG. 14 schematically illustrates a system for driving the external adjustment device according to one embodiment.
  • FIGS. 15-22 illustrate cross-sectional views of the driven magnet along with the acoustic or sonic indicator housing illustrating the rotational orientation of the magnet and the magnetic ball. Various states are illustrated as the magnet rotates in the clockwise direction.
  • FIGS. 23-30 illustrate cross-sectional views of the driven magnet along with the acoustic or sonic indicator housing illustrating the rotational orientation of the magnet and the magnetic ball. Various states are illustrated as the magnet rotates in the counter-clockwise direction.
  • FIG. 31 illustrates the acoustic signal as a function of time of an embodiment of the invention having an acoustic or sonic housing that contains a magnetic ball. Peaks are seen every 1 ⁇ 2 rotation of the driven magnet in the counter-clockwise direction.
  • FIG. 32 illustrates the acoustic signal as a function of time of an embodiment of the invention having an acoustic or sonic housing that contains a magnetic ball. Peaks are seen every 1 ⁇ 2 rotation of the driven magnet in the clockwise direction.
  • FIG. 33 illustrates the frequency response of the acoustic or sonic housing of the type illustrated in FIGS. 15-30 during counter-clockwise rotation of the driven magnet.
  • FIG. 34 illustrates the frequency response of the acoustic or sonic housing of the type illustrated in FIGS. 15-30 during clockwise rotation of the driven magnet.
  • FIG. 35 illustrates a system for driving an internally located driven magnet via an external device using a feedback mechanism.
  • FIG. 36 illustrates a distraction device affixed to a spine of a patient according to one embodiment.
  • FIG. 37 illustrates a distraction device according to another embodiment. Anchors in the form of hooks are illustrated at opposing ends of the distraction rod.
  • FIG. 38 illustrates a side view of a pedicle screw system used in accordance with the embodiment illustrated in FIG. 36 .
  • FIG. 39 illustrates the connection between an adjustable portion of the distraction device and a connecting rod that allows for, among other movements, free rotation.
  • FIG. 40 is a perspective view of an adjustable portion of a distraction device according to another embodiment.
  • FIG. 41 is a perspective view of a remotely located magnetic adjustment device that is used in connection with the adjustable portion illustrated in FIG. 40 .
  • FIG. 42 illustrates a perspective view of a cylindrical magnet that is magnetized in the radial direction according to one embodiment.
  • FIG. 43 illustrates a perspective view of a distraction device according to another embodiment.
  • FIG. 44 illustrates the adjustable portion of FIG. 43 without the cover.
  • FIG. 45 illustrates a clamp used to affix the distraction device to a patient's anatomical structure according to one embodiment.
  • FIG. 46 illustrates a clamp used to affix the distraction device to a patient's anatomical structure according to another embodiment.
  • FIG. 47 illustrates an adjustable portion of a distraction device according to one embodiment.
  • FIG. 48 illustrates a cross-sectional view of the adjustable portion of FIG. 47 taken along the line 48 - 48 of FIG. 47 .
  • FIG. 49 illustrates an adjustable portion of a distraction device according to one embodiment.
  • FIG. 50 illustrates a cross-sectional view of the adjustable portion of FIG. 49 taken along the line 50 - 50 of FIG. 49 .
  • FIG. 51 illustrates an embodiment of a distraction device that includes two (2) adjustable rods, which each rod being independently adjustable.
  • FIG. 52 illustrates a technique of performing an emergency adjustment of a magnetically-actuated distraction device.
  • FIG. 53 illustrates an embodiment of a distraction device disposed on a bone.
  • FIG. 54 illustrates an embodiment of a distraction device disposed within the intramedullary canal of a bone.
  • FIG. 55 illustrates an embodiment of a distraction device for intervertebral placement.
  • FIG. 56 illustrates a fractured vertebral body.
  • FIG. 57 illustrates a distraction device being placed into the vertebral body of FIG. 56 .
  • FIG. 58 illustrates a distraction device within a vertebral body.
  • FIG. 59 illustrates a distraction device manipulated to add height to a vertebral body.
  • FIG. 60 illustrates an alternative configuration of a distraction device for use in a vertebral body.
  • FIG. 61 illustrates a non-invasively adjustable dynamic stabilization device.
  • FIG. 1 illustrates a patient 100 with scoliosis.
  • the concave portion 102 of the spinal curve can be seen on the left side 104 of the patient 100
  • the convex portion 106 can be seen on the right side 108 of the patient 100 .
  • the concave portion 102 may appear on the right side 108 of the patient 100 while the convex portion 106 may be found on the left side 104 of the patient.
  • some rotation of the spine 110 is present, and unevenness between the left shoulder 112 and right shoulder 114 is seen.
  • FIG. 2 illustrates the Cobb angle 116 of a spine 110 of a patient with scoliosis.
  • lines 118 and 120 are drawn from vertebra 122 and 124 , respectively.
  • Intersecting perpendicular lines 126 and 128 are drawn by creating 90° angles 130 and 132 from lines 118 and 120 .
  • the angle 116 created from the crossing of the perpendicular lines 126 and 128 is defined as the Cobb angle. In a perfectly straight spine, this angle is 0°.
  • FIG. 3 illustrates a long incision 134 formed in the patient 100 which is typically made during posterior scoliosis fusion surgery.
  • This type of fusion surgery is known in the prior art.
  • the long incision 134 extends between an upper end 136 and a lower end 138 .
  • the length of this incision 134 is longer than the length of the section of the vertebra to be fused.
  • the actual length between the upper end 136 and the lower end 138 varies, depending on the size of the patient, and the extent of the scoliosis, but in AIS patients this length is significantly longer than 15 cm. More typically, it is longer than 25 cm.
  • FIGS. 4 and 5 illustrate a distraction device 140 for treating scoliosis according to one embodiment of the invention.
  • the distraction device 140 which is an implantable device, includes a first adjustable rod 142 and a second adjustable rod 144 .
  • a first adjustable rod 142 is positioned on one side of the spine 110 while the second adjustable rod 144 is positioned on the opposing side of the spine 110 .
  • the spine 110 is omitted from view in FIGS. 4 and 5 for sake of clarity. While the distraction device 140 illustrated in FIGS.
  • the distraction device 140 may include just a single adjustable rod 142 (the second adjustable rod 144 being omitted entirely) that is implanted within the patient.
  • each adjustable rod 142 , 144 includes a first elongate member 146 , 148 and a second elongate member 150 , 152 , that are coupled together by an adjustable portion 158 , 159 .
  • the adjustable portions 158 , 159 include a variable overlapping region between the first elongate members 146 , 148 and the second elongate members 150 , 152 which allows for the non-invasive adjustment of the length of each adjustable rod 142 , 144 .
  • the first elongate elements 146 , 148 are telescopically contained within hollow receiving portions of the second elongate elements 150 , 152 , and the adjustable portions 158 , 159 are substantially straight.
  • the adjustable rods 142 , 144 have an upper curve 154 and a lower curve 156 , which allow them to better conform to the natural front-to-back curve of the spine.
  • the upper curve 154 conforms to the normal kyphosis of the upper thoracic region and the lower curve 156 conforms to the normal lordosis of the lumbar region.
  • the curved portions 154 , 156 are bendable in order to better conform with a patient's specific spinal configuration.
  • the curved portions 154 , 156 may be made of a malleable or elastic-type material such that the surgeon can manually alter the particular shape of each adjustable rod 142 , 144 to the specific needs of the patient.
  • the scoliotic curve does not include the lower lumbar levels of the spine and so the lower curve 156 is not necessary.
  • the embodiment illustrated in FIGS. 4 and 5 represents a dual rod configuration. With this configuration, both rods 142 , 144 are inserted through the same incision, and can be placed along the spine 110 on two opposite sides of the center line of the spine 110 . Alternatively, each may be placed through its own, smaller incision.
  • a single adjustable rod version 142 can be used, preferably positioned on the concave side of the scoliosis curve.
  • Yet another variation includes a single adjustable rod 142 that does not have either or both of the curves (i.e., curves 154 and 156 omitted).
  • a straight adjustable rod 142 of this nature may be placed further lateral (to the side of the spine 110 ), and not necessarily have to hug the front-to-back contours of the spine 110 or the muscle covering the spine 110 .
  • first elongate member e.g., 146 , 148
  • second elongate member e.g., 150 , 152
  • the distraction device 140 is implanted in the patient 100 in order to straighten the scoliotic spine 110 .
  • each end of the adjustable rods 142 , 144 advantageously contains an anchor 161 that allows for securement to a location in the skeletal system.
  • the anchor 161 at either end may include a clamp for clamping to a skeletal structure.
  • either end may comprise a bracket for securing to a section of bone with the use of a bone screw or pedicle screw.
  • the embodiment in FIG. 4 illustrates a clamp 160 , 162 at the upper end of the first elongate members 146 , 148 and brackets 164 at the end of the second elongate members 150 , 152 .
  • the brackets 164 can be secured to the second elongate members 150 , 152 by a variety of methods, including set screws, welding, soldering, swaging, crimping or mechanical joints. Screws 166 secure the brackets 164 to bony structures, such as the vertebral bodies or the sacrum.
  • the clamp 160 , 162 can be used to clamp the distraction device 140 to a rib or the articulation of the rib with the vertebra at the facet.
  • FIGS. 37 and 38 which are described in more detail below, illustrate alternative anchors 161 that may be used to secure the first elongate members 146 , 148 or second elongate members 150 , 152 to the skeletal structure.
  • the distraction device 140 is configured such that the adjustable portion(s) 158 , 159 change at least one of the distance or force between the anchor or affixation points (e.g., at the spine or other anatomical structure) of the first elongate member(s) 146 , 148 and the second elongate member(s) 150 , 152 .
  • the adjustable portion(s) 158 , 159 may increase the length between the anchor or affixation points.
  • the adjustable portion(s) 158 , 159 may increase the force (e.g., distraction force) between the anchor or affixation points.
  • the adjustable portion(s) 158 , 159 may alter both the distance and force at the same time.
  • FIG. 6A illustrates a sectional view of the first adjustable rod 142 indicating the location of the adjustable portion 158 and the clamp 160 .
  • the tip 168 of clamp 160 is shaped to allow for blunt dissection of tissue, so that the adjustable rod 142 may be placed under the skin and pushed for much of the length of the spine 110 , so that a large portion of the long incision 134 of FIG. 3 is not necessary.
  • This allows for, for instance, alternative incision geometry, such as that illustrated in FIG. 7 .
  • a lower incision 170 is made having an upper end 176 and a lower end 178 (for example, by a scalpel) and the first adjustable rod 142 is placed through the lower incision 170 and under the skin.
  • the dissection technique may include the use of a scope (laparoscope, arthroscope, endoscope, or the like) and an additional dissecting tool, but usually can be done without these tools.
  • the additional dissecting tool may include, for example, a tapered sheath, which is advanced over the first adjustable rod 142 , dissecting the tissue along the way, while being visualized by scope, for example on a monitor.
  • the additional dissecting tool may be a blunt dissecting tool, consisting of two fingers which can be spread apart and brought together, once again, while being visualized by the scope.
  • an upper incision 172 is made having an upper end 180 and a lower end 182 and the location near the anatomy to be clamped is exposed by dissection.
  • the clamp 160 is then actuated to clamp this anatomical structure, and additionally, the opposite end of the first adjustable rod 142 is secured, for example by a bone screw (e.g., pedicle screw) and bracket combination.
  • the adjustment device of the adjustable rod 142 may be adjusted prior to the securement of either end of the first adjustable rod 142 , so that the desired length is achieved.
  • first adjustable rod 142 may then be adjusted in order to adjust the distraction distance or distraction force between the two locations in the anatomy to a desired amount.
  • the length of the first adjustable rod 142 may first be adjusted manually by the physician without using the remotely-operated adjustment device as described herein.
  • the initial length of the adjustable rod 142 may be manually set by the physician by pushing or pulling the first and second elongate members 146 , 150 relative to one another.
  • the length of the adjustable rod 142 may be adjusted by trimming or removing a portion of the length of the adjustable rod 142 .
  • a distraction force may be applied to the spine 110 without having to use any displacement distance or force that is provided by the remotely-operated adjustment device. For example, there typically is a limited degree of movement that is provided by the remotely-operated adjustment device.
  • the physician applies a first or initial distraction force upon implantation, the budget of available displacement for the remotely-operated adjustment device is saved for later adjustments.
  • the two incisions are then closed using standard techniques.
  • the single long incision is now replaced by two, shorter incisions 170 , 172 , whose combined length when added together is less than the length of the single long incision illustrated in FIG. 3 .
  • lower incision 170 and upper incision 172 each has a length of less than 15 cm, and preferably, each has a length of less than 7.5 cm, and more preferably, less than 5 cm.
  • FIG. 6B An optional magnetic clamping device is illustrated in FIG. 6B , which allows for the entire procedure to be done under a single short incision 184 , as seen in FIG. 8 .
  • a single short incision 184 having an upper end 186 and a lower end 188 is made (for example, by a scalpel) and the first adjustable rod 142 is placed through the single small incision 184 and under the skin.
  • the first adjustable rod 142 is inserted under the skin towards the upper target location.
  • this dissection technique may include the use of a scope (laparoscope, arthroscope, endoscope, or the like) and an additional dissecting tool.
  • the magnetically-operated clamp 160 includes a first finger 190 and a second finger 192 .
  • the first finger 190 is permanently coupled to first elongate element 146 while the second finger 192 is longitudinally adjustable in relation to first finger 190 , so that gap 194 may be increased or decreased in response to actuation.
  • a closure device 198 is operated by an external adjustment device such as that illustrated in FIGS. 10-12 in order to increase or decrease gap 194 , and therefore open or close clamp 160 .
  • the clamp 160 is magnetically adjustable, and so the clamping process may be performed non-invasively, therefore making a second incision unnecessary.
  • the magnetically-operated clamp 160 may be particularly useful if, as expected, the evidence of the ineffectiveness of braces becomes stronger, many physicians will be searching for less invasive procedures to treat scoliosis. Patients will demand that the procedures be as minimally invasive as possible, and one of the big elements in their decision to undergo surgery is the size of the incision, and thus size of the scar, both during and after healing.
  • AIS patient whose Cobb angles are greater than 40° are more likely to be treated with fusion surgery, but patients in the 20° to 40° range may be treatable using fusionless methods which harness the growing power of their spine.
  • incision 184 in FIG. 8 is depicted as a vertical incision, alternatively, it may be made horizontally. For example, the horizontal incision may be made so that it is just below and parallel to the “bikini line”, allowing the resulting scar to be more concealed. This could also be done with incision 170 in FIG. 7 .
  • closure device 198 includes a cylindrical magnetic member 200 , which can be activated by magnetic coupling with an external adjustment device (such as external adjustment device 1130 illustrated in FIGS. 10-12 ).
  • magnetic member 200 is a hollow rare earth magnet, preferably Neodynium-Iron-Boron.
  • the magnetic member 200 has a threaded insert 202 having a female thread so that when the magnetic member 200 rotates, the threaded insert 202 rotates in unison.
  • Magnetic member 200 is a permanent magnet 217 having a north pole 204 and a south pole 206 .
  • Magnetic member 200 is preferably coated with a material, for example Parylene, phenolic resin or Gold, which is non-magnetic, but protective and biocompatible in a body implant application.
  • a material for example Parylene, phenolic resin or Gold, which is non-magnetic, but protective and biocompatible in a body implant application.
  • the individual Nd—Fe—B magnets are enclosed within a stainless steel casing/housing or various layers of nickel, gold or copper plating to protect the corrosive Nd—Fe—B material from the environment inside the body.
  • other magnetic materials may be used, including SmCo (Samarium Cobalt), which is typically available as SmCo 5 , or SmCo 15 , Sm 2 Co 17 , or AlNiCo (Aluminum Nickel Cobalt).
  • Iron Platinum (Fe—Pt) may be used.
  • Iron platinum magnets achieve a high level of magnetism without the risk of corrosion, and may possibly preclude the need to encapsulate.
  • the permanent magnets 217 on the implantable interface may be replaced by magnetically responsive materials such as Vanadium Permendur (also known as Hiperco).
  • magnetic member 200 can also be hermetically sealed within the first elongate element 146 .
  • the external adjustment device 1130 When the external adjustment device 1130 is operated, it applies a moving magnetic field, which causes magnetic member 200 to rotate.
  • Attached to the second finger 192 is a threaded rod 210 which threadedly engages the female thread of the threaded insert 202 .
  • the threaded rod 210 moves in a first longitudinal direction 212 , causing the second finger 192 to move away from the first finger 190 , and the gap 194 to open.
  • There may also be a manual adjustment mechanism on the clamp 160 so that the clamp 160 may be opened outside the patient, in preparation for the procedure.
  • gap 194 is adjusted to be wider than the anatomical structure, for example rib, around which the clamp 160 is to be secured, then through visualization by the scope and manipulation with the dissecting tools, the clamp 160 is placed over the rib, so that rib is contained in cavity 196 .
  • the external adjustment device 1130 is operated so that it turns the magnetic member 200 in the opposite direction causing the threaded rod 210 to move longitudinally in a second direction 214 , and the two fingers 190 , 192 close around the rib.
  • the gap 194 is now smaller than the width of the rib, and thus, the clamp 160 is secure. If the implant is to be removed at a later date, the magnetic clamp mechanism may also be used to remove the implant without having to make an incision adjacent the clamp.
  • FIG. 6C illustrates a sectional view of the adjustable portion 158 of the first adjustable rod 142 .
  • FIG. 6D illustrates a detail of the adjustment device 232 .
  • the first elongate element 146 is telescopically contained within the second elongate element 150 .
  • the cross-sectional shapes of the first elongate element 146 and the second elongate element 150 may be circular or non-circular, so that they cannot rotate with respect to each other (for example, a keyed configuration).
  • One or both of the elongate elements 146 , 150 may contain ribs along the cross section of the adjustable portion 158 in order to minimize contact surface area between the first elongate element 146 and the second elongate element 150 and thus lower frictional resistance.
  • Beveled end piece 216 attached to the second elongate element 150 may serve two purposes. First, it allows for smooth insertion and no catching in tissue when the first adjustable rod 142 is inserted under the skin. Second, it serves as a low friction dynamic seal over the first elongate element 146 .
  • Magnetic element 218 comprises a cylindrical permanent magnet which is poled as shown in FIG. 6F . Alternatively, magnetic element 218 , may be made from any of the materials described for magnetic member 200 in FIG. 6B .
  • Magnetic element 218 is rotatably secured to an inner cavity 234 of second elongate element 150 by a housing, in this case an acoustic housing 222 .
  • a ball bearing 220 is illustrated at one end of the magnetic element 218 in order to reduce rotational friction.
  • a second ball optional bearing (not shown) can be included on the opposite end of the magnetic element 218 .
  • Magnetic element 218 is rotated by an external adjustment device 1130 which produces a moving magnetic field.
  • the magnetic element 218 is coupled to a planetary gear set 224 , for example, having a 4:1, 16:1 or 64:1 gear reduction, or greater.
  • the purpose of the gear reduction is two-fold. First, it allows the distraction device 140 to be adjusted with a smaller input torque requirement. Second, it adds precision to the adjustment, because a larger number of turns of the magnetic element 218 are required for each adjustment interval.
  • Planetary gear set 224 is shown in detail in FIG. 6G . Sun gear 236 is turned in a one-to-one fashion by the rotation of the magnetic element 218 . Sun gear 236 engages a plurality of planetary gears 238 (in this case, four are pictured).
  • Planetary gears 238 engage and turn ring gear 240 which is attached to a lead screw 226 via a coupling 228 .
  • the gear ratio is the number of teeth in the ring gear 240 divided by the number of teeth in the sun gear 236 .
  • the gear ratio is 4:1. In this case, only 25% of the torque is required to drive the lead screw 226 as would have been required to drive it directly, ignoring the variance due to frictional factors.
  • lead screw 226 As lead screw 226 turns, it threadedly engages with female thread 230 , disposed within end 242 of first elongate element 146 .
  • the pitch of lead screw 226 threads is preferably very fine pitch, for example, 40 to 120, or more specifically 80 to 100 threads per inch, in order to minimize friction between the lead screw 226 and the female thread 230 , and thus, minimize the required torque.
  • the materials of the lead screw 226 , the rods and other components may be made from non-magnetic, implantable materials such as Titanium or Titanium alloys such as Titanium-6% Al-4% V, although they may also be made from other magnetic materials such as stainless steel.
  • the drive train or drive element that is operatively coupled to the rotatable magnetic element 218 drives the lead screw 226 which changes the length of the adjustable portion 158 of the adjustable rod(s) 142 , 144 .
  • Rotation of the magnetic element 218 in a first direction increases the distance between the anchors 161 located on opposing ends of the adjustable rod(s) 142 , 144 .
  • rotation of the magnetic element 218 in a second (opposing) direction decreases the distance between the anchors 161 located on opposing ends of the adjustable rod(s) 142 , 144 .
  • VEPTR vascular endothelial growth regulator
  • VEPTR vascular endothelial growth regulator
  • VEPTR vascular endothelial growth regulator
  • AIS idiopathic scoliosis
  • the main purpose for the adjustment in AIS patients is to maintain a distraction force, which in a fusionless growing spine serves to steer growth in the desired manner.
  • non-adjustable distraction devices are actuated at very high distraction forces, because the physicians know that over time, growth and/or changes within the tissue, will cause this distraction force to lessen, possibly becoming less effective with time. Because of these high distraction forces, it is not uncommon to have rods break inside the patient, or for bone screws to become dislodged, due to the high stresses. It has been contemplated that the high forces that have been measured in some distraction devices of well over 100 pounds, are not necessary at any given time to provide correct growth guidance, and that a distraction force of below 45 pounds, and even as low as 20 pounds may be effective in maintaining the desired growth of the spine, especially the unfused spine.
  • the present invention allows this lower force to be continually maintained through non-invasive adjustment.
  • the benefit is that lower stresses can be maintained on the bone screws, clamps, and other attachment means as well as the rods themselves, making for a more reliable and durable system.
  • this desired force can be maintained throughout the treatment of the patient post-surgery, by frequent non-invasive adjustments, which can be performed in a doctor's or nurses office, by a physician or non-physician medical personnel, or even by the patient herself at home.
  • each adjustment can be done to the precise desired distraction force.
  • a slip clutch 244 is in line with the magnetic element 218 can be pre-adjusted by the physician, or during the manufacturing process, so that during each adjustment, the adjustment stops when a critical torque (corresponding to the maximum desired distraction force) is reached.
  • the maximum desired distraction force may be set at 45 pounds.
  • the slip clutch 244 is illustrated in FIG. 6D as being located between the magnetic element 218 and the planetary gear set 224 , but it is within the scope of the invention that the slip clutch 244 may be located at any other step along the torque transmission chain.
  • FIG. 9 illustrates a patient 100 with a distraction device 140 implanted on the left side of the spine 110 .
  • the clamp 160 of the distraction device 140 is secured to a rib 246 at its articulation with a thoracic vertebra 247 .
  • a bracket 164 is secured, in this case to a lumbar vertebra with screws 166 .
  • the bracket 164 may be secured, for example, to the sacrum 249 .
  • a radio frequency identification (RFID) chip 250 is optionally disposed on the second elongate element 150 of the distraction device 140 in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention.
  • An RFID (radio frequency identification) chip 250 may be implanted in a patient during the implantation of the distraction device 140 .
  • the RFID chip 250 may be implanted subcutaneously in a known location, such as a location near the distraction device 140 .
  • the RFID chip 250 may be located on or within the distraction device 140 .
  • An external adjustment device 248 is depicted after being placed against the back of the patient 100 .
  • the external adjustment device 248 Upon the implantation of the distraction device 140 or after surgical recovery, the external adjustment device 248 stores patient information on the RFID chip 250 , including the current size or setting of the distraction device 140 , the amount adjusted, the serial number of the distraction device 140 , the date of the implantation procedure, patient name, distraction force, adjustment torque, and identification. During subsequent adjustment procedures, the external adjustment device 248 may read the RFID chip 250 to determine information related to the patient, such as the current size or setting of the distraction device 140 . At the end of the adjustment procedure, the external adjustment device 248 may store updated patient information, including the size or setting of the distraction device 140 , to the RFID chip 250 . An RFID antenna 252 in the external adjustment device 248 may be used to power the RFID chip in order facilitate the read and write functions.
  • the adjustment setting may be determined indirectly by the number of rotations of one of the rotating components of the external adjustment device 248 .
  • the adjustment setting may be determined by the number of rotations of some dynamic component of the adjustable portion 158 of the distraction device 140 , by the number of rotations of any one of the gears or shafts of the distraction device 140 , or by the number of rotations of the magnetic element 218 .
  • a feedback mechanism such as a Hall effect device (two additional magnets that move axially in relation to each other as the lead screw 226 rotates and therefore as the distraction device changes its condition), may be used to determine the current adjustment setting of the distraction device 140 .
  • a strain gauge or force transducer disposed on a portion of the distraction device 140 may also be used as an implantable feedback device.
  • the strain gauge may be able to communicate wirelessly the actual distraction force applied to the spine by the distraction device 140 .
  • a wireless reader or the like that also can inductively power the strain gauge) may be used to read the distraction forces.
  • One exemplary strain gauge sensor is the EMBEDSENSE wireless sensor, available from MicroStrain, Inc. of Williston, Vt. 05495.
  • the EMBEDSENSE wireless sensor uses an inductive link to receive power form an external coil and returns digital stain measurements wirelessly.
  • an optical encoder feedback mechanism may be used by placing an optical encoder in line with one of the rotating components of the adjustable portion 158 of the distraction device 140 .
  • a through-the-skin optical encoder is even envisioned that shines a light through the skin and fat and counts successive passes of one or more reflective stripes on the specific rotatable component.
  • the external adjustment device 248 may include an audio sensor to determine the current adjustment setting of the distraction device 140 .
  • the sensor may listen to the cycling sound of gearing, thus giving feedback information on the amount of total adjustment. An additional acoustic feedback device is discussed below.
  • any of the materials of the distraction device 140 can be made from radiopaque materials, so that the position, condition or alignment of the components may be seen during the initial surgical procedure, or during the subsequent adjustment procedures, by use of X-ray.
  • a circumferential notch or alternatively a circumferential bump disposed on the first or second elongate members 148 , 146 may be used so that the distance between this notch or bump and some portion of the second elongate members 150 , 152 can be measured easily via an X-ray.
  • the adjustment procedures would preferably take place every three to four weeks in the physicians' clinic.
  • the adjustment may be done by an orthopedic surgeon, but because of the relative ease of the procedure because of the feedback capabilities of the system, the procedure may be done by a nurse practitioner, a physicians' assistant, a technician, or any other non-M.D. personnel.
  • the patient may have an external adjustment device 1130 at home and be able to adjust themselves at an even more frequent rate.
  • the external adjustment device 1130 can be designed to transmit stored information over the phone to the physician's office. For example, adjustment dates or adjustment parameters such as distraction force or distraction distance.
  • FIG. 10 illustrates an external adjustment device 1130 which is one embodiment of an external adjustment device 248 according to one aspect of the invention.
  • the external adjustment device 1130 may be used to externally impart rotational motion or “drive” a permanent magnet (e.g., magnetic element 218 ) located within the distraction device 140 .
  • the external adjustment device 1130 includes a motor 1132 that is used to impart rotational movement to two permanent magnets 1134 , 1136 .
  • the two permanent magnets 1134 , 1136 are located in the same driver 1130 and are configured for placement on the same side of the body of the patient or subject.
  • the motor 1132 may include, for example, a DC powered motor or servo that is powered via one or more batteries (not shown) integrally contained within the external adjustment device 1130 .
  • the motor 1132 may be powered via a power cord or the like to an external power source.
  • the external power source may include one or more batteries or even an alternating current source that is converted to DC.
  • the two permanent magnets 1134 , 1136 are preferably cylindrically-shaped permanent magnets.
  • the permanent magnets may be made from, for example, a rare earth magnet material such as Neodymium-Iron-Boron (NdFeB) although other rare earth magnets are also possible.
  • each magnet 1134 , 1136 may have a length of around 1.5 inches and a diameter of around 1.0 to 3.5 inches.
  • Both magnets 1134 , 1136 are diametrically magnetized (poles are perpendicular the long axis of each permanent magnet 1134 , 1136 ).
  • the magnets 1134 , 1136 may be contained within a non-magnetic cover or housing 1137 .
  • the magnets 1134 , 1136 are able to rotate within the stationary housing 1137 that separates the magnets 1134 , 1136 from the external environment.
  • the housing 1137 is rigid and relatively thin walled at least at the portion directly covering the permanent magnets 1134 , 1136 , in order to minimize the gap between the permanent magnets 1134 , 1136 and the internal magnet 1064 (as shown in FIGS. 13A-13D ).
  • the permanent magnets 1134 , 1136 are rotationally mounted between opposing bases members 1138 , 1140 .
  • Each magnet 1134 , 1136 may include axles or spindles 1142 , 1144 mounted on opposing axial faces of each magnet 1134 , 1136 .
  • the axles 1142 , 1144 may be mounted in respective bearings (not shown) that are mounted in the base members 1138 , 1140 .
  • driven pulleys 1150 are mounted on one set of axles 1142 and 1144 .
  • the driven pulleys 1150 may optionally include grooves or teeth 1152 that are used to engage with corresponding grooves or teeth 1156 (partially illustrated in FIG. 12 ) contained within a drive belt (indicated by path 1154 ).
  • the external adjustment device 1130 includes a drive transmission 1160 that includes the two driven pulleys 1150 along with a plurality of pulleys 1162 A, 1162 B, 1162 C and rollers 1164 A, 1164 B, 1164 C on which the drive belt 1154 is mounted.
  • the pulleys 1162 A, 1162 B, 1162 C may optionally include grooves or teeth 1166 used for gripping corresponding grooves or teeth 1156 of the drive belt 1154 .
  • Pulleys 1162 A, 1162 B, 1162 C and rollers 1164 A, 1164 B, 1164 C may be mounted on respective bearings (not shown). As seen in FIG.
  • pulley 1162 B is mechanically coupled to the drive shaft (not shown) of the motor 1132 .
  • the pulley 1162 B may be mounted directly to the drive shaft or, alternatively, may be coupled through appropriate gearing.
  • One roller 1164 B is mounted on a biased arm 1170 and thus provides tension to the belt 1154 .
  • the various pulleys 1150 , 1162 A, 1162 B, 1162 C and rollers 1164 A, 1164 B, 1164 C along with the drive belt 1154 may be contained within a cover or housing 1172 that is mounted to the base 1138 (as seen in FIG. 12 ).
  • the external adjustment device 1130 may have a removable safety cover that would be placed over the portion containing the permanent magnets 1134 , 1136 , for example during storage, so that the high magnetic field cannot come closely in contact with anything that would be strongly attracted to it or damaged by it.
  • rotational movement of the pulley 1162 B causes the drive belt 1154 to move around the various pulleys 1150 , 1162 A, 1162 B, 1162 C and rollers 1164 A, 1164 B, 1164 C.
  • rotational movement of the motor 1132 is translated into rotational movement of the two permanent magnets 1134 , 1136 via the drive transmission 1160 .
  • the base members 1138 , 1140 are cut so as to form a recess 1174 that is located between the two magnets 1134 , 1136 .
  • the external adjustment device 1130 is pressed against the skin of a patient, or against the clothing which covers the skin (e.g., the external adjustment device 1130 may be used through clothing so the patient may not need to undress).
  • the recess 1174 allows skin as well as the underlying tissue to gather or compress within the recessed region 1174 as seen in FIGS. 13A and 13B .
  • This advantageously reduces the overall distance between the external drive magnets 1134 , 1136 and the magnet 1064 contained within the distraction device 140 . By reducing the distance, this means that the externally located magnets 1134 , 1136 and/or the internal magnet 1064 may be made smaller. This is especially useful in the case of an obese patient.
  • the two permanent magnets 1134 , 1136 are configured to rotate at the same angular velocity.
  • the two permanent magnets 1134 , 1136 each have at least one north pole and at least one south pole, and the external adjustment device 1130 is configured to rotate the first magnet 1134 and the second magnet 1136 such that the angular location of the at least one north pole of the first magnet 1134 is substantially equal to the angular location of the at least one south pole of the second magnet 1136 through a full rotation of the first and second magnets 1134 , 1136 .
  • FIGS. 13A and 13B illustrate cross-sectional views of the patient having an implanted distraction device 140 containing an internal magnet 1064 .
  • the first and second elongate members 146 , 150 have been removed to illustrate the relationship between the external adjustment device 1130 and the rotationally-driven internal magnet 1064 .
  • the internal magnet 1064 is seen disposed on one side of a vertebra 1185 . Further, the internal magnet 1064 is seen being outside or external with respect to the fascia 1184 and muscle 1186 of the subject.
  • FIGS. 13A and 13B illustrate an obese patient in which skin and other tissue gather within the recess 1174 . It should be understood that obese Adolescent Idiopathic Scoliosis patients are rare, and FIGS.
  • FIGS. 13A and 13B generally indicate a worst-case situation but as seen in FIGS. 13A and 13B the excess skin and other tissue is easily accommodated within the recess 1174 to enable close positioning between the internal magnet 1064 and the external drive magnets 1134 , 1136 .
  • the air gap or distance between the internal magnet 1064 and the external drive magnets 1134 , 1136 is generally one inch or less.
  • the internal magnet 1064 is depicted somewhat larger than its size in the preferred embodiment, in order for its poles to be more clearly visible.
  • the external adjustment device 1130 preferably includes an encoder 1175 that is used to accurately and precisely measure the degree of movement (e.g., rotational) of the external magnets 1134 , 1136 .
  • an encoder 1175 is mounted on the base member 1138 and includes a light source 1176 and a light receiver 1178 .
  • the light source 1176 may includes a LED which is pointed or directed toward pulley 1162 C.
  • the light receiver 1178 may be directed toward the pulley 1162 C.
  • the pulley 1162 C includes a number of reflective markers 1177 regularly spaced about the periphery of the pulley 1162 C.
  • the digital on/off signal generated by the light receiver 1178 can then be used to determine the rotational speed and displacement of the external magnets 1134 , 1136 .
  • FIGS. 13A , 13 B, 13 C, and 13 D illustrate the progression of the external magnets 1134 , 1136 and the internal magnet 1064 that is located within the distraction device 140 during use.
  • Internal magnet 1064 is shown for illustration purposes. Internal magnet 1064 is one possible embodiment of the magnetic element 218 described herein.
  • FIGS. 13A , 13 B, 13 C, and 13 D illustrate the external adjustment device 1130 being disposed against the external surface of the patient's skin 1180 adjacent the spine (not shown for clarity sake). In the non-invasive adjustment procedure depicted, the patient 100 lies in a prone position, and the external adjustment device 1130 is placed upon the patient's back. However, the adjustment is conceived possible with the patient in supine, standing or positions. The external adjustment device 1130 is placed against the skin 1180 in this manner to remotely rotate the internal magnet 1064 . As explained herein, rotation of the internal magnet 1064 is translated into linear motion via the adjustment device 232 to controllably adjust the distraction device 140 .
  • the external adjustment device 1130 may be pressed down on the patient's skin 1180 with some degree of force such that skin 1180 and other tissue such as the underlying layer of fat 1182 are pressed or forced into the recess 1174 of the external adjustment device 1130 .
  • FIGS. 13A , 13 B, 13 C, and 13 D show the magnetic orientation of the internal magnet 1064 as it undergoes a full rotation in response to movement of the permanent magnets 1134 , 1136 of the external adjustment device 1130 .
  • the internal magnet 1064 is shown being oriented with respect to the two permanent magnets 1134 , 1136 via an angle ⁇ .
  • This angle ⁇ may depend on a number of factors including, for instance, the separation distance between the two permanent magnets 1134 , 1136 , the location or depth of where the implantable interface 1104 is located, the degree of force at which the external adjustment device 1130 is pushed against the patient's skin.
  • the angle ⁇ should be at or around 90° to achieve maximum drivability (e.g., torque).
  • the inventors have calculated that in the AIS application, where there are few obese patients, an angle of about 70° is preferred for the majority of patients when the permanent magnets 1134 , 1136 have an outer diameter of about three (3.0) inches.
  • FIG. 13A illustrates the initial position of the two permanent magnets 1134 , 1136 and the internal magnet 1064 .
  • This represents the initial or starting location (e.g., 0° position as indicated).
  • the particular orientation of the two permanent magnets 1134 , 1136 and the internal magnet 1064 will vary and not likely will have the starting orientation as illustrated in FIG. 13A .
  • the two permanent magnets 1134 , 1136 are oriented with their poles in an N-S/S-N arrangement.
  • the internal magnet 1064 is, however, oriented generally perpendicular to the poles of the two permanent magnets 1134 , 1136 .
  • FIG. 13B illustrates the orientation of the two permanent magnets 1134 , 1136 and the internal magnet 1064 after the two permanent magnets 1134 , 1136 have rotated through 90°.
  • the two permanent magnets 1134 , 1136 rotate in the direction of arrow A (e.g., clockwise) while the internal magnet 1064 rotates in the opposite direction (e.g., counter clockwise) represented by arrow B.
  • the two permanent magnets 1134 , 1136 may rotate in the counter clockwise direction while the internal magnet 1064 may rotate in the clockwise direction.
  • Rotation of the two permanent magnets 1134 , 1136 and the internal magnet 1064 continues as represented by the 180° and 270° orientations as illustrated in FIGS. 13C and 13D . Rotation continues until the starting position (0°) is reached again.
  • the permanent magnets 1134 , 1136 may be driven to rotate the internal magnet 1064 through one or more full rotations in either direction to increase or decrease distraction of the distraction device 140 as needed.
  • the permanent magnets 1134 , 1136 may be driven to rotate the internal magnet 1064 through a partial rotation as well (e.g., 1 ⁇ 4, 1 ⁇ 8, 1/16, etc.).
  • the use of two magnets 1134 , 1136 is preferred over a single external magnet because the driven magnet 1064 may not be oriented perfectly at the start of rotation, so one external magnet 1134 , 1136 may not be able to deliver its maximum torque, which depends on the orientation of the internal driven magnet 1064 to some degree.
  • one of the two 1134 or 1136 will have an orientation relative to the internal driven magnet 1064 that is better or more optimal than the other.
  • the torques imparted by each external magnet 1134 , 1136 are additive.
  • the external driving device is at the mercy of the particular orientation of the internal driven magnet.
  • the two-magnet embodiment described herein is able to guarantee a larger driving torque—as much as 75% more than a one-magnet embodiment in the AIS application—and thus the internal driven magnet 1064 can be designed smaller in dimension, and less massive.
  • a smaller internal driven magnet 1064 will have a smaller image artifact when performing MRI (Magnetic Resonance Imaging), especially important when using pulse sequences such as gradient echo, which is commonly used in breast imaging, and leads to the largest artifact from implanted magnets.
  • MRI Magnetic Resonance Imaging
  • cyclic or non-rotational movement can also be used to drive or adjust the distraction device 140 .
  • cyclic movement of driven magnet 640 , magnetic element 218 , internal magnet 1064 , internally located driven magnet 1402 , cylindrical magnet 394 , hollow magnet 564 , magnet 576 , magnet 262 , magnets 618 , 620 , and magnet 1302 may be used to drive or adjust the distraction device 140 .
  • Cyclic movement includes partial rotational movement (e.g., rotational movement that is less than a full revolution). Cyclic movement of one or more of the external magnets 624 , 626 , 1134 , 1136 may also be employed.
  • linear or sliding motion back-and-forth may also be used to adjust the distraction device 140 .
  • a single magnet located internal to the patient that slides back-and-forth on a slide or other base can be used to adjust the distraction device 140 using a ratchet-type device.
  • the sliding, internal magnet may be driven via one or more externally-located permanent/electromagnets that slides or moves laterally (or moves the magnetic field) in a similar back-and-forth manner. Rotational movement of the externally-located magnetic element(s) may also be used to drive the internal magnet.
  • the internal magnet may alternatively be able to rotate back-and-forth, thus adjusting the distraction device 140 using a ratchet-type device.
  • permanent magnets may be located on a pivoting member that pivots back and forth (like a teeter-totter) about a pivot point.
  • a first permanent magnet having a North pole oriented in a first direction may be located at one end of the pivoting member while a permanent magnet having a South pole oriented in the first direction is located at the other end of the pivoting member.
  • a ratchet-type device may be used to translate the pivoting movement into linear movement that can actuate or adjust the distraction device 140 .
  • the first and second internally-located permanent magnets may be driven by one or more externally located magnetic elements (either permanent or electromagnets). External motion of the electric field by linear or even rotational movement may be used to the drive the pivoting member.
  • the orientation was either 0° (worst case coupling torque), 45° or 90° (best case coupling torque).
  • the data for a one inch air gap is listed below in Table 1 below.
  • a one (1) inch air gap is an expected worst case separation in the clinical application of adolescent idiopathic scoliosis.
  • the effect of using two external 1′′ diameter permanent magnets is shown by addition of the values for the worst case (0°) and best case (90°) orientations.
  • This significant increase in torque achieved by using two external permanent magnets makes it possible to incorporate an especially small internal driven magnet (e.g., less than three grams) into the design of the scoliosis treatment implant, or any implant for manipulating one or more bones or a portion of the skeletal system.
  • an especially small internal driven magnet e.g., less than three grams
  • the use of two external permanent magnets may impart a coupling torque of at least 3.0 inch-ounces to the internal magnet at a separation distance of around 1.0 inches.
  • a 2.9 gram N50 grade magnet having a 0.275 inch diameter and 0.295′′ length implanted in the mid-thorax creates an MRI artifact which is small enough to allow full imaging of the breasts.
  • the 4.50 ounce-inch torque delivered to the magnet will turn a 80 threads per inch lead screw mounted on ball bearing in a sufficient manner to apply a distraction force of approximately 11 pounds.
  • a 4:1 reduction planetary gear set is incorporated into the design—for example, between the internal driven magnet 1064 and the lead screw 226 —then a distraction force of approximately 44 pounds may be delivered.
  • distraction forces on this order 40 to 45 pounds will be sufficient.
  • the slip clutch 244 can either be adjusted in the fabrication of the scoliosis implant or can be adjusted by the implanting physician, so that the slip clutch 244 slips at either a maximum threshold torque (to save the materials of the implant from being damaged or pulling out of the bone by too high a distraction force) or at desired threshold torque (at which the desired distraction force is generated).
  • the maximum threshold torque corresponds to a critical distraction force
  • the desired threshold torque corresponds to a desired distraction force.
  • a critical distraction force may correspond to a force at which anchors such as hooks or screws may cause damage to the bone.
  • one critical distraction force is 100 pounds, which in one embodiment of the invention corresponds to a critical threshold slip torque of 41.7 ounce-inches (if no gear reduction, and a 80 threads per inch lead screw is used), 10.4 ounce-inches (if a 4:1 gear reduction and a 80 threads per inch lead screw is used) or 2.6 ounce-inches (if a 16:1 gear reduction and a 80 threads per inch lead screw is used).
  • one desired distraction force is 45 pounds, which in one embodiment of the invention corresponds to a desired threshold slip torque of 18.75 ounce-inches (if no gear reduction and a 80 threads per inch lead screw is used) or 4.69 ounce-inches (if a 4:1 gear reduction and a 80 threads per inch lead screw is used). If a desired distraction force is 20 pounds, then in one embodiment of the invention this corresponds to a desired threshold slip torque of 8.33 ounce-inches (if no gear reduction and a 80 threads per inch lead screw is used) or 2.08 ounce-inches (if a 4:1 gear reduction and a 80 threads per inch lead screw is used).
  • the desired threshold distraction is between 2 inch-ounces and 42 inch-ounces. In another aspect, the desired threshold distraction is between 2 inch-ounces and 19 inch-ounces. In still another aspect, the desired threshold distraction is between 2 inch-ounces and 8.5 inch-ounces.
  • the 2.9 gram cylindrical magnet 1064 described as part of the present invention is significantly smaller than the smallest motor which would be feasible in the distraction application, considering torque requirements, etc.
  • the cost of the magnet 1064 is significantly less than that of a micromotor.
  • the magnet 1064 is also very reliable in relation to a micromotor. The main possible failure would be the loss of the magnetic field, however the inventors have demonstrated that the inventive 2.9 gram magnet 1064 can be placed into the center of a 3.0 Tesla MRI magnet without a significant loss in magnetism. It can also be exposed to temperatures in excess of those used in steam sterilization, for example, without a significant loss of magnetism.
  • the internal magnet 1064 should be grade N30 or higher, or even grade N48 or higher. While the 2.9 gram cylindrical magnet 1064 has the advantage of being particularly small, in other embodiments, the cylindrical magnet 1064 may have a weight of less than about 10 grams or less than about 6.0 grams.
  • the first and second external magnets 1134 , 1136 may be a rare earth permanent magnets such as, for instance, Neodynium-Iron-Boron. In addition, the first and second external magnets 1134 , 1136 may be grade N30 or higher, or even grade N48 or higher.
  • FIG. 14 illustrates a system 1076 according to one aspect of the invention for driving the external adjustment device 1130 .
  • FIG. 14 illustrates the external adjustment device 1130 pressed against the surface of a patient 1077 (torso face down shown in cross-section).
  • the portion of the distraction device 140 containing the internal driven magnet 1064 is illustrated.
  • the permanent magnet e.g., the driven magnet 1064
  • the permanent magnet that is located within the distraction device 140 located inside the patient 1077 is magnetically coupled through the patient's skin and other tissue to the two external magnets 1134 , 1136 located in the external adjustment device 1130 .
  • one rotation of the external magnets 1134 , 1136 causes a corresponding single rotation of the driven magnet 1064 located within the distraction device 140 .
  • Turning the driven magnet 1064 in one direction causes the distraction device 140 to lengthen, or increase distraction force while turning in the opposite direction causes the distraction device 140 to shorten, or decrease distraction force. Changes to the distraction device 140 are directly related to the number of turns of the driven magnet 1064 .
  • the motor 1132 of the external adjustment device 1130 is controlled via a motor control circuit 1078 operatively connected to a programmable logic controller (PLC) 1080 .
  • the PLC 1080 outputs an analog signal to the motor control circuit 1078 that is proportional to the desired speed of the motor 1132 .
  • the PLC 1080 may also select the rotational direction of the motor 1132 (i.e., forward or reverse).
  • the PLC 1080 receives an input signal from a shaft encoder 1082 that is used to identify with high precision and accuracy the exact relative position of the external magnets 1134 , 1136 .
  • the shaft encoder 1082 may be an encoder 1175 as described in FIGS. 10-11 .
  • the signal is a pulsed, two channel quadrature signal that represents the angular position of the external magnets 1134 , 1136 .
  • the PLC 1080 may include a built in screen or display 1081 that can display messages, warnings, and the like.
  • the PLC 1080 may optionally include a keyboard 1083 or other input device for entering data.
  • the PLC 1080 may be incorporated directly into the external adjustment device 1130 or it may be a separate component that is electrically connected to the main external adjustment device 1130 .
  • a sensor 1084 is incorporated into the external adjustment device 1130 that is able to sense or determine the rotational or angular position of the driven magnet 1064 .
  • the sensor 1084 may acquire positional information using, for example, sound waves, ultrasonic waves, light, radiation, or even changes or perturbations in the magnetic or electromagnetic field between the driven magnet 1064 and the external magnets 1134 , 1136 .
  • the sensor 1084 may detect photons or light that is reflected from the driven magnet 1064 or a coupled structure (e.g., rotor) that is attached thereto.
  • light may be passed through the patient's skin and other tissue at wavelength(s) conducive for passage through tissue.
  • Portions of the driven magnet 1064 or associated structure may include a reflective surface that reflects light back outside the patient as the driven magnet 1064 moves.
  • the reflected light can then be detected by the sensor 1084 which may include, for example, a photodetector or the like.
  • the senor 1084 may operate on the Hall effect, wherein two additional magnets are located within the implantable assembly.
  • the additional magnets move axially in relation to each other as the driven assembly rotates and therefore as the distraction increases or decreases, allowing the determination of the current size of the restriction device.
  • the sensor 1084 is a microphone disposed on the external adjustment device 1130 .
  • the microphone sensor 1084 may be disposed in the recessed portion 1174 of the external adjustment device 1130 .
  • the output of the microphone sensor 1084 is directed to a signal processing circuit 1086 that amplifies and filters the detected acoustic signal.
  • the acoustic signal may include a “click” or other noise that is periodically generated by rotation of the driven magnet 1064 .
  • the driven magnet 1064 may click every time a full rotation is made.
  • the pitch (frequency) of the click may differ depending on the direction of rotation.
  • rotation in one direction may produce a low pitch while rotation in the other direction (e.g., shortening) may produce a higher pitch signal (or vice versa).
  • the amplified and filtered signal from the signal processing circuit 1086 can then pass to the PLC 1080 .
  • each patient will have a number or indicia that correspond to the adjustment setting or size of their distraction device 140 .
  • This number can be stored on an optional storage device 1088 (as shown in FIG. 14 ) that is carried by the patient (e.g., memory card, magnetic card, or the like) or is integrally formed with the distraction device 140 .
  • a RFID tag 1088 implanted either as part of the system or separately may be disposed inside the patient (e.g., subcutaneously or as part of the device) and can be read and written via an antenna 1090 to update the current size of the distraction device 140 .
  • the PLC 1080 has the ability to read the current number corresponding to the size or setting of the distraction device 140 from the storage device 1088 .
  • the PLC 1080 may also be able to write the adjusted or more updated current size or setting of the distraction device 140 to the storage device 1088 .
  • the current size may recorded manually in the patient's medical records (e.g., chart, card or electronic patient record) that is then viewed and altered, as appropriate, each time the patient visits his or her physician.
  • the patient therefore, carries their medical record with them, and if, for example, they are in another location, or even country, and need to be adjusted, the RFID tag 1088 has all of the information needed. Additionally, the RFID tag 1088 may be used as a security device. For example, the RFID tag 1088 may be used to allow only physicians to adjust the distraction device 140 and not patients. Alternatively, the RFID tag 1088 may be used to allow only certain models or makes of distraction devices to be adjusted by a specific model or serial number of external adjustment device 1130 .
  • the current size or setting of the distraction device 140 is input into the PLC 1080 . This may be done automatically or through manual input via, for instance, the keyboard 1083 that is associated with the PLC 1080 .
  • the PLC 1080 thus knows the patient's starting point. If the patient's records are lost, the length of the distraction device may be measured by X-ray and the PLC 1080 may be manually programmed to this known starting point.
  • the external adjustment device 1130 is commanded to make an adjustment. This may be accomplished via a pre-set command entered into the PLC 1080 (e.g. “increase distraction displacement of distraction device 140 by 0.5 cm” or “increase distraction force of distraction device 140 to 20 pounds”).
  • the PLC 1080 configures the proper direction for the motor 1132 and starts rotation of the motor 1132 .
  • the encoder 1082 is able to continuously monitor the shaft position of the motor directly, as is shown in FIG. 14 , or through another shaft or surface that is mechanically coupled to the motor 1132 .
  • the encoder 1082 may read the position of markings 1177 located on the exterior of a pulley 1162 C like that disclosed in FIG. 10 . Every rotation or partial rotation of the motor 1132 can then be counted and used to calculate the adjusted or new size or setting of the distraction device 140 .
  • the sensor 1084 which may include a microphone sensor 1084 , may be monitored continuously. For example, every rotation of the motor 1132 should generate the appropriate number and pitch of clicks generated by rotation of the permanent magnet inside the distraction device 140 . If the motor 1132 turns a full revolution but no clicks are sensed, the magnetic coupling may have been lost and an error message may be displayed to the operator on a display 1081 of the PLC 1080 . Similarly, an error message may be displayed on the display 1081 if the sensor 1084 acquires the wrong pitch of the auditory signal (e.g., the sensor 1084 detects a shortening pitch but the external adjustment device 1130 was configured to lengthen).
  • FIGS. 15 through 30 schematically illustrate an acoustic indicator housing 1304 and a driven magnet 1302 as the driven magnet 1302 is rotated in both the clockwise directions (arrow A) and counter-clockwise directions (arrow B).
  • the acoustic sensing features may also apply to magnetic element 218 of FIGS. 6C-6G , the internal magnet 1064 of FIGS. 13A-13D , 14 , the internally located driven magnet 1402 of FIG. 35 , cylindrical magnet 394 of FIGS. 41 , 42 , and 44 , the hollow magnet 564 of FIG. 48 , magnet 576 of FIG. 50 , magnet 262 of FIG. 53 , and magnets 618 , 620 of FIG.
  • the acoustic indicator housing 1304 is illustrated in an annular configuration with respect to the circumference of the driven magnet 1302 , but an alternative relationship is contemplated, for example wherein the outer diameter of the acoustic indicator housing 1304 is substantially the same as the outer diameter of the driven magnet 1302 , and they are oriented with an end-to-end axial relationship instead of an annular relationship. Acoustic indicator housing 1304 is one possible embodiment of the acoustic housing 222 of FIG. 6C and FIG. 6D .
  • the acoustic indicator housing 1304 is used to create an acoustic signal (e.g., a click) that can be used to count rotational movement of the driven magnet 1302 and also determine its rotational direction.
  • An acoustic signal i.e., sound
  • FIGS. 15-22 illustrate rotation of the driven magnet 1302 in the clockwise direction (arrow A) while FIGS. 23-30 illustrate rotation of the driven magnet 1302 in the counter-clockwise direction (arrow B).
  • the magnetic ball 1306 strikes the first impact surface 1308 two times (2 ⁇ ) per full rotation, with the first impact surface 1308 producing sound with a first amplitude and/or frequency.
  • the magnetic ball 1306 strikes the second impact surface 1310 two times (2 ⁇ ) per full rotation, with the second impact surface 1310 producing sound with a second amplitude and/or frequency.
  • the first impact surface 1308 is thinner than the second impact surface 1310 , and thus, the first impact surface 1308 is configured to resonate at a higher frequency than the second impact surface 1310 .
  • the difference in frequency can be achieved by making the first impact surface 1308 from a different material than the second impact surface 1310 .
  • the amplitude of acoustic signal generated by the magnetic ball 1306 hitting the first and second impact surfaces 1308 , 1310 may be used to discriminate rotational direction. For example, clockwise rotation may produce a relatively loud click while counter-clockwise rotation may produce a relatively quiet click.
  • the magnetic ball 1306 is made from a magnetic material, for example 400 series stainless steel.
  • the magnetic ball 1306 is attracted to both a south pole 1314 of the driven magnet 1302 and a north pole 1316 of the driven magnet 1302 .
  • the driven magnet 1302 begins to rotate in the clockwise direction (arrow A).
  • the starting point of the magnetic ball 1306 is adjacent to the north pole 1316 of the magnet 1302 .
  • the magnetic ball 1306 follows the north pole 1316 . This continues until, as shown in FIG. 17 , the magnetic ball 1306 is stopped by the second impact surface 1310 . Now, as seen in FIG.
  • the magnetic ball 1306 is trapped against the second impact surface 1310 , while the driven magnet 1302 continues to rotate.
  • the magnetic ball 1306 may roll at this point, but it is forced against the second impact surface 1310 by its attraction to the north pole 1316 of the magnet 1302 , until the south pole 1314 becomes substantially closer to the magnetic ball 1306 as shown in FIG. 19 , at which point the magnetic ball 1306 accelerates towards the first impact surface 1308 in the direction of arrow a, thereby hitting it (as seen in FIG. 20 ) and creating an acoustic signal or sound having a greater intensity than when the magnetic ball 1306 was stopped by the second impact surface 1310 .
  • the magnetic ball 1306 follows the south pole 1314 of the driven magnet 1302 as seen in FIG. 21 , and continues to follow the south pole 1314 until the magnetic ball 1306 is stopped by the second impact surface 1310 as seen in FIG. 22 .
  • FIGS. 23-30 illustrate the acoustic mechanism being activated by counter-clockwise rotation of the driven magnet 1302 .
  • the first impact surface 1308 serves to stop the magnetic ball 1306
  • the magnetic ball 1306 accelerates and impacts the second impact surface 1310 , creating a different acoustic signal.
  • the different acoustic signal may include a louder signal or a signal with a different frequency (e.g., pitch).
  • the driven magnet 1302 begins to rotate in the counter-clockwise direction (arrow B). As illustrated, the starting point of the magnetic ball 1306 is adjacent the south pole 1314 of the magnet 1302 . As seen in FIG.
  • the magnetic ball 1306 follows the south pole 1314 . This continues until, as shown in FIG. 25 , the magnetic ball 1306 is stopped by the first impact surface 1308 . As seen in FIG. 25 , the magnetic ball 1306 is trapped against the first impact surface 1308 , while the driven magnet 1302 continues to rotate. The magnetic ball 1306 may roll at this point, but it is forced against the first impact surface 1308 by its attraction to the south pole 1314 of the magnet 1302 , until the north pole 1316 becomes closer to the magnetic ball 1306 as shown in FIG. 26 , at which point the magnetic ball 1306 accelerates towards the second impact plate 1310 in the direction of arrow ⁇ , thereby hitting it (as seen in FIG.
  • each turn of the magnet 1302 creates two (2) relatively loud strikes, which can be detected by a non-invasive, external device comprising a sonic sensor, for example, a microphone (e.g., sensor 1084 in FIG. 14 ).
  • a non-invasive, external device comprising a sonic sensor, for example, a microphone (e.g., sensor 1084 in FIG. 14 ).
  • the magnet 1302 is turning a 0-80 lead screw (e.g., lead screw 226 ) to adjust the distraction device 140 )
  • each turn represents 1/80 of an inch in the distraction displacement, and thus each half turn represents 1/160 of an inch, or 0.00625′′.
  • gear reduction at the output of the magnet 1302 for example 4:1, then a full turn represents 1/320 of an inch and each half turn represents 1/640 of an inch.
  • acoustic sensing of this nature allows for very precise control of adjustment of the distraction device 140 . If the speed is too high, the sensor can alternatively be programmed to sense only specific turns. Alternatively, a secondary magnet may be disposed on the post gear reduction portion of the torque transmission system, so that the number of turns to sense are fewer in number and less frequent.
  • the acoustic signal or sound made by the strike due to the acceleration of the magnetic ball 1306 against the first impact surface 1308 during clockwise rotation of the magnet 1302 will contain a different frequency spectrum than the acoustic signal or sound made by the strike due to the acceleration of the magnetic ball 1306 against the second impact surface 1310 during counter-clockwise rotation of the magnet 1302 .
  • the acoustic sensor 1084 illustrated in FIG. 14 may provide a relatively simple, low-cost device in which the direction of the rotation (i.e., increasing distraction vs. decreasing distraction) can be automatically identified. Further, the acoustic sensor 1084 is able to determine the exact number of half rotations in each direction.
  • the acoustic sensor 1084 may be operatively integrated with a programmable logic controller (PLC) such as the PLC 1080 described herein.
  • PLC programmable logic controller
  • the PLC 1080 is able to identify the direction of rotation via the frequency of sound, and then change the direction of rotation if this is not the desired direction.
  • the PLC 1080 is also able to count the number of half rotations until amount of restriction is achieved. If there is any slip between the magnets 1134 , 1136 of the external device 1130 and the driven magnet 1302 , the PLC 1080 will not detect the acoustic signal and thus will not count these as rotations.
  • the PLC 1080 will be able to immediately identify the correct direction of rotation by the detected frequency.
  • FIG. 31 illustrates the sound 1320 detected from counter-clockwise rotation of the magnet 1302 and FIG. 32 illustrates the sound 1324 detected from clockwise rotation of the magnet 1302 .
  • the acoustic “clicks” 1320 and 1324 look very similar to each other.
  • the frequency spectrum for the clicks one is able to discern differences between clockwise and counter-clockwise rotation of the magnet 1302 .
  • the frequency spectrum for the counter-clockwise rotation is centered at about 14 kHz
  • the spectrum for clockwise rotation FIG. 34
  • This shift or change in center frequency can be used as a basis for determining the absolute rotational direction of the magnet 1302 .
  • FIG. 35 illustrates a system 1400 for driving an internally located driven magnet 1402 of a distraction device 140 via an external device 1406 using a feedback device.
  • One or more implanted driven magnets 1402 are coupled magnetically through the skin 1404 of a patient 1408 to one or more external drive magnets 1410 .
  • a rotation or movement of the external drive magnets 1410 causes an equal rotation of the driven magnet(s) 1402 .
  • Turning the driven magnet(s) 1402 in one direction 1412 causes the distraction device 1414 to increase distraction while turning the driven magnet(s) 1402 in the opposite direction causes the distraction device 1414 to decrease distraction. Changes to the distraction device 1414 distraction distance or distraction force depend upon the number of turns by the one or more drive magnets 1410 .
  • the drive magnets 1410 are rotated by the external device 1406 , which has an electric gear motor 1416 which is controlled by a programmable logic controller (PLC) 1418 .
  • the PLC 1418 outputs an analog signal 1420 to a motor drive circuit 1422 which is proportional to the motor speed desired.
  • the PLC 1418 receives an analog signal 1424 from the motor drive circuit 1422 that is proportional to the current draw of the motor.
  • the gear motor's 1416 current consumption is proportional to its output torque.
  • An electronic torque sensor may be used for this purpose. The measured current draw may be used to monitor the change in output torque.
  • the PLC 1418 receives a pulsed input signal 1426 from an encoder 1428 that indicates the angular position of the drive magnets 1410 .
  • the PLC 1418 controls a spring loaded braking system 1430 that automatically stops the drive magnet 1410 if there is a loss of electrical power or other emergency.
  • a slip clutch 1432 is included between the gear motor 1416 and the drive magnet 1410 to prevent the gear motor 1416 from over torqueing the driven magnet 1402 and potentially damaging the distraction device 140 , for example, if the distraction device 140 does not have its own slip clutch.
  • the PLC 1418 has a built in screen 1434 to display messages and a keypad 1436 for entering data. External push button switches and indicator lights may be incorporated for user comfort and ease of use.
  • the motor current (output torque) is monitored continuously whenever the device is turning. If the motor current exceeds the maximum allowable current (based on safety requirements of the device components and/or patient tissue) the gear motor 1416 is stopped and the brake 1430 is applied. This can be done both in software and hardware.
  • the mechanical slip clutch 1432 also prevents over torqueing of the device.
  • An exemplary threshold torque is 5.0 ounce-inches.
  • each patient will have a number that corresponds to the distraction displacement of their particular distraction device 1414 .
  • a distracted device 1414 will have a number such as 5.0 cm for its distraction displacement and a fully non-distracted device will have a number such as 0.0 cm.
  • This number can be stored on an electronic memory card 1438 that the patient 1408 carries.
  • the PLC 1418 can read the current number from the memory card 1438 and update the number after adjustment.
  • the patient's number can be recorded manually in the patient's chart and kept at the physician's office or printed on an information card that the patient carries. Alternatively, the information can be stored on and read from an RFID chip implanted in the patient.
  • the patient's number is first entered into the PLC 1418 so it knows the patient's starting point. If the patient's records are completely lost, the system can always have a new setting manually input based on an X-ray image determination of the distraction displacement of the restriction device 1414 .
  • a physician may adjust the distraction device 1414 several ways.
  • An absolute move to a new distraction displacement (or force) may be entered directly.
  • a patient 1408 currently at 2.00 cm distraction displacement may need to be adjusted to 2.50 cm.
  • the physician simply enters the new distraction displacement and presses a ‘GO’ button.
  • the physician may prefer a relative (incremental) move from the current distraction displacement.
  • Each press of a button will cause the device to increase or possible decrease a fixed amount, say 0.20 cm of distraction displacement, or 0.02 cm.
  • the displacement of distraction is a relative term, and that the force gauge disclosed in this invention may be the preferred manner to adjust distraction, instead of a dimensional manner.
  • the PLC 1418 may automatically adjust the external device 1406 to reach the desired final distraction force or length based at least in part on a response generated by a feedback device.
  • the particular feedback device may be any number of devices described herein including strain or force gauge feedback, acoustic feedback, optical feedback, motor current and the like.
  • the PLC 1418 slowly ramps up the speed of the gear motor 1416 while monitoring the motor current (torque).
  • a known minimum drive torque must be present for verification that the magnetic coupling to the restriction device is locked and not slipping. This can be monitored with, for example, the acoustic feedback system.
  • the minimum torque value can be a curve that is stored in the PLC 1418 that is based on the amount of distraction, the direction of movement (increasing/decreasing), even the model number or serial number of the distraction device 1414 .
  • the PLC 1418 stops the gear motor 1416 and applies the brake 1430 . It should be understood that the feedback devices mentioned above is applicable to the external device, and to many other types of magnetic drives with the exception of nearby or proximally-located electromagnetic coils which do not have a motor.
  • any of the compatible configurations of a distraction device/adjustment mechanism/external adjustment device are contemplated to be combinable as alternative embodiments to those specifically described herein.
  • the mechanical mechanism of the distraction device can be achieved by any of the designs and methods by using a rotating drive shaft, or by a tension/compression member. In other words, rotation can be done only to proximal assemblies or assemblies within the distraction device, which then, through gearing, cause longitudinal shortening or lengthening of a wire or cable, which pulls tension on a belt or rod to cause the distraction device to increase or decrease distraction (distance or force).
  • FIG. 36 illustrates an embodiment of a distraction device 314 implanted within a patient and fixated at its upper end 315 and lower end 317 to the patient's spine 300 .
  • the illustrated example of the spine 300 includes the particular thoracic and lumbar vertebrae that typically encompass a scoliotic curve, for example the curve of a patient with adolescent idiopathic scoliosis.
  • the T3 through T12 thoracic vertebrae, 303 , 304 , 305 , 306 , 307 , 308 , 309 , 310 , 311 , 312 , respectively and the L1 through L3 vertebrae, 291 , 292 , 293 are depicted in FIG.
  • each vertebra is different from the other vertebra by its size and shape, with the upper vertebra generally being smaller than the lower vertebra.
  • the vertebrae have a similar structure and include a vertebral body 316 , a spinous process 318 , 320 , laminae 326 , transverse processes 321 , 322 and pedicles 324 .
  • the distraction device 314 includes a distraction rod 328 which is adjustable (lengthwise) via a coupled adjustable portion 330 .
  • the distraction device 314 is fixated to the spine 300 via a clamp 342 at the upper end of the distraction rod 328 .
  • the clamp 342 is secured around the transverse process 321 of the T4 vertebra 304 .
  • the clamp 342 may be secured around an adjacent rib (not shown) or rib facet.
  • the clamp may be replaced by a laminar and pedicle hook system, or pedicle screw system.
  • FIG. 37 illustrates one such alternative embodiment in which a distraction device 314 includes one or more laminar hooks 346 that are used to secure an upper end 315 of the distraction device 314 to the spine (not shown).
  • the lower end 317 of the distraction device is secured to the spine using one or more pedicle hooks 348 .
  • the distraction device 314 is illustrated as being fixated to the spine 300 with a pedicle screw system 331 comprising a connecting rod 332 and two toe clamps 338 , 340 .
  • This particular embodiment comprises a magnetic adjustment device 344 which is spaced from the adjustable portion 330 via a transmission cable 345 .
  • FIG. 38 more detail of the pedicle screw system 331 is shown.
  • the pedicle screw 349 passes through a hole in base 350 , securing base to the L1 vertebra 291 ( FIG. 36 ) though its pedicle (left pedicle in this case).
  • Locking screw 334 can be loosened to adjust the angle a of the connecting rod 332 , and then locking screw 334 can be tightened so that toe clamp 338 securely holds connecting rod 332 in place without further rotation.
  • the second toe clamp 340 is adjusted in the same way, by tightening locking screw 336 .
  • the non-fusion embodiment presented here allows de-rotation of the spine 300 to happen naturally, because there is no fixation at the middle portion 319 of the distraction device 314 .
  • the distraction device 314 allows for free rotation at its ends.
  • the adjustable portion 330 is attached to the connecting rod 332 via a ball joint 382 .
  • the end of the connecting rod 332 has a substantially 180° curve which allows it to meet the adjustable portion 330 along the same axis 383 .
  • the extreme end of the connecting rod 332 comprises a stem 386 and a ball 384 .
  • a mount 360 is disposed at the end of the adjustable portion 330 and has a partial spherical internal contour 361 to mate with the ball 384 , and allow for free rotation. It may also allow for polyaxial motion.
  • distraction rod 328 may be precurved with the typical shape of a normal saggital spine, but it should also be noted that the curve may be slightly different than standard scoliosis fusion instrumentation, because in the non-fusion embodiment described herein, the distraction device 314 is not flush with the spine but rather is placed either subcutaneous or sub-fascial, and thus is not below the back muscles.
  • the only portions of the distraction device 314 that are designed to be placed below the muscles are the clamp 342 and the portion of the distraction rod 328 immediately adjacent the clamp 342 , the pedicle screw system 331 and the connecting rod 332 .
  • FIG. 36 illustrates an embodiment in which the bulk of the hardware associated with the distraction device 314 is placed over the muscle.
  • any other part of the entire implantable embodiment may be placed under the muscle (i.e., sub-muscular). It should be appreciated that a much smaller amount of muscle needs to be dissected during the procedure in comparison with current fusion procedures. This will allow for a much shorter procedure, much less blood loss, much quicker recovery, and less time in the hospital/less risk of infection. Further, it may be desirable to produce the “J” curve of the connecting rod 332 or the “S” curve of connecting rod 323 of FIG. 37 with flanges or ribs at their highest stress points in order to increase their durability in demanding implant conditions.
  • FIGS. 40 and FIG. 41 illustrate one embodiment of a remotely-located magnetic adjustment device 344 that enables adjustment of the distraction device 314 from a location that is remote from the adjustable portion 330 .
  • the adjustable portion 330 is operatively coupled to the magnetic adjustment device 344 via a transmission cable 345 .
  • the magnetic adjustment device 344 may be placed subcutaneously in the buttocks area or even the abdominal area.
  • the magnetic adjustment device 344 may be located integral to the adjustable portion 330 .
  • the magnetic adjustment device 344 (depicted in FIG. 41 without its protective outer cover) includes a worm 390 and a cylindrical magnet 394 fixedly secured inside the worm 390 .
  • the cylindrical magnet 394 is preferably magnetized radially as illustrated in FIG. 42 .
  • Activation of an external adjustment device causes the cylindrical magnet 394 and worm 390 to turn.
  • the worm 390 contains threads about its exterior surface and engages with a rotatable gear 392 which, in turn, is operatively coupled to a spool 396 .
  • the spool 396 includes a groove or the like about its periphery in which a cable 362 is disposed.
  • rotational movement of the cylindrical magnet 394 causes rotation of the gear 392 that, in turn, causes rotation of the spool 396 .
  • the spool 396 winds or unwinds a cable 362 that extends though a protective sheath 364 located in the elongated transmission cable 345 that couples the adjustment device 344 to the adjustable portion 330 .
  • the cable 362 is either tightened or loosened.
  • tension (T) is increased.
  • the opposite end of cable 362 is secured to frame 360 by stop 370 .
  • the cable 362 is pulled over first pulley 354 , which turns in a first rotational direction 376 .
  • Cable 362 then wraps around second pulley 355 (shown in phantom) in the back of frame 360 causing second pulley 355 to turn in second rotational direction 377 .
  • the cable 362 then wraps around a third pulley 356 causing it to turn in third rotational direction 378 .
  • Second pulley 355 and fourth pulley 358 are rotationally attached to the distraction rod 328 via axle 398 , and are slidably contained within frame 360 by pin 368 which slides in a groove 366 .
  • the combination of the pulleys 354 , 355 , 356 , 358 act as a block and tackle arrangement that amplifies the force applied to the distraction rod 328 in response to an applied tension (T).
  • T an applied tension
  • C compressive force
  • the gear 392 causes the spool 396 to unwind, and thus both T and C are decreased.
  • FIG. 43 illustrates another embodiment of a distraction device 400 .
  • hook fixation systems are used to secure to distraction device 400 to the patient's spine.
  • the hook fixation system is depicted in an exploded configuration in FIG. 43 and includes hooks 402 , 404 (for example laminar hooks, facet hooks or rib hooks) located on opposing ends of the distraction device.
  • the hooks 402 , 404 are operatively coupled to ball joints 406 .
  • Each ball joint 406 includes a coupler 405 that interfaces with a ball 407 or other substantially spherical member disposed at the end of a post 409 .
  • the hooks 402 , 404 each include a recess 402 A, 404 A that are dimensioned to receive the post 409 of each ball joint 406 .
  • the post 409 is frictionally engaged or locked with respect to its respective hook 402 , 404 using a clamping member 408 and overlying cap 410 .
  • the coupler 405 includes a receiving portion such as an internal threaded portion (not shown) that interfaces with opposing ends of the distraction rod 412 .
  • the coupler 405 may be secured to distraction rod 412 in other ways such as, for instance, mounting screws, a bond, weld, or even through the use of a cement or other adhesive material.
  • both hooks 402 , 404 are able to articulate about the swivel-action ball joint 406 to accommodate the changing geometry as the spine is subject to distraction forces.
  • the distraction rod 412 is supplied in a pre-curved configuration, and can be cut to the desired length and bent into a custom configuration to fit the patient's specific anatomy.
  • the portion that is to be cut would be the end of the distraction rod 412 that is located away from the adjustable portion 414 .
  • Adjustable portion 414 in this embodiment comprises an offset gearing assembly 415 having a cover 416 .
  • FIG. 44 illustrates the offset gearing assembly 415 with the cover 416 removed from the adjustable portion 414 in order to better show the internal components responsible for effecting the distraction forces on the distraction rod 412 .
  • a cylindrical magnet 394 is rotationally held by cups 422 , 424 and the assembly 415 is free to rotate between ball bearings 426 , 428 disposed on opposing ends thereof.
  • the cylindrical magnet 394 may include a permanent magnet made out of the materials described herein with respect to the other embodiments.
  • the assembly 415 includes a first gear 430 which rotates as the assembly 415 is rotated about its axis of rotation.
  • An external adjustment device (e.g., 1130 ) causes cylindrical magnet 394 to turn in a first rotational direction 440 which also causes the first gear 430 to turn in same, first direction 440 .
  • the first gear 430 meshes with a second gear 432 causing the same to turn in a second rotational direction 442 .
  • a third gear 434 is secured to the second gear 432 and rotates along with second gear 432 .
  • the third gear 434 meshes with a fourth gear 436 , causing it to turn in a third rotational direction 444 .
  • the fourth gear 436 is secured to a lead screw 420 which extends longitudinally inside a sleeve 418 or jacket.
  • a thrust bearing 438 is provided in a face-to-face arrangement with the fourth gear 436 to reduce frictional forces during rotation of the lead screw 420 .
  • the inner surface of the sleeve 418 contains a threaded inner bore (not shown) which extends at least a portion of the length of the sleeve 418 .
  • Lead screw 420 is allowed to turn because of a thrust bearing 438 located at end of the lead screw 420 .
  • the sleeve 418 begins to move in the distraction direction 446 .
  • the sleeve 418 is coupled at one end to the distraction rod 412 , and thus, when sleeve 418 and distraction rod 412 are distracted by the offset gearing assembly 415 , the distraction device 400 , which is coupled to the spine, imparts an increased distraction force. If the cylindrical magnet 394 is turned in the opposite direction, the distraction force is lessened.
  • the first gear 430 has eight (8) teeth
  • second gear 432 has eighteen (18) teeth
  • third gear 434 has ten (10) teeth
  • fourth gear 436 has eighteen (18) teeth.
  • the meshing of the first gear 430 and second gear 432 has a gear ratio of 18:8 and the meshing of the third gear 434 and fourth gear 436 has a gear ratio of 18:10. This creates an overall gear ratio for the offset gearing assembly 415 of 81:10, and thus an output torque to input torque ratio of 4.05.
  • a 6.0 ounce-inch torque applied to the cylindrical magnet 394 can produce an approximate torque of 19.7 ounce-inches on the lead screw.
  • a lead screw 420 having a diameter of approximately 3.5 mm (0.138′′) and approximately 100 threads per inch has been measured to have an efficiency of approximately 0.084.
  • a 6.0 ounce-inch torque applied to the cylindrical magnet 394 will produce a distraction force of as high as 65 pounds.
  • an external adjustment device 1130 having two external magnets 1134 , 1136 each having a diameter of approximately two (2) inches.
  • an annular dynamic seal 425 provided at one end of the adjustable portion 414 allows the distraction rod 412 to pass through the end of the adjustable portion 414 without any body fluids or materials being able to enter the adjustable portion 414 .
  • the interior of the adjustable portion 414 is thus substantially isolated or sealed off from the surrounding implant environment. While FIG. 43 illustrates a pair of hooks 402 , 404 that are used to secure the distraction device 400 to the spine of the patient, it should be understood that other anchors may be used to affix the ends of the distraction device 400 to the spine. For example, screws or other fasteners may be used to secure one or both ends of the distraction device 400 to the patient's spine.
  • screws are used for the lower portion of the distraction device 400 while hooks or screws are generally preferred for the upper portion of the distraction device 400 .
  • Clamps may also be used to secure one or both ends of the distraction device 400 to the patient's spine.
  • clamping structures are used to secure the upper portion of the distraction device 400 to a rib or transverse process of the subject.
  • FIG. 45 illustrates a clamp 450 that can be used to secure one end of the distraction device 400 to a rib or transverse process.
  • the clamp 450 includes an “L-shaped” bracket 452 that is mounted on a shaft 454 .
  • the shaft 454 terminates at a swivel joint 456 that provides swiveling movement between a coupler 458 and the clamp shaft 454 .
  • the coupler 458 is configured to receive one end of the distraction rod 412 (e.g., using threads, mounting screw(s), adhesive, cement, laser weld, or the like).
  • the clamp 450 includes a pivoting bracket 460 that pivots about a pin 462 from an open configuration to a closed configuration. The clamp 450 that is illustrated in FIG.
  • the clamp 450 pivots from the front of the patient to the back of the patient and is referred to as a “front-to-back” clamp.
  • the clamp 450 may be constructed as a “back-to-front” clamp in which the pivoting bracket 460 pivots from the back of the patient to the front.
  • the pivoting bracket 460 can be locked in the closed configuration by the fastener 464 which engages and holds the pivoting bracket 460 to the L-shaped bracket 452 .
  • the fastener 464 may be a screw, bolt or the like that can be tightened or loosened by rotation using a tool (e.g., wrench or driver).
  • the clamp 450 further includes an optional detent 466 or other protuberance on the L-shaped bracket 452 that aids in fixedly securing the clamp 450 to the rib or other anatomical structure.
  • FIG. 46 illustrates another embodiment of a clamp 470 that can be used to secure one end of the distraction device 400 to a rib or transverse process.
  • the clamp 470 includes an “J-shaped” bracket 472 that is mounted on a shaft 474 .
  • the shaft 474 terminates at a swivel joint 476 that provides swiveling movement between a coupler 478 and the clamp shaft 474 .
  • the coupler 478 is configured to receive one end of the distraction rod 412 (e.g., using threads, mounting screw(s), adhesive, cement, laser weld, or the like).
  • the clamp 470 includes a band 480 secured to one end of the J-shaped bracket 472 .
  • the band 480 is flexible in nature includes a free end 482 that is insertable into a lock 484 disposed on the J-shaped bracket 472 .
  • the band 480 may be made from a polymeric material or even a metallic material.
  • the band 480 preferably has a small thickness that minimizes the amount of material that is exposed to the front side of the patient. Because the patient's lungs are located somewhat near the front portion 486 of the clamp 470 , it is preferred to keep the amount of material in this section of the clamp 470 to a minimum.
  • the band 480 provides the ability to ensure that the clamp 470 is secured to the rib or other anatomical structure.
  • the clamp 470 that is illustrated in FIG. 46 has a band 480 that bends about the clamp 470 from the front of the patient to the back of the patient and is referred to as a “front-to-back” clamp. While the clamp 470 may be constructed as a “back-to-front” clamp in an alternative embodiment, this is not preferred because of the added material thus points toward sensitive organs (e.g., lungs) of the patient. In one embodiment, the clamp 470 further includes an optional detent 488 or other protuberance on the J-shaped bracket 472 that aids in fixedly securing the clamp 470 to the rib or other anatomical structure.
  • FIGS. 47 and 48 illustrate an alternative embodiment of an adjustable portion 568 that is used in connection with a distraction device 400 utilizing a hollow magnet 562 ( FIG. 48 ). While the description of the adjustable portion 568 is given in the context of the distraction device 400 , it should be understood that the alternative embodiment may apply equally to other distraction devices described herein (e.g., distraction devices 140 , 314 , 1414 , etc.). As seen in FIGS. 47 and 48 , the adjustable portion 568 is contained within two slidable sections which include an outer tube 548 and an inner tube 550 . The outer tube 548 and inner tube 550 are moveable relative to one another as explained below. As best seen in FIG.
  • a hollow magnet 562 is mounted on an inner sleeve 564 and a nut 560 having internal threads thereon. That is to say that the inner sleeve 564 and nut 560 are entirely or at least partially disposed within the hollow portion of the magnet 562 .
  • the hollow magnet 562 , inner sleeve 564 , and nut 560 rotate together in unison, between opposing ball bearings 556 , 558 .
  • An end cap 566 holds the assembly together.
  • the hollow magnet 562 permits the lead screw 554 to pass through it, thereby lessening the necessary total length of the adjustable portion 568 , and thus the length of a larger diameter portion of the distraction device 400 .
  • Rotation of the hollow magnet 562 effectuates rotation of the nut 560 that, depending on the direction of rotation, either pulls inward or pushes outward the lead screw 554 which engages with the internal threads (not shown) of the nut 560 .
  • FIG. 48 illustrates a completely hollow magnet 562 , some of the reduced length benefits discussed above may still be gained if only a portion of the magnet 562 were hollow or contained a recess configured to receive the lead screw 554 .
  • the magnet 562 is advantageously a permanent magnet and may be formed from the materials described herein with respect to the other embodiments.
  • a dynamic seal 552 is provided at the interface between the outer tube 548 and the inner tube 550 to ensure that no body fluids enter the assembly.
  • FIGS. 49 and 50 illustrate still another embodiment of an adjustable portion 570 .
  • This embodiment is longer but thinner as compared to the adjustable portion 468 illustrated in FIGS. 47 and 48 .
  • the alternative embodiment of the adjustable portion 570 may apply to other distraction devices described herein (e.g., distraction devices 140 , 314 , 1414 , etc.).
  • the adjustable portion 570 is contained within two slidable sections which include an outer tube 572 and an inner tube 574 .
  • the outer tube 572 and inner tube 574 are moveable relative to one another as explained below.
  • a rotatable magnet 576 is held within a magnetic cup 580 which rotates on a thrust bearing 582 .
  • the magnet 576 is operatively coupled to a lead screw 578 that rotates along with the magnet 576 in response to an externally applied magnetic field as described herein.
  • the adjustable portion 570 does not include an inner sheath such as that illustrated in the prior embodiment ( FIGS. 47 and 48 ) thereby enabling a thinner profile.
  • the nut 584 is affixed to the inner tube 574 . Rotation of the magnet 576 causes rotation of the lead screw 578 which then pulls or pushes the inner tube 574 relative to the outer tube 572 .
  • a dynamic seal 586 is provided at the interface between the outer tube 572 and the inner tube 574 to ensure that no body fluids enter the assembly.
  • the external adjustment device may optionally include a vibrator attached thereto that transmits vibrational motion to the adjustable portion 570 (or other adjustable portions described herein) which lessens frictional effects on the components giving them less resistance.
  • vibration may enhance or better enable axial motion of the outer tubes 448 , 572 and inner tubes 450 , 574 , respectively and enhance freer rotation of the rotational components.
  • the vibrational motion may also be delivered via a separate vibrator device that is separate from the external adjustment device.
  • FIG. 51 illustrates another embodiment of a distraction system 600 undergoing adjustment.
  • the implanted distraction system 600 includes two distraction devices 602 , 604 .
  • the first distraction device 602 includes a first adjustable portion 606 and a first rod 608 .
  • the first adjustable portion 606 is similar to the adjustable portion 570 of FIGS. 49 and 50 , with a first cylindrical permanent magnet 618 located at a far end of the first adjustable portion 606 .
  • the distraction system 600 includes a second distraction device 604 having a second adjustable portion 610 and a second rod 612 .
  • the second adjustable portion 610 is oriented in an inverted relation with respect to first adjustment portion 606 , so that a second cylindrical permanent magnet 620 is not at the same level on the body 628 (e.g., height if the subject is standing up) as the first cylindrical permanent magnet 618 .
  • the first and second cylindrical permanent magnets 618 , 620 are offset from one another relative to their location vis-à-vis the spine.
  • the second cylindrical permanent magnet 620 is located higher on the body 628 when compared to the first cylindrical permanent magnet 618 .
  • an external adjustment device 622 is provided that includes a first permanent magnet 624 and a second permanent magnet 626 that can be selectively placed at the proper level (e.g., height) along the body 628 corresponding to the location of the permanent magnet 618 , 620 of the respective distraction device 602 , 604 intended for adjustment.
  • each of the permanent magnets 624 , 626 of the external adjustment device 622 is preferably longer than the length of the permanent magnet 618 , 620 for maximal coupling, yet short enough, for example, one (1) inch long, so that the operation of the external adjustment device 622 allows the permanent magnets 624 , 626 to sufficiently couple with the first cylindrical permanent magnet 618 , without sufficiently coupling with the second cylindrical permanent magnet 620 .
  • the second adjustable portion 610 is permanently attached to the second rod 612 at joint 630 .
  • the distraction length (or force) of the first distraction device 602 may be adjusted a certain amount followed by adjustment of the distraction length (or force) of the second distraction device 604 .
  • This may be accomplished by first placing the external adjustment device 622 over the first adjustable portion 606 which contains the first permanent magnet 618 .
  • the external adjustment device 622 may then be operated to rotate the first permanent magnet 618 with the appropriate number of rotations, or partial rotation as the case may be, to achieve the desired distraction length or force.
  • the external adjustment device 622 may be operatively coupled with a PLC 1080 such as that illustrated in FIG. 14 to automatically adjust the external adjustment device 622 .
  • the external adjustment device 622 may be input to adjust the first distraction device 602 one (1.0) mm.
  • external adjustment device 622 and/or PLC 1080 may operate under feedback control.
  • the acoustic feedback modality described with respect to FIGS. 15-30 may be used to listen for an acoustic signal (e.g., clicks).
  • an optical feedback, force feedback, or magnetic Hall effect feedback control may be used to provide feedback control of the external adjustment device 622 .
  • the external adjustment device 622 is moved over the second adjustable portion 610 which contains the second permanent magnet 620 , for example directly over the permanent magnet 620 .
  • the external adjustment device 622 may then be operated to rotate the second permanent magnet 620 with the appropriate number of rotations, or partial rotation as the case may be, to achieve the desired distraction length or force.
  • the external adjustment device 622 may be input to adjust the second distraction device 604 one-half (0.5) mm. This may be conducted as described above with respect to the first distraction device 604 , including the option use of the PLC 1080 with feedback control.
  • the external adjustment device 622 may be used to adjust the first distraction device 602 to a different distraction force than the second distraction device 604 .
  • the first distraction device 602 may be adjusted to have a force of 40 pounds, while the second distraction device 604 may be adjusted to 30 pounds.
  • one alternative is leave on the distraction devices 602 , 604 at its current or then-current setting with adjustment only being performed on the other distraction device 602 , 604 .
  • a magnetic shield 632 is used that permits the first and second cylindrical permanent magnets 618 , 620 to be closer to one another. For example, if it is desired to adjust the first distraction device 602 and not the second distraction device 604 , the magnetic shield 632 is placed at location 634 . The external adjustment device 622 is placed with its permanent magnets 624 , 626 in proximity to the first cylindrical permanent magnet 618 . The magnetic shield 632 diminishes the ability for the permanent magnets 624 , 626 to be able to magnetically couple with the second cylindrical permanent magnet 620 . The magnetic shield 626 may then be placed at a different location, closer to the first cylindrical permanent magnet 618 , in order to independently adjust the second cylindrical permanent magnet 620 .
  • the magnetic shield 632 may be made from nickel, iron, steel or a nickel-iron alloy such as Mu-Metal, for example 75% Nickel/15% iron. Other materials with similar magnetic shielding properties may also be used.
  • FIG. 52 illustrates another embodiment of a technique for the emergency adjustment of a distraction device 638 .
  • the patient 636 has an implanted distraction device 638 similar to those described herein.
  • the patient 636 may be in need of emergency adjustment due to any number of reasons including, for example, incorrect prior adjustment, trauma, bone, joint muscle or connective tissue pain, pregnancy, or growth.
  • the implanted distraction device 638 containing the cylindrical permanent magnet 640 may be adjusted by using a magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) scanner 642 —a diagnostic instrument that is commonly found in hospitals.
  • Magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) scanners 642 contain a primary magnet 644 comprising a supercooled electromagnetic coil.
  • the primary magnet 644 is designed to be “always on”, except in cases of maintenance or malfunction.
  • the primary magnet 644 generates a very large magnetic field (i.e., magnetic flux density). Older MRI scanners had magnetic fields of 0.2 Tesla, for example, but most today have fields of 1.5 Tesla or 3 Tesla while still others are 7 Tesla.
  • the torque required to turn the cylindrical permanent magnet 640 into a different orientation than the MRI aligned orientation would be significantly high, and much greater than the rotational resistance of the cylindrical magnet assembly. Therefore, by placing a patient 636 close to the primary magnet 644 of the MRI scanner 642 (for example, at a distance of ten feet or less, or more specifically five feet or less) and by turning the body of the patient in either a first rotational direction 646 or a second rotational direction 648 , the implanted distraction device 638 may be adjusted without the need of an external adjustment device 1130 , 622 . Generally, the patient turns or rotates him or herself about an axis of rotation (which may change slightly during the rotational procedure). For example, the patient may stand on their feet and turn their body.
  • the patient may sit in a swivel chair, for example a chair made of MRI safe materials such as aluminum, and the chair may be spun in the desired direction. If patient turns or is turned in first rotational direction 646 , the distraction is reduced. If patient turns or is turned in second rotational direction 648 , the distraction is increased. It is desirable that the implanted distraction device 638 is well secured to the patient 636 , for example with pedicle screws, hooks or clamps, so that the attraction of the cylindrical permanent magnet 640 to the primary magnet 644 of the MRI device does not cause unsafe displacement of the implanted distraction device 638 at its fixation points.
  • non-magnetic materials in the implant such as Titanium or Titanium alloys such as Ti-6AL-4V, so that the implant itself is not strongly attracted to the primary magnet 644 .
  • the implanted distraction device 638 uses acoustic feedback, such as that described in FIGS. 15 through 34 , medical personnel may listen to the patient with an MRI safe stethoscope to confirm that clicks are heard, which would indicate that the magnet 640 is indeed turning. The clicks may also be counted in order to quantify the amount of adjustment precisely.
  • the implantable device may include a restriction device (e.g., gastric band or annuloplasty ring), or a valve, or the other devices. Examples of such devices that may be adjusted in this manner may be found in U.S. Patent Application Publication Nos. 2008-0097487 and 2008-0097496.
  • a restriction device e.g., gastric band or annuloplasty ring
  • a valve e.g., a valve
  • Examples of such devices that may be adjusted in this manner may be found in U.S. Patent Application Publication Nos. 2008-0097487 and 2008-0097496.
  • the magnets don't have to be cylindrical, but the axis of magnetization should not be parallel to the axis of rotation.
  • one of the benefits of a fully fusionless procedure is the ability to remove the implants after the spine has been able to be manipulated by the initial surgery and the non-invasive adjustments of the distraction device.
  • the embodiments described herein allow for a completely adjustable scoliosis treatment system, which can achieve the goal of a straightened spine and no lifetime implant through a total of two surgical procedures; one procedure to implant the device and one procedure to remove the device. This is a significant improvement to the adjustable scoliosis treatment devices which have been proposed, and require adjustment techniques utilizing surgical incisions.
  • the physician may desire to have the patient use a brace for a one or a few months, in order to protect the healing process. This protective brace serves a different purpose than the scoliosis braces that attempt to affect the patient's Cobb angle.
  • a genetic test may identify that a particular subject that has a current Cobb angle of less than or equal to 30° is predisposed or otherwise at risk for his or her Cobb angle to increase beyond this initial angle (e.g., increase to or beyond 40°).
  • a genetic test may be run on the patient's nucleic acid (e.g., DNA or RNA) to identify genes or gene sequences that are associated with this predisposition. If the patient has this genetic susceptibility, a distraction device of the type described herein may be used to preemptively correct or mitigate the anticipated spinal malformation. For example, Gao et al.
  • CHD7 gene polymorphisms are associated with susceptibility to idiopathic scoliosis.
  • Gao et al. CHD7 Gene Polymorphisms are Associated with Susceptibility to Idiopathic Scoliosis, American Journal of Human Genetics, Vol. 80, pp. 957-65 (May, 2007).
  • the above-noted Gao et al. publication is incorporated herein as if set forth fully herein.
  • the CHD7 gene spans 188 kb and contains one non-coding exon and thirty-seven coding exons.
  • the SNP loci associated with idiopathic scoliosis were contained within an ⁇ 116 kb region encompassing exons 2-4 of the CHD7 gene.
  • the genetic test may look for the SNP loci discussed above which are associated with IS susceptibility.
  • the devices and methods described herein can also be used to treat adult scoliosis, e.g., allowing adult scoliosis to be treated with a minimally invasive and/or fusionless approach.
  • gradual adjustment of the spine may be desired, especially in the cases of very high Cobb angles.
  • the initial surgical implantation may reduce the Cobb angle by 50% or more by the physician performing manual distraction on the spine.
  • the Cobb angle can be reduced in a non-invasive manner by application of a constant or periodically changing distraction force.
  • a first non-invasive adjustment may result in a Cobb angle reduction of less than 50%. Additional non-invasive adjustments may be performed which result in even smaller Cobb angle reductions (e.g., less than 15% from original Cobb angle).
  • the Cobb angle may be reduced by a smaller amount over the next few months (e.g., less than around 15% each month post-operation).
  • the non-invasive adjustment of a fusionless implant made possible by the invention allows for a gradual adjustment scheme of this nature.
  • the distraction forces used over this period of time are generally low (e.g., distraction force less than 45 pounds) which means, among other things, less patient discomfort, and less chance of failure within the adjustable rods 142 , 144 .
  • Non-invasive adjustments may be periodically performed when the patient visits his or her physician. This may occur over a span of more than one week (e.g., a several week process).
  • the number and periodicity of the adjustments is a function of, among other things, the Cobb angle of the patient.
  • the adult spine has less dense or even osteoporotic bone, so it may be desirable to combine the sort of gradual adjustment described here with additional methods to strengthen the bone, for example the bone of the vertebral bodies.
  • One method is to strengthen the vertebral body by performing prophylactic vertebroplasty or kyphoplasty, wherein the internal area of the vertebral body is strengthened, for example by injection of bone cement or Polymethyl Methacrylate (PMMA).
  • PMMA Polymethyl Methacrylate
  • pedicle screws are used for fixation, the surface of the screws may be treated with a biologic material that promotes bone growth, or a surface characteristic that improves bone adhesion. Any of these methods would further improve the possibilities that the distraction forces would not cause fracture or other damage to the vertebrae of the patient.
  • Another embodiment includes a bone growing implant, wherein the manipulation of a portion of the skeletal system is limited to a single bone, and the bone growing implant is a distraction device, capable of distracting a first and second locations located on or in the same bone.
  • the bone growing implant is a distraction device, capable of distracting a first and second locations located on or in the same bone.
  • the femur and the humerus bones are short in relation to the other bones.
  • these bones may be grown longer using a device such as the Taylor Spatial Frame, which is an external frame having wires or pins that extend through the skin and attach to the bone. The frame can be continually adjusted by the external adjustment knobs to stimulate bone growth in the desired direction.
  • This device may also be used on patients whose bones stop growing due to, for example, pediatric bone cancer, such as Ewing's sarcoma or osteosarcoma.
  • Another application for this device is in patients who have had broken bones which are healing in an unsatisfactory manner, for example, in the case of one leg that is shorter than the other because of a badly healed femur fracture.
  • One problem that is seen with the Taylor Spatial Frame is the occurrence of pin tract infections, which occur because there is an open channel for bacteria to enter from the outside of the patient to the bone.
  • Another application for bone growth is for selective growth to only one side of the bone, for example in Blount's disease (bowleggedness), in which one side of the bone grows normally while in the other side there is an arrest in the growth plate.
  • a non-invasively adjustable bone growth distraction device is needed.
  • a device of this nature is presented as an embodiment of this invention in FIG. 53 .
  • a bone growth distraction device 272 is attached to bone 256 having a proximal portion 258 and a distal portion 260 by a proximal securement member 276 and a distal securement member 278 .
  • the securement members 276 , 278 may operate using any number of securement devices or methods known to attach a device to bone, including screws, clamps or even adhesive materials.
  • a fracture site 274 is illustrated, though it should be noted that this fracture is not always present in some of the applications previously mentioned. As seen in FIG.
  • the bone growth distraction device 272 includes a cylindrical magnet 262 that is configured to rotate on its axis in response to an externally applied magnetic field (as described above in the context of other embodiments). Rotation of the cylindrical magnet 262 effectuates rotation of a planetary gear set 266 .
  • An optional slip clutch 264 is illustrated as being disposed between the cylindrical magnet 262 and the planetary gear set 266 , though slip clutch 264 may be disposed at any other location along the drive transmission.
  • Rotation of the planetary gear set 266 in a first direction causes lead screw 268 to turn within internal thread 270 causing distraction (e.g., elongation) of the bone 256 .
  • Bone growth distraction device 272 may be implanted in a single operation. Subsequent adjustments are performed non-invasively, and if desired can be performed frequently in order to precisely control bone growth.
  • An adjustment device such as external adjustment device 1130 described herein may be used to rotate the cylindrical magnet 262 .
  • the cylindrical magnet 263 may be dimensioned and made of the same materials as described herein with respect to the other embodiments.
  • FIG. 54 illustrates an alternative embodiment of the invention incorporating an intramedullary magnetic elongation device.
  • Bone distraction device 271 is placed within the intramedullary canal 273 and secured at first attachment point 275 and second attachment point 277 .
  • the bone distraction device 271 is capable of lengthening the bone 256 substantially parallel to its longitudinal axis 279 .
  • the embodiments described herein may be applicable to bones and/or skeletal structures other than those specifically described or illustrated in the drawings. For instance, the embodiments may be utilized in the tibia, mandible, jawbone, and the like.
  • FIG. 55 illustrates a distraction device 1101 configured for replacement of an intervertebral disk, and for distraction between a first vertebral body 1103 and a second vertebral body 1105 .
  • Intervertebral disks can degenerate, bulge, herniate or thin, and cause accompanying back pain.
  • Degenerative disk disease (DDD) has caused a large increase in the use of intervertebral disk replacement devices.
  • Current intervertebral disk replacement devices have had incomplete success, due to a large rate of patients whose pain returns with time.
  • the inventive art describes an intervertebral disk replacement device that allows for additional adjustment after disk replacement surgery and after the healing period.
  • the device may be adjusted non-invasively to increase or decrease distraction in order to eliminate recurrent pain.
  • an internal magnet 1107 is non-rotated. Internal magnet 1107 is coupled to lead screw 1109 so that rotation motion changes the displacement between lead screw 1109 and the female thread 1111 inside a portion of the distraction device 1101 .
  • This technique may also be used to treat other spinal problems, such as spondylolisthesis.
  • the entire vertebral body may be removed, for example due to a crushed, fractured or diseased vertebral body.
  • the embodiment of FIG. 55 may be supplied in a number of sizes, for example thicknesses, in order to fill the desired dimension between the other vertebral bodies.
  • FIGS. 56 through 60 illustrate a device for modification of a fractured vertebra is illustrated.
  • Vertebrae can become weak with osteoporosis, and may fracture easily, causing an increased kyphosis and increasing the risk of fracture of subsequent vertebrae.
  • Fractured vertebral body 800 is illustrated in FIG. 56 .
  • the fracture shown is a wedge fracture, which is very common in this type of patient.
  • Anterior height H has been significantly reduced in comparison to original height h.
  • fractured vertebrae can be treated by a vertebroplasty procedure, in which cement, for example polymethyl methacrylate (PMMA) is injected into the inside of the vertebral body. Vertebroplasty does very little in terms or restoring height.
  • PMMA polymethyl methacrylate
  • kyphoplasty An alternative method known as kyphoplasty is sometimes performed during which a balloon is inflated inside the vertebral body to crush in inner bone material prior to filling with the cement. Kyphoplasty has shown to increase height slightly, but the height gain is still considered unsatisfactory by many surgeons.
  • a hole is drilled through one of the pedicles 802 which lead to the vertebral body 800 .
  • Cannula 804 is placed through the hole and distraction device 806 is placed through the cannula 804 .
  • a kyphoplasty balloon may be placed through the cannula first in order to pre-dilate. Cannula 804 may be partially or completely removed at this point.
  • Distraction device 806 comprises a protective sheath 812 , a distraction head 808 and a cylindrical magnet 810 .
  • Protective sheath 812 is configured to be secured inside of pedicle 802 and/or inside vertebral body 800 .
  • Cylindrical magnet 810 is free to rotate within protective sheath 812 and is coupled to externally threaded shaft 814 .
  • an external rotating magnetic field for example that from external adjustment device 1130
  • threaded shaft 814 rotates within internal thread 816 causing threaded shaft 814 to extend axially.
  • dilating tip 818 is forced through separation 820 , forcing apart first distractor 822 and second distractor 824 and increasing the height of the fractured vertebral body from H 1 to H 2 .
  • the external adjustment device 1130 can apply a significant torque to the cylindrical magnet 810 and thus allow a high separation force applied to the two distractors 822 , 824 of the distraction head 808 .
  • the cylindrical magnet 810 may be removed from the assembly and cement may be applied through the protective sheath 812 to fully set the vertebral body in its distracted configuration, leaving the protective sheath 812 and the distraction head 808 permanently implanted.
  • FIG. 60 shows the dilating tip 818 having a tapered outer diameter 826 .
  • the distraction head 808 may be made from numerous metallic or polymeric materials, it may be preferably made of a highly elastic metal, such as nickel-titanium, so that the two distractors 822 , 824 will return towards their original unexpanded configuration as the dilating tip 818 moves in direction A. This entire non-invasive adjustment process has not been possible with prior devices which could only be manipulated during surgery, when patient is unconscious. Once the patient is at a desired adjustment level with little or no pain, an additional procedure may be performed to remove the magnet and/or inject cement.
  • a highly elastic metal such as nickel-titanium
  • the cement is injected at the end of the initial implantation operation, but the distraction device 806 is left intact. It is common for cement to remodel or even recede, for example after 18 months. With the present invention, this is less likely, because the distraction head 808 in its expanded configuration serves as additional reinforcement. In addition, if the cement were to remodel or recede, an additional adjustment procedure can be performed during which the two distractors 822 , 824 are further spread and more cement is injected.
  • FIG. 61 illustrates the present invention incorporated into a motion preservation (or dynamic stabilization) device 828 .
  • the motion preservation device 828 is attached to a first vertebra 830 and a second vertebra 832 with pedicle screws.
  • First and second vertebrae 830 , 832 are separated by intervertebral disk 834 .
  • Second head 838 is static and is attached to second vertebra 832 .
  • First head 836 is adjustable and comprises first portion 842 , which is attached to first vertebra 830 and second portion 844 which is can be adjusted by using external adjustment device 1130 to rotate internal magnet 846 .
  • Intermediate portion 840 comprises an outer spacer 848 and an inner cord 850 .
  • Outer spacer 848 and inner cord 850 are preferably made from polymeric materials that allow for some deformation and therefore limited movement between first vertebra 830 and second vertebra 832 .
  • the length L can be manipulated so that the desired condition is reached wherein the range of motion allowed by the implant is tailored so that it is within the range of motion where no pain is encountered, and the range of motion for which pain is present is eliminated.
  • Current dynamic stabilization devices do not have this non-invasive adjustability. Therefore, a surgeon is never sure whether the patient's device will maintain a range of motion for which patient feels no pain.
  • the embodiment of this invention allows the ability to adjust the device while the patient is not under anesthesia and after the patient has recovered from any post-surgery pain, so that the real pain that is intended to be cured can actually be assessed.

Abstract

A system for manipulating a portion of the skeletal system of a mammal includes an implant having a first portion and a second portion, the first portion configured for mounting at a first location of the skeletal system and the second portion configured for mounting at a second location of the skeletal system. The system further includes an adjustment device disposed on the implant and configured to apply a biasing force to the skeletal system, the adjustment device including a magnetic element configured for cyclic movement, the magnetic element being operatively coupled to a drive element configured to alter at least one of the distance or the force between the first location and the second location. The system includes an implantable feedback device operatively coupled to the implant that is configured to produce a response that is indicative of a condition of the implant which can be identified non-invasively.

Description

    RELATED APPLICATION
  • This Application claims priority to U.S. Provisional Patent Application No. 60/983,917 filed on Oct. 30, 2007. The '917 Provisional Patent Application incorporated by reference as if set forth fully herein.
  • FIELD OF THE INVENTION
  • The field of the invention generally relates to medical devices for treating disorders of the skeletal system.
  • BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
  • Scoliosis is a general term for the sideways (lateral) curving of the spine, usually in the thoracic or thoracolumbar region. Scoliosis is commonly broken up into different treatment groups, Adolescent Idiopathic Scoliosis, Early Onset Scoliosis and Adult Scoliosis.
  • Adolescent Idiopathic Scoliosis (AIS) typically affects children between ages 10 and 16, and becomes most severe during growth spurts that occur as the body is developing. One to two percent of children between ages 10 and 16 have some amount of scoliosis. Of every 1000 children, two to five develop curves that are serious enough to require treatment. The degree of scoliosis is typically described by the Cobb angle, which is determined, usually from x-ray images, by taking the most tilted vertebrae above and below the apex of the curved portion and measuring the angle between intersecting lines drawn perpendicular to the top of the top vertebrae and the bottom of the bottom. The term idiopathic refers to the fact that the exact cause of this curvature is unknown. Some have speculated that scoliosis occurs when, during rapid growth phases, the ligamentum flavum of the spine is too tight and hinders symmetric growth of the spine. For example, as the anterior portion of the spine elongates faster than the posterior portion, the thoracic spine begins to straighten, until it curves laterally, often with an accompanying rotation. In more severe cases, this rotation actually creates a noticeable deformity, wherein one shoulder is lower than the other. Currently, many school districts perform external visual assessment of spines, for example in all fifth grade students. For those students in whom an “S” shape or “C” shape is identified, instead of an “I” shape, a recommendation is given to have the spine examined by a physician, and commonly followed-up with periodic spinal x-rays.
  • Typically, patients with a Cobb angle of 20° or less are not treated, but are continually followed up, often with subsequent x-rays. Patients with a Cobb angle of 40° or greater are usually recommended for fusion surgery. It should be noted that many patients do not receive this spinal assessment, for numerous reasons. Many school districts do not perform this assessment, and many children do not regularly visit a physician, so often, the curve progresses rapidly and severely. There is a large population of grown adults with untreated scoliosis, in extreme cases with a Cobb angle as high as or greater than 90°. Many of these adults, though, do not have pain associated with this deformity, and live relatively normal lives, though oftentimes with restricted mobility and motion. In AIS, the ratio of females to males for curves under 10° is about one to one, however, at angles above 30°, females outnumber males by as much as eight to one. Fusion surgery can be performed on the AIS patients or on adult scoliosis patients. In a typical posterior fusion surgery, an incision is made down the length of the back and Titanium or stainless steel straightening rods are placed along the curved portion. These rods are typically secured to the vertebral bodies, for example with bone screws, or more specifically pedicle screws, in a manner that allows the spine to be straightened. Usually, at the section desired for fusion, the intervertebral disks are removed and bone graft material is placed to create the fusion. If this is autologous material, the bone is harvested from a hip via a separate incision.
  • Alternatively, the fusion surgery may be performed anteriorly. A lateral and anterior incision is made for access. Usually, one of the lungs is deflated in order to allow access to the spine from this anterior approach. In a less-invasive version of the anterior procedure, instead of the single long incision, approximately five incisions, each about three to four cm long are made in several of the intercostal spaces (between the ribs) on one side of the patient. In one version of this minimally invasive surgery, tethers and bone screws are placed and are secured to the vertebra on the anterior convex portion of the curve. Currently, clinical trials are being performed which use staples in place of the tether/screw combination. One advantage of this surgery in comparison with the posterior approach is that the scars from the incisions are not as dramatic, though they are still located in a visible area, when a bathing suit, for example, is worn. The staples have had some difficulty in the clinical trials. The staples tend to pull out of the bone when a critical stress level is reached.
  • Commonly, after surgery, the patient will wear a brace for a few months as the fusing process occurs. Once the patient reaches spinal maturity, it is difficult to remove the rods and associated hardware in a subsequent surgery, because the fusion of the vertebra usually incorporates the rods themselves. Standard practice is to leave this implant in for life. With either of these two surgical methods, after fusion, the patient's spine is now straight, but depending on how many vertebra were fused, there are often limitations in the degree of flexibility, both in bending and twisting. As these fused patients mature, the fused section can impart large stresses on the adjacent non-fused vertebra, and often, other problems including pain can occur in these areas, sometimes necessitating further surgery. Many physicians are now interested in fusionless surgery for scoliosis, which may be able to eliminate some of the drawbacks of fusion.
  • One group of patients in which the spine is especially dynamic is the subset known as Early Onset Scoliosis (EOS), which typically occurs in children before the age of five, and more often in boys than in girls. This is a more rare condition, occurring in only about one or two out of 10,000 children, but can be severe, sometimes affecting the normal development of organs. Because of the fact that the spines of these children will still grow a large amount after treatment, non-fusion distraction devices known as growing rods and a device known as the VEPTR—Vertical Expandable Prosthetic Titanium Rib (“Titanium Rib”) have been developed. These devices are typically adjusted approximately every six months, to match the child's growth, until the child is at least eight years old, sometimes until they are 15 years old. Each adjustment requires a surgical incision to access the adjustable portion of the device. Because the patients may receive the device at an age as early as six months old, this treatment requires a large number of surgeries. Because of the multiple surgeries, these patients have a rather high preponderance of infection.
  • Returning to the AIS patients, the treatment methodology for those with a Cobb angle between 20° and 40° is quite controversial. Many physicians proscribe a brace (for example, the Boston Brace), that the patient must wear on their body and under their clothes 18 to 23 hours a day until they become skeletally mature, for example to age 16. Because these patients are all passing through their socially demanding adolescent years, it is quite a serious prospect to be forced with the choice of either wearing a somewhat bulky brace that covers most of the upper body, having fusion surgery that may leave large scars and also limit motion, or doing nothing and running the risk of becoming disfigured and possibly disabled. It is commonly known that many patients have at times hidden their braces, for example, in a bush outside of school, in order to escape any related embarrassment. The patient compliance with brace wearing has been so problematic, that there have been special braces constructed which sense the body of the patient, and keep track of the amount of time per day that the brace is worn. Patients have even been known to place objects into unworn braces of this type in order to fool the sensor. Coupled with the inconsistent patient compliance with brace usage, is a feeling by many physicians that braces, even if used properly, are not at all effective at curing scoliosis. These physicians may agree that bracing can possibly slow down or even temporarily stop curve (Cobb angle) progression, but they have noted that as soon as the treatment period ends and the brace is no longer worn, often the scoliosis rapidly progresses, to a Cobb angle even more severe than it was at the beginning of treatment. Some say the reason for the supposed ineffectiveness of the brace is that it works only on a portion of the torso, and not on the entire spine. Currently a prospective, randomized 500 patient clinical trial known as BrAIST (Bracing in Adolescent Idiopathic Scoliosis Trial) is enrolling patients, 50% of whom will be treated with the brace and 50% of who will simply be watched. The Cobb angle data will be measured continually up until skeletal maturity, or until a Cobb angle of 50° is reached, at which time the patient will likely undergo surgery.
  • Many physicians feel that the BrAIST trial will show that braces are completely ineffective. If this is the case, the quandary about what to do with AIS patients who have a Cobb angle of between 20° and 40° will only become more pronounced. It should be noted that the “20° to 40°” patient population is as much as ten times larger than the “40° and greater” patient population.
  • Currently, genetic scientists are at work to find one or more genes that may predispose scoliosis. Once identified, some are still skeptical as to whether gene therapy would be possible to prevent scoliosis, however the existence of a scoliosis gene would no doubt allow for easier and earlier identification of probable surgical patients.
  • SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
  • In one aspect of the invention, a system for manipulating a portion of the skeletal system in the body of a mammal includes an implant having a first portion and a second portion, the first portion configured for mounting at a first location of the skeletal system and the second portion configured for mounting at a second location of the skeletal system. The system further includes an adjustment device disposed on the implant and configured to apply a biasing force to the skeletal system, the adjustment device including a magnetic element configured for cyclic movement, the magnetic element being operatively coupled to a drive element configured to alter at least one of the distance or the force between the first location and the second location. The system further includes an implantable feedback device operatively coupled to the implant, the feedback device being configured to produce a response that is indicative of a condition of the implant which can be identified non-invasively.
  • In another embodiment, a system for manipulating a portion of the skeletal system in the body of a mammal includes an implant having a first portion and a second portion, the first portion configured for mounting to a first location of the skeletal system and the second portion configured for mounting to a second location of the skeletal system. The system further includes an adjustment device configured to change at least one of the distance or the force between the first location and the second location. The system includes a clamp disposed on the first portion, the clamp including a magnetic element configured to allow for non-invasive activation of the clamp to fixedly mount the first portion to the first location.
  • In still another embodiment, a system for manipulating a portion of the skeletal system in the body of a mammal includes an implant having a first portion and a second portion, the first portion configured for coupling to a first location of the skeletal system and the second portion configured for coupling to a second location of the skeletal system. The system further includes an adjustment device operatively coupled to the implant and configured to change at least one of the distance or force between the first location and the second location, the adjustment device including a drive element configured to alter at least one of the distance or the force between the first location and the second location. The system also includes an external adjustment device configured to non-invasively couple to the adjustment device from a location external to the mammal, the external adjustment device configured to impart a driving torque to the drive element. The system further has a slip clutch operatively coupled to the drive element and configured to selectively engage with the adjustment device, the slip clutch configured to disengage from the adjustment device when a threshold torque level is reached or exceeded.
  • In yet another embodiment, a system for manipulating a portion of the skeletal system in the body of a mammal includes an implant having a first portion and a second portion, the first portion configured for coupling to a first location of the skeletal system and the second portion configured for coupling to a second location of the skeletal system. The system further includes an adjustment device disposed on the implant and configured to change at least one of the distance or force between the first location and the second location, the adjustment device including a magnetic element configured for rotational movement, the magnetic element being operatively coupled to a drive element configured to alter at least one of the distance or the force between the first location and the second location. The system has an external adjustment device configured to magnetically couple to the adjustment device from a location external to the mammal, the external adjustment device including a first permanent magnet configured for rotation about an axis and a second permanent magnet configured for rotation about a second, separate axis. Additionally, the system includes a feedback device operatively coupled to either the external adjustment device or the magnetic element, wherein the feedback device is configured to produce a response indicative of the extent of magnetic coupling between at least one of the first and second permanent magnets of the external adjustment device and the magnetic element of the adjustment device.
  • In still another embodiment, system for manipulating a portion of the skeletal system in the body of a mammal includes an implant having a first portion and a second portion, the first portion configured for coupling to first location of the skeletal system and the second portion configured for coupling to a second location of the skeletal system. The system has an adjustment device configured to alter a distraction force between the first location and the second location, the adjustment device including a magnetic element configured for rotation about an axis of rotation, the magnetic element being operatively coupled to a drive element configured to alter the distraction force between the first location and the second location. The system further includes an external adjustment device configured to magnetically couple to the adjustment device from a location external to the mammal, the external adjustment device having at least one permanent magnet configured for rotation about an axis. According to the above-noted system, one of the first and second portions of the implant configured to couple the skeletal system includes a connecting rod having a substantially 180° curve.
  • BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
  • FIG. 1 illustrates the spine of a person with scoliosis.
  • FIG. 2 illustrates the Cobb angle of a scoliotic spine.
  • FIG. 3 illustrates the large incision made during prior art scoliosis fusion surgery.
  • FIG. 4 illustrates a two rod embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 5 illustrates a posterior view of the two rod embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 6A illustrates a sectional view of a single rod in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention taken through line 6A-6A of FIG. 5.
  • FIG. 6B illustrates a detailed view of portion A of FIG. 6A in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 6C illustrates a detailed view of portion B of FIG. 6A in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 6D illustrates a detailed view of portion C of FIG. 6C in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 6E illustrates an end view of a cylindrical magnetic member for actuating a clamp in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 6F illustrates an end view of a cylindrical magnetic member for adjusting a distraction device in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 6G illustrates the internal planetary gearing of portion of FIG. 7C in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 7 illustrates the two smaller incisions which are possible using the system of the invention.
  • FIG. 8 illustrates a single small incision which is possible using another embodiment of the system of the invention.
  • FIG. 9 illustrates a patient with an implanted distraction device during a non-invasive adjustment procedure.
  • FIG. 10 illustrates a perspective view of an external adjustment device according to one embodiment. The outer housing or cover is removed to illustrate the various aspects of the external adjustment device.
  • FIG. 11 illustrates a side or end view of the external adjustment device of FIG. 10.
  • FIG. 12 illustrates a perspective view of an external adjustment device of FIG. 10 with the outer housing or cover in place.
  • FIG. 13A illustrates a cross-sectional representation of the external adjustment device being positioned on a patient's skin. FIG. 13A illustrates the permanent magnet of the implantable interface in the 0° position.
  • FIG. 13B illustrates a cross-sectional representation of the external adjustment device being positioned on a patient's skin. FIG. 13B illustrates the permanent magnet of the implantable interface in the 90° position.
  • FIG. 13C illustrates a cross-sectional representation of the external adjustment device being positioned on a patient's skin. FIG. 13C illustrates the permanent magnet of the implantable interface in the 180° position.
  • FIG. 13D illustrates a cross-sectional representation of the external adjustment device being positioned on a patient's skin. FIG. 13D illustrates the permanent magnet of the implantable interface in the 270° position.
  • FIG. 14 schematically illustrates a system for driving the external adjustment device according to one embodiment.
  • FIGS. 15-22 illustrate cross-sectional views of the driven magnet along with the acoustic or sonic indicator housing illustrating the rotational orientation of the magnet and the magnetic ball. Various states are illustrated as the magnet rotates in the clockwise direction.
  • FIGS. 23-30 illustrate cross-sectional views of the driven magnet along with the acoustic or sonic indicator housing illustrating the rotational orientation of the magnet and the magnetic ball. Various states are illustrated as the magnet rotates in the counter-clockwise direction.
  • FIG. 31 illustrates the acoustic signal as a function of time of an embodiment of the invention having an acoustic or sonic housing that contains a magnetic ball. Peaks are seen every ½ rotation of the driven magnet in the counter-clockwise direction.
  • FIG. 32 illustrates the acoustic signal as a function of time of an embodiment of the invention having an acoustic or sonic housing that contains a magnetic ball. Peaks are seen every ½ rotation of the driven magnet in the clockwise direction.
  • FIG. 33 illustrates the frequency response of the acoustic or sonic housing of the type illustrated in FIGS. 15-30 during counter-clockwise rotation of the driven magnet.
  • FIG. 34 illustrates the frequency response of the acoustic or sonic housing of the type illustrated in FIGS. 15-30 during clockwise rotation of the driven magnet.
  • FIG. 35 illustrates a system for driving an internally located driven magnet via an external device using a feedback mechanism.
  • FIG. 36 illustrates a distraction device affixed to a spine of a patient according to one embodiment.
  • FIG. 37 illustrates a distraction device according to another embodiment. Anchors in the form of hooks are illustrated at opposing ends of the distraction rod.
  • FIG. 38 illustrates a side view of a pedicle screw system used in accordance with the embodiment illustrated in FIG. 36.
  • FIG. 39 illustrates the connection between an adjustable portion of the distraction device and a connecting rod that allows for, among other movements, free rotation.
  • FIG. 40 is a perspective view of an adjustable portion of a distraction device according to another embodiment.
  • FIG. 41 is a perspective view of a remotely located magnetic adjustment device that is used in connection with the adjustable portion illustrated in FIG. 40.
  • FIG. 42 illustrates a perspective view of a cylindrical magnet that is magnetized in the radial direction according to one embodiment.
  • FIG. 43 illustrates a perspective view of a distraction device according to another embodiment.
  • FIG. 44 illustrates the adjustable portion of FIG. 43 without the cover.
  • FIG. 45 illustrates a clamp used to affix the distraction device to a patient's anatomical structure according to one embodiment.
  • FIG. 46 illustrates a clamp used to affix the distraction device to a patient's anatomical structure according to another embodiment.
  • FIG. 47 illustrates an adjustable portion of a distraction device according to one embodiment.
  • FIG. 48 illustrates a cross-sectional view of the adjustable portion of FIG. 47 taken along the line 48-48 of FIG. 47.
  • FIG. 49 illustrates an adjustable portion of a distraction device according to one embodiment.
  • FIG. 50 illustrates a cross-sectional view of the adjustable portion of FIG. 49 taken along the line 50-50 of FIG. 49.
  • FIG. 51 illustrates an embodiment of a distraction device that includes two (2) adjustable rods, which each rod being independently adjustable.
  • FIG. 52 illustrates a technique of performing an emergency adjustment of a magnetically-actuated distraction device.
  • FIG. 53 illustrates an embodiment of a distraction device disposed on a bone.
  • FIG. 54 illustrates an embodiment of a distraction device disposed within the intramedullary canal of a bone.
  • FIG. 55 illustrates an embodiment of a distraction device for intervertebral placement.
  • FIG. 56 illustrates a fractured vertebral body.
  • FIG. 57 illustrates a distraction device being placed into the vertebral body of FIG. 56.
  • FIG. 58 illustrates a distraction device within a vertebral body.
  • FIG. 59 illustrates a distraction device manipulated to add height to a vertebral body.
  • FIG. 60 illustrates an alternative configuration of a distraction device for use in a vertebral body.
  • FIG. 61 illustrates a non-invasively adjustable dynamic stabilization device.
  • DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE ILLUSTRATED EMBODIMENTS
  • FIG. 1 illustrates a patient 100 with scoliosis. The concave portion 102 of the spinal curve can be seen on the left side 104 of the patient 100, and the convex portion 106 can be seen on the right side 108 of the patient 100. Of course, in other patients, the concave portion 102 may appear on the right side 108 of the patient 100 while the convex portion 106 may be found on the left side 104 of the patient. In addition, as seen in FIG. 1, some rotation of the spine 110 is present, and unevenness between the left shoulder 112 and right shoulder 114 is seen.
  • FIG. 2 illustrates the Cobb angle 116 of a spine 110 of a patient with scoliosis. To determine the Cobb angle, lines 118 and 120 are drawn from vertebra 122 and 124, respectively. Intersecting perpendicular lines 126 and 128 are drawn by creating 90° angles 130 and 132 from lines 118 and 120. The angle 116 created from the crossing of the perpendicular lines 126 and 128 is defined as the Cobb angle. In a perfectly straight spine, this angle is 0°.
  • In many Adolescent Idiopathic Scoliosis (AIS) patients with a Cobb angle of 40° or greater, spinal fusion surgery is typically the first option. FIG. 3 illustrates a long incision 134 formed in the patient 100 which is typically made during posterior scoliosis fusion surgery. This type of fusion surgery is known in the prior art. The long incision 134 extends between an upper end 136 and a lower end 138. The length of this incision 134 is longer than the length of the section of the vertebra to be fused. The actual length between the upper end 136 and the lower end 138 varies, depending on the size of the patient, and the extent of the scoliosis, but in AIS patients this length is significantly longer than 15 cm. More typically, it is longer than 25 cm.
  • FIGS. 4 and 5 illustrate a distraction device 140 for treating scoliosis according to one embodiment of the invention. The distraction device 140, which is an implantable device, includes a first adjustable rod 142 and a second adjustable rod 144. For patient distraction, a first adjustable rod 142 is positioned on one side of the spine 110 while the second adjustable rod 144 is positioned on the opposing side of the spine 110. The spine 110 is omitted from view in FIGS. 4 and 5 for sake of clarity. While the distraction device 140 illustrated in FIGS. 4 and 5 comprises first and second adjustable rods 142, 144, it should be understood that in alternative embodiments, the distraction device 140 may include just a single adjustable rod 142 (the second adjustable rod 144 being omitted entirely) that is implanted within the patient.
  • Referring back to FIGS. 4 and 5, each adjustable rod 142, 144 includes a first elongate member 146, 148 and a second elongate member 150, 152, that are coupled together by an adjustable portion 158, 159. The adjustable portions 158, 159 include a variable overlapping region between the first elongate members 146, 148 and the second elongate members 150, 152 which allows for the non-invasive adjustment of the length of each adjustable rod 142, 144. In this particular embodiment, the first elongate elements 146, 148 are telescopically contained within hollow receiving portions of the second elongate elements 150, 152, and the adjustable portions 158, 159 are substantially straight. As illustrated, the adjustable rods 142, 144 have an upper curve 154 and a lower curve 156, which allow them to better conform to the natural front-to-back curve of the spine. For example, the upper curve 154 conforms to the normal kyphosis of the upper thoracic region and the lower curve 156 conforms to the normal lordosis of the lumbar region. In one aspect of the invention, the curved portions 154, 156 are bendable in order to better conform with a patient's specific spinal configuration. For the example, the curved portions 154, 156 may be made of a malleable or elastic-type material such that the surgeon can manually alter the particular shape of each adjustable rod 142, 144 to the specific needs of the patient. In a large number of scoliosis patients, especially adolescent idiopathic scoliosis patients, the scoliotic curve does not include the lower lumbar levels of the spine and so the lower curve 156 is not necessary. As explained above, the embodiment illustrated in FIGS. 4 and 5 represents a dual rod configuration. With this configuration, both rods 142, 144 are inserted through the same incision, and can be placed along the spine 110 on two opposite sides of the center line of the spine 110. Alternatively, each may be placed through its own, smaller incision.
  • Alternatively, a single adjustable rod version 142 can be used, preferably positioned on the concave side of the scoliosis curve. Yet another variation includes a single adjustable rod 142 that does not have either or both of the curves (i.e., curves 154 and 156 omitted). A straight adjustable rod 142 of this nature may be placed further lateral (to the side of the spine 110), and not necessarily have to hug the front-to-back contours of the spine 110 or the muscle covering the spine 110. In still another embodiment, the first elongate member (e.g., 146, 148) and the second elongate member (e.g., 150, 152) do not telescope in relation to one another, but rather are in parallel, at least along the adjustable portion 158, 159. The distraction device 140 is implanted in the patient 100 in order to straighten the scoliotic spine 110. For this reason, each end of the adjustable rods 142, 144 advantageously contains an anchor 161 that allows for securement to a location in the skeletal system. For example, the anchor 161 at either end may include a clamp for clamping to a skeletal structure. Alternatively, either end may comprise a bracket for securing to a section of bone with the use of a bone screw or pedicle screw. The embodiment in FIG. 4 illustrates a clamp 160, 162 at the upper end of the first elongate members 146, 148 and brackets 164 at the end of the second elongate members 150, 152. The brackets 164 can be secured to the second elongate members 150, 152 by a variety of methods, including set screws, welding, soldering, swaging, crimping or mechanical joints. Screws 166 secure the brackets 164 to bony structures, such as the vertebral bodies or the sacrum. The clamp 160, 162 can be used to clamp the distraction device 140 to a rib or the articulation of the rib with the vertebra at the facet. FIGS. 37 and 38, which are described in more detail below, illustrate alternative anchors 161 that may be used to secure the first elongate members 146, 148 or second elongate members 150, 152 to the skeletal structure.
  • The distraction device 140 is configured such that the adjustable portion(s) 158, 159 change at least one of the distance or force between the anchor or affixation points (e.g., at the spine or other anatomical structure) of the first elongate member(s) 146, 148 and the second elongate member(s) 150, 152. For example, the adjustable portion(s) 158, 159 may increase the length between the anchor or affixation points. Similarly, the adjustable portion(s) 158, 159 may increase the force (e.g., distraction force) between the anchor or affixation points. The adjustable portion(s) 158, 159 may alter both the distance and force at the same time.
  • FIG. 6A illustrates a sectional view of the first adjustable rod 142 indicating the location of the adjustable portion 158 and the clamp 160. The tip 168 of clamp 160 is shaped to allow for blunt dissection of tissue, so that the adjustable rod 142 may be placed under the skin and pushed for much of the length of the spine 110, so that a large portion of the long incision 134 of FIG. 3 is not necessary. This allows for, for instance, alternative incision geometry, such as that illustrated in FIG. 7. As seen in FIG. 7, a lower incision 170 is made having an upper end 176 and a lower end 178 (for example, by a scalpel) and the first adjustable rod 142 is placed through the lower incision 170 and under the skin. Using a dissection technique, the first adjustable rod 142 is inserted under the skin along an intermediate area 174. The dissection technique may include the use of a scope (laparoscope, arthroscope, endoscope, or the like) and an additional dissecting tool, but usually can be done without these tools. The additional dissecting tool may include, for example, a tapered sheath, which is advanced over the first adjustable rod 142, dissecting the tissue along the way, while being visualized by scope, for example on a monitor. Alternatively, the additional dissecting tool may be a blunt dissecting tool, consisting of two fingers which can be spread apart and brought together, once again, while being visualized by the scope.
  • Once the clamp 160 of the first adjustable rod 142 (as seen in FIG. 6A) is advanced to the location near the anatomy to be clamped, an upper incision 172 is made having an upper end 180 and a lower end 182 and the location near the anatomy to be clamped is exposed by dissection. The clamp 160 is then actuated to clamp this anatomical structure, and additionally, the opposite end of the first adjustable rod 142 is secured, for example by a bone screw (e.g., pedicle screw) and bracket combination. The adjustment device of the adjustable rod 142 (to be described later) may be adjusted prior to the securement of either end of the first adjustable rod 142, so that the desired length is achieved. After securement of both ends, first adjustable rod 142 may then be adjusted in order to adjust the distraction distance or distraction force between the two locations in the anatomy to a desired amount. In one aspect of the invention, the length of the first adjustable rod 142 may first be adjusted manually by the physician without using the remotely-operated adjustment device as described herein. For example, the initial length of the adjustable rod 142 may be manually set by the physician by pushing or pulling the first and second elongate members 146, 150 relative to one another. Alternatively, the length of the adjustable rod 142 may be adjusted by trimming or removing a portion of the length of the adjustable rod 142.
  • By having the physician adjust the length of the adjustable rod 142 during initial placement, a distraction force may be applied to the spine 110 without having to use any displacement distance or force that is provided by the remotely-operated adjustment device. For example, there typically is a limited degree of movement that is provided by the remotely-operated adjustment device. When the physician applies a first or initial distraction force upon implantation, the budget of available displacement for the remotely-operated adjustment device is saved for later adjustments.
  • Still referring to FIG. 7, the two incisions are then closed using standard techniques. As described, the single long incision is now replaced by two, shorter incisions 170, 172, whose combined length when added together is less than the length of the single long incision illustrated in FIG. 3. For example, lower incision 170 and upper incision 172 each has a length of less than 15 cm, and preferably, each has a length of less than 7.5 cm, and more preferably, less than 5 cm.
  • An optional magnetic clamping device is illustrated in FIG. 6B, which allows for the entire procedure to be done under a single short incision 184, as seen in FIG. 8. As previously described, a single short incision 184 having an upper end 186 and a lower end 188 is made (for example, by a scalpel) and the first adjustable rod 142 is placed through the single small incision 184 and under the skin. Using a dissection technique, the first adjustable rod 142 is inserted under the skin towards the upper target location. As previously described, this dissection technique may include the use of a scope (laparoscope, arthroscope, endoscope, or the like) and an additional dissecting tool. Once the clamp 160 of the first adjustable rod 142 is advanced to the location near the anatomy to be clamped, one or more dissecting tools and a scope are used to expose the target location, for example a rib or facet articulation. Referring to FIG. 6B, the magnetically-operated clamp 160 includes a first finger 190 and a second finger 192. The first finger 190 is permanently coupled to first elongate element 146 while the second finger 192 is longitudinally adjustable in relation to first finger 190, so that gap 194 may be increased or decreased in response to actuation. A closure device 198 is operated by an external adjustment device such as that illustrated in FIGS. 10-12 in order to increase or decrease gap 194, and therefore open or close clamp 160. As will be described, the clamp 160 is magnetically adjustable, and so the clamping process may be performed non-invasively, therefore making a second incision unnecessary.
  • The magnetically-operated clamp 160 may be particularly useful if, as expected, the evidence of the ineffectiveness of braces becomes stronger, many physicians will be searching for less invasive procedures to treat scoliosis. Patients will demand that the procedures be as minimally invasive as possible, and one of the big elements in their decision to undergo surgery is the size of the incision, and thus size of the scar, both during and after healing. AIS patient whose Cobb angles are greater than 40° are more likely to be treated with fusion surgery, but patients in the 20° to 40° range may be treatable using fusionless methods which harness the growing power of their spine. Currently, it is known that female AIS patients who have not yet reached menarche (the first menstrual period) are more likely to have a curve that will progress further. Additionally, AIS patients whose age is younger are more likely to have their curves progress. One or more “scoliosis genes” have recently been discovered, and work is being done to create a genetic test that allows identification of a patient whose curve is very likely to progress beyond 40° at a time when her Cobb angle is less than 40°, for example 20°. Because braces are a questionable option, it is expected that a minimally invasive, non-fusion procedure will be the procedure of choice for these patients. Though the incision 184 in FIG. 8 is depicted as a vertical incision, alternatively, it may be made horizontally. For example, the horizontal incision may be made so that it is just below and parallel to the “bikini line”, allowing the resulting scar to be more concealed. This could also be done with incision 170 in FIG. 7.
  • Returning to FIG. 6B, closure device 198 includes a cylindrical magnetic member 200, which can be activated by magnetic coupling with an external adjustment device (such as external adjustment device 1130 illustrated in FIGS. 10-12). Though configurations may vary for this closure device 198, in this particular embodiment, magnetic member 200 is a hollow rare earth magnet, preferably Neodynium-Iron-Boron. As seen from an end view in FIG. 6E, the magnetic member 200 has a threaded insert 202 having a female thread so that when the magnetic member 200 rotates, the threaded insert 202 rotates in unison. Magnetic member 200 is a permanent magnet 217 having a north pole 204 and a south pole 206. Magnetic member 200 is preferably coated with a material, for example Parylene, phenolic resin or Gold, which is non-magnetic, but protective and biocompatible in a body implant application. In certain embodiments, the individual Nd—Fe—B magnets are enclosed within a stainless steel casing/housing or various layers of nickel, gold or copper plating to protect the corrosive Nd—Fe—B material from the environment inside the body. In other embodiments, other magnetic materials may be used, including SmCo (Samarium Cobalt), which is typically available as SmCo5, or SmCo15, Sm2Co17, or AlNiCo (Aluminum Nickel Cobalt). In still other embodiments, Iron Platinum (Fe—Pt) may be used. Iron platinum magnets achieve a high level of magnetism without the risk of corrosion, and may possibly preclude the need to encapsulate. In yet other embodiments, the permanent magnets 217 on the implantable interface may be replaced by magnetically responsive materials such as Vanadium Permendur (also known as Hiperco).
  • It should be noted that magnetic member 200 can also be hermetically sealed within the first elongate element 146. When the external adjustment device 1130 is operated, it applies a moving magnetic field, which causes magnetic member 200 to rotate. Attached to the second finger 192 is a threaded rod 210 which threadedly engages the female thread of the threaded insert 202. When the magnetic member 200 is rotated by the external adjustment device 1130 in a first direction, the threaded rod 210 moves in a first longitudinal direction 212, causing the second finger 192 to move away from the first finger 190, and the gap 194 to open. There may also be a manual adjustment mechanism on the clamp 160 so that the clamp 160 may be opened outside the patient, in preparation for the procedure. When gap 194 is adjusted to be wider than the anatomical structure, for example rib, around which the clamp 160 is to be secured, then through visualization by the scope and manipulation with the dissecting tools, the clamp 160 is placed over the rib, so that rib is contained in cavity 196. At this point the external adjustment device 1130 is operated so that it turns the magnetic member 200 in the opposite direction causing the threaded rod 210 to move longitudinally in a second direction 214, and the two fingers 190, 192 close around the rib. The gap 194 is now smaller than the width of the rib, and thus, the clamp 160 is secure. If the implant is to be removed at a later date, the magnetic clamp mechanism may also be used to remove the implant without having to make an incision adjacent the clamp.
  • FIG. 6C illustrates a sectional view of the adjustable portion 158 of the first adjustable rod 142. FIG. 6D illustrates a detail of the adjustment device 232. The first elongate element 146 is telescopically contained within the second elongate element 150. The cross-sectional shapes of the first elongate element 146 and the second elongate element 150 may be circular or non-circular, so that they cannot rotate with respect to each other (for example, a keyed configuration). One or both of the elongate elements 146, 150 may contain ribs along the cross section of the adjustable portion 158 in order to minimize contact surface area between the first elongate element 146 and the second elongate element 150 and thus lower frictional resistance. Beveled end piece 216 attached to the second elongate element 150 may serve two purposes. First, it allows for smooth insertion and no catching in tissue when the first adjustable rod 142 is inserted under the skin. Second, it serves as a low friction dynamic seal over the first elongate element 146. Magnetic element 218 comprises a cylindrical permanent magnet which is poled as shown in FIG. 6F. Alternatively, magnetic element 218, may be made from any of the materials described for magnetic member 200 in FIG. 6B. Magnetic element 218 is rotatably secured to an inner cavity 234 of second elongate element 150 by a housing, in this case an acoustic housing 222. A ball bearing 220 is illustrated at one end of the magnetic element 218 in order to reduce rotational friction. A second ball optional bearing (not shown) can be included on the opposite end of the magnetic element 218. Magnetic element 218 is rotated by an external adjustment device 1130 which produces a moving magnetic field.
  • As seen in FIG. 6D, the magnetic element 218 is coupled to a planetary gear set 224, for example, having a 4:1, 16:1 or 64:1 gear reduction, or greater. The purpose of the gear reduction is two-fold. First, it allows the distraction device 140 to be adjusted with a smaller input torque requirement. Second, it adds precision to the adjustment, because a larger number of turns of the magnetic element 218 are required for each adjustment interval. Planetary gear set 224 is shown in detail in FIG. 6G. Sun gear 236 is turned in a one-to-one fashion by the rotation of the magnetic element 218. Sun gear 236 engages a plurality of planetary gears 238 (in this case, four are pictured). Planetary gears 238 engage and turn ring gear 240 which is attached to a lead screw 226 via a coupling 228. The gear ratio is the number of teeth in the ring gear 240 divided by the number of teeth in the sun gear 236. For example if the ring gear 240 has four times as many teeth as the sun gear 236, then the gear ratio is 4:1. In this case, only 25% of the torque is required to drive the lead screw 226 as would have been required to drive it directly, ignoring the variance due to frictional factors. As lead screw 226 turns, it threadedly engages with female thread 230, disposed within end 242 of first elongate element 146. The pitch of lead screw 226 threads is preferably very fine pitch, for example, 40 to 120, or more specifically 80 to 100 threads per inch, in order to minimize friction between the lead screw 226 and the female thread 230, and thus, minimize the required torque. The materials of the lead screw 226, the rods and other components may be made from non-magnetic, implantable materials such as Titanium or Titanium alloys such as Titanium-6% Al-4% V, although they may also be made from other magnetic materials such as stainless steel.
  • When the magnetic element 218 is rotated by the external adjustment device 1130, the drive train or drive element that is operatively coupled to the rotatable magnetic element 218 drives the lead screw 226 which changes the length of the adjustable portion 158 of the adjustable rod(s) 142, 144. Rotation of the magnetic element 218 in a first direction increases the distance between the anchors 161 located on opposing ends of the adjustable rod(s) 142, 144. Conversely, rotation of the magnetic element 218 in a second (opposing) direction decreases the distance between the anchors 161 located on opposing ends of the adjustable rod(s) 142, 144.
  • Currently, devices such as the VEPTR, which can be surgically adjusted, are used for early onset scoliosis patients, and their adjustability is used for the purpose of keeping up with the dimensional growth of the patient. It is a purpose of the present invention to create a device which can be non-invasively adjusted in early onset scoliosis patients, but additionally, in adolescent idiopathic scoliosis (AIS) patients and even adult scoliosis patients. The main purpose for the adjustment in AIS patients is to maintain a distraction force, which in a fusionless growing spine serves to steer growth in the desired manner. Currently, in fusionless surgery, non-adjustable distraction devices are actuated at very high distraction forces, because the physicians know that over time, growth and/or changes within the tissue, will cause this distraction force to lessen, possibly becoming less effective with time. Because of these high distraction forces, it is not uncommon to have rods break inside the patient, or for bone screws to become dislodged, due to the high stresses. It has been contemplated that the high forces that have been measured in some distraction devices of well over 100 pounds, are not necessary at any given time to provide correct growth guidance, and that a distraction force of below 45 pounds, and even as low as 20 pounds may be effective in maintaining the desired growth of the spine, especially the unfused spine. That is, as long as this force can be maintained, which is not currently possible in prior art devices without surgical intervention. The present invention allows this lower force to be continually maintained through non-invasive adjustment. The benefit is that lower stresses can be maintained on the bone screws, clamps, and other attachment means as well as the rods themselves, making for a more reliable and durable system. In addition, through the identification of an optimum distraction force, this desired force can be maintained throughout the treatment of the patient post-surgery, by frequent non-invasive adjustments, which can be performed in a doctor's or nurses office, by a physician or non-physician medical personnel, or even by the patient herself at home. In addition, by incorporating an optional force transducer, as part of the distraction device, that is read telemetrically, each adjustment can be done to the precise desired distraction force. Additionally, a slip clutch 244, is in line with the magnetic element 218 can be pre-adjusted by the physician, or during the manufacturing process, so that during each adjustment, the adjustment stops when a critical torque (corresponding to the maximum desired distraction force) is reached. For example, the maximum desired distraction force may be set at 45 pounds. The slip clutch 244 is illustrated in FIG. 6D as being located between the magnetic element 218 and the planetary gear set 224, but it is within the scope of the invention that the slip clutch 244 may be located at any other step along the torque transmission chain.
  • FIG. 9 illustrates a patient 100 with a distraction device 140 implanted on the left side of the spine 110. Though the spine 110 is visible in FIG. 9 for reference, FIG. 9 is actually meant to depict a non-invasive adjustment procedure, and so the patient 100 would typically have all incisions healed and could be wearing clothes. The clamp 160 of the distraction device 140 is secured to a rib 246 at its articulation with a thoracic vertebra 247. A bracket 164 is secured, in this case to a lumbar vertebra with screws 166. Alternatively, the bracket 164 may be secured, for example, to the sacrum 249. A radio frequency identification (RFID) chip 250 is optionally disposed on the second elongate element 150 of the distraction device 140 in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention. An RFID (radio frequency identification) chip 250 may be implanted in a patient during the implantation of the distraction device 140. In certain embodiments, the RFID chip 250 may be implanted subcutaneously in a known location, such as a location near the distraction device 140. In other embodiments, the RFID chip 250 may be located on or within the distraction device 140. An external adjustment device 248 is depicted after being placed against the back of the patient 100. Upon the implantation of the distraction device 140 or after surgical recovery, the external adjustment device 248 stores patient information on the RFID chip 250, including the current size or setting of the distraction device 140, the amount adjusted, the serial number of the distraction device 140, the date of the implantation procedure, patient name, distraction force, adjustment torque, and identification. During subsequent adjustment procedures, the external adjustment device 248 may read the RFID chip 250 to determine information related to the patient, such as the current size or setting of the distraction device 140. At the end of the adjustment procedure, the external adjustment device 248 may store updated patient information, including the size or setting of the distraction device 140, to the RFID chip 250. An RFID antenna 252 in the external adjustment device 248 may be used to power the RFID chip in order facilitate the read and write functions.
  • Several techniques may be used to determine the adjustment setting (current size, distraction force or condition) of the distraction device 140. For example, the adjustment setting may be determined indirectly by the number of rotations of one of the rotating components of the external adjustment device 248. In certain embodiments, the adjustment setting may be determined by the number of rotations of some dynamic component of the adjustable portion 158 of the distraction device 140, by the number of rotations of any one of the gears or shafts of the distraction device 140, or by the number of rotations of the magnetic element 218. In other embodiments, a feedback mechanism, such as a Hall effect device (two additional magnets that move axially in relation to each other as the lead screw 226 rotates and therefore as the distraction device changes its condition), may be used to determine the current adjustment setting of the distraction device 140. A strain gauge or force transducer disposed on a portion of the distraction device 140 may also be used as an implantable feedback device. For example, the strain gauge may be able to communicate wirelessly the actual distraction force applied to the spine by the distraction device 140. A wireless reader or the like (that also can inductively power the strain gauge) may be used to read the distraction forces. One exemplary strain gauge sensor is the EMBEDSENSE wireless sensor, available from MicroStrain, Inc. of Williston, Vt. 05495. The EMBEDSENSE wireless sensor uses an inductive link to receive power form an external coil and returns digital stain measurements wirelessly.
  • In still other embodiments, an optical encoder feedback mechanism may be used by placing an optical encoder in line with one of the rotating components of the adjustable portion 158 of the distraction device 140. A through-the-skin optical encoder is even envisioned that shines a light through the skin and fat and counts successive passes of one or more reflective stripes on the specific rotatable component. In other embodiments, the external adjustment device 248 may include an audio sensor to determine the current adjustment setting of the distraction device 140. For example, the sensor may listen to the cycling sound of gearing, thus giving feedback information on the amount of total adjustment. An additional acoustic feedback device is discussed below.
  • It should be understood that any of the materials of the distraction device 140 can be made from radiopaque materials, so that the position, condition or alignment of the components may be seen during the initial surgical procedure, or during the subsequent adjustment procedures, by use of X-ray. For example, a circumferential notch or alternatively a circumferential bump disposed on the first or second elongate members 148, 146 may be used so that the distance between this notch or bump and some portion of the second elongate members 150, 152 can be measured easily via an X-ray.
  • It is conceived that the adjustment procedures would preferably take place every three to four weeks in the physicians' clinic. The adjustment may be done by an orthopedic surgeon, but because of the relative ease of the procedure because of the feedback capabilities of the system, the procedure may be done by a nurse practitioner, a physicians' assistant, a technician, or any other non-M.D. personnel. It is even conceived that the patient may have an external adjustment device 1130 at home and be able to adjust themselves at an even more frequent rate. The external adjustment device 1130 can be designed to transmit stored information over the phone to the physician's office. For example, adjustment dates or adjustment parameters such as distraction force or distraction distance.
  • FIG. 10 illustrates an external adjustment device 1130 which is one embodiment of an external adjustment device 248 according to one aspect of the invention. The external adjustment device 1130 may be used to externally impart rotational motion or “drive” a permanent magnet (e.g., magnetic element 218) located within the distraction device 140. The external adjustment device 1130 includes a motor 1132 that is used to impart rotational movement to two permanent magnets 1134, 1136. The two permanent magnets 1134, 1136 are located in the same driver 1130 and are configured for placement on the same side of the body of the patient or subject. The motor 1132 may include, for example, a DC powered motor or servo that is powered via one or more batteries (not shown) integrally contained within the external adjustment device 1130. Alternatively, the motor 1132 may be powered via a power cord or the like to an external power source. For example, the external power source may include one or more batteries or even an alternating current source that is converted to DC.
  • Still referring to FIG. 10, the two permanent magnets 1134, 1136 are preferably cylindrically-shaped permanent magnets. The permanent magnets may be made from, for example, a rare earth magnet material such as Neodymium-Iron-Boron (NdFeB) although other rare earth magnets are also possible. For example, each magnet 1134, 1136 may have a length of around 1.5 inches and a diameter of around 1.0 to 3.5 inches. Both magnets 1134, 1136 are diametrically magnetized (poles are perpendicular the long axis of each permanent magnet 1134, 1136). The magnets 1134, 1136 may be contained within a non-magnetic cover or housing 1137. In this regard, the magnets 1134, 1136 are able to rotate within the stationary housing 1137 that separates the magnets 1134, 1136 from the external environment. Preferably, the housing 1137 is rigid and relatively thin walled at least at the portion directly covering the permanent magnets 1134, 1136, in order to minimize the gap between the permanent magnets 1134, 1136 and the internal magnet 1064 (as shown in FIGS. 13A-13D).
  • As seen in FIG. 10, the permanent magnets 1134, 1136 are rotationally mounted between opposing bases members 1138, 1140. Each magnet 1134, 1136 may include axles or spindles 1142, 1144 mounted on opposing axial faces of each magnet 1134, 1136. The axles 1142, 1144 may be mounted in respective bearings (not shown) that are mounted in the base members 1138, 1140. As seen in FIG. 10, driven pulleys 1150 are mounted on one set of axles 1142 and 1144. The driven pulleys 1150 may optionally include grooves or teeth 1152 that are used to engage with corresponding grooves or teeth 1156 (partially illustrated in FIG. 12) contained within a drive belt (indicated by path 1154).
  • Still referring to FIG. 10, the external adjustment device 1130 includes a drive transmission 1160 that includes the two driven pulleys 1150 along with a plurality of pulleys 1162A, 1162B, 1162C and rollers 1164A, 1164B, 1164C on which the drive belt 1154 is mounted. The pulleys 1162A, 1162B, 1162C may optionally include grooves or teeth 1166 used for gripping corresponding grooves or teeth 1156 of the drive belt 1154. Pulleys 1162A, 1162B, 1162C and rollers 1164A, 1164B, 1164C may be mounted on respective bearings (not shown). As seen in FIG. 10, pulley 1162B is mechanically coupled to the drive shaft (not shown) of the motor 1132. The pulley 1162B may be mounted directly to the drive shaft or, alternatively, may be coupled through appropriate gearing. One roller 1164B is mounted on a biased arm 1170 and thus provides tension to the belt 1154. The various pulleys 1150, 1162A, 1162B, 1162C and rollers 1164A, 1164B, 1164C along with the drive belt 1154 may be contained within a cover or housing 1172 that is mounted to the base 1138 (as seen in FIG. 12). For safety and convenience, it may be desired for the external adjustment device 1130 to have a removable safety cover that would be placed over the portion containing the permanent magnets 1134, 1136, for example during storage, so that the high magnetic field cannot come closely in contact with anything that would be strongly attracted to it or damaged by it.
  • As seen in FIGS. 10 and 11, rotational movement of the pulley 1162B causes the drive belt 1154 to move around the various pulleys 1150, 1162A, 1162B, 1162C and rollers 1164A, 1164B, 1164C. In this regard, rotational movement of the motor 1132 is translated into rotational movement of the two permanent magnets 1134, 1136 via the drive transmission 1160. In one aspect of the invention, the base members 1138, 1140 are cut so as to form a recess 1174 that is located between the two magnets 1134, 1136. During use, the external adjustment device 1130 is pressed against the skin of a patient, or against the clothing which covers the skin (e.g., the external adjustment device 1130 may be used through clothing so the patient may not need to undress). The recess 1174 allows skin as well as the underlying tissue to gather or compress within the recessed region 1174 as seen in FIGS. 13A and 13B. This advantageously reduces the overall distance between the external drive magnets 1134, 1136 and the magnet 1064 contained within the distraction device 140. By reducing the distance, this means that the externally located magnets 1134, 1136 and/or the internal magnet 1064 may be made smaller. This is especially useful in the case of an obese patient.
  • In one embodiment, the two permanent magnets 1134, 1136 are configured to rotate at the same angular velocity. In another embodiment, the two permanent magnets 1134, 1136 each have at least one north pole and at least one south pole, and the external adjustment device 1130 is configured to rotate the first magnet 1134 and the second magnet 1136 such that the angular location of the at least one north pole of the first magnet 1134 is substantially equal to the angular location of the at least one south pole of the second magnet 1136 through a full rotation of the first and second magnets 1134, 1136.
  • FIGS. 13A and 13B illustrate cross-sectional views of the patient having an implanted distraction device 140 containing an internal magnet 1064. For sake of clarity, the first and second elongate members 146, 150 have been removed to illustrate the relationship between the external adjustment device 1130 and the rotationally-driven internal magnet 1064. The internal magnet 1064 is seen disposed on one side of a vertebra 1185. Further, the internal magnet 1064 is seen being outside or external with respect to the fascia 1184 and muscle 1186 of the subject. FIGS. 13A and 13B illustrate an obese patient in which skin and other tissue gather within the recess 1174. It should be understood that obese Adolescent Idiopathic Scoliosis patients are rare, and FIGS. 13A and 13B generally indicate a worst-case situation but as seen in FIGS. 13A and 13B the excess skin and other tissue is easily accommodated within the recess 1174 to enable close positioning between the internal magnet 1064 and the external drive magnets 1134, 1136. For most AIS patients, the air gap or distance between the internal magnet 1064 and the external drive magnets 1134, 1136 is generally one inch or less. In FIGS. 13A through 13D, the internal magnet 1064 is depicted somewhat larger than its size in the preferred embodiment, in order for its poles to be more clearly visible.
  • Still referring to FIGS. 10 and 11, the external adjustment device 1130 preferably includes an encoder 1175 that is used to accurately and precisely measure the degree of movement (e.g., rotational) of the external magnets 1134, 1136. In one embodiment, an encoder 1175 is mounted on the base member 1138 and includes a light source 1176 and a light receiver 1178. The light source 1176 may includes a LED which is pointed or directed toward pulley 1162C. Similarly, the light receiver 1178 may be directed toward the pulley 1162C. The pulley 1162C includes a number of reflective markers 1177 regularly spaced about the periphery of the pulley 1162C. Depending on the rotational orientation of the pulley 1162C, light is either reflected or not reflected back onto the light receiver 1178. The digital on/off signal generated by the light receiver 1178 can then be used to determine the rotational speed and displacement of the external magnets 1134, 1136.
  • FIGS. 13A, 13B, 13C, and 13D illustrate the progression of the external magnets 1134, 1136 and the internal magnet 1064 that is located within the distraction device 140 during use. Internal magnet 1064 is shown for illustration purposes. Internal magnet 1064 is one possible embodiment of the magnetic element 218 described herein. FIGS. 13A, 13B, 13C, and 13D illustrate the external adjustment device 1130 being disposed against the external surface of the patient's skin 1180 adjacent the spine (not shown for clarity sake). In the non-invasive adjustment procedure depicted, the patient 100 lies in a prone position, and the external adjustment device 1130 is placed upon the patient's back. However, the adjustment is conceived possible with the patient in supine, standing or positions. The external adjustment device 1130 is placed against the skin 1180 in this manner to remotely rotate the internal magnet 1064. As explained herein, rotation of the internal magnet 1064 is translated into linear motion via the adjustment device 232 to controllably adjust the distraction device 140.
  • As seen in FIGS. 13A, 13B, 13C, and 13D, the external adjustment device 1130 may be pressed down on the patient's skin 1180 with some degree of force such that skin 1180 and other tissue such as the underlying layer of fat 1182 are pressed or forced into the recess 1174 of the external adjustment device 1130. FIGS. 13A, 13B, 13C, and 13D show the magnetic orientation of the internal magnet 1064 as it undergoes a full rotation in response to movement of the permanent magnets 1134, 1136 of the external adjustment device 1130.
  • With reference to FIG. 13A, the internal magnet 1064 is shown being oriented with respect to the two permanent magnets 1134, 1136 via an angle θ. This angle θ may depend on a number of factors including, for instance, the separation distance between the two permanent magnets 1134, 1136, the location or depth of where the implantable interface 1104 is located, the degree of force at which the external adjustment device 1130 is pushed against the patient's skin. Generally in applications including some obese patients, the angle θ should be at or around 90° to achieve maximum drivability (e.g., torque). The inventors have calculated that in the AIS application, where there are few obese patients, an angle of about 70° is preferred for the majority of patients when the permanent magnets 1134, 1136 have an outer diameter of about three (3.0) inches.
  • FIG. 13A illustrates the initial position of the two permanent magnets 1134, 1136 and the internal magnet 1064. This represents the initial or starting location (e.g., 0° position as indicated). Of course, it should be understood that, during actual use, the particular orientation of the two permanent magnets 1134, 1136 and the internal magnet 1064 will vary and not likely will have the starting orientation as illustrated in FIG. 13A. In the starting location illustrated in FIG. 13A, the two permanent magnets 1134, 1136 are oriented with their poles in an N-S/S-N arrangement. The internal magnet 1064 is, however, oriented generally perpendicular to the poles of the two permanent magnets 1134, 1136.
  • FIG. 13B illustrates the orientation of the two permanent magnets 1134, 1136 and the internal magnet 1064 after the two permanent magnets 1134, 1136 have rotated through 90°. The two permanent magnets 1134, 1136 rotate in the direction of arrow A (e.g., clockwise) while the internal magnet 1064 rotates in the opposite direction (e.g., counter clockwise) represented by arrow B. It should be understood that the two permanent magnets 1134, 1136 may rotate in the counter clockwise direction while the internal magnet 1064 may rotate in the clockwise direction. Rotation of the two permanent magnets 1134, 1136 and the internal magnet 1064 continues as represented by the 180° and 270° orientations as illustrated in FIGS. 13C and 13D. Rotation continues until the starting position (0°) is reached again.
  • During operation of the external adjustment device 1130, the permanent magnets 1134, 1136 may be driven to rotate the internal magnet 1064 through one or more full rotations in either direction to increase or decrease distraction of the distraction device 140 as needed. Of course, the permanent magnets 1134, 1136 may be driven to rotate the internal magnet 1064 through a partial rotation as well (e.g., ¼, ⅛, 1/16, etc.). The use of two magnets 1134, 1136 is preferred over a single external magnet because the driven magnet 1064 may not be oriented perfectly at the start of rotation, so one external magnet 1134, 1136 may not be able to deliver its maximum torque, which depends on the orientation of the internal driven magnet 1064 to some degree. However, when two (2) external magnets (1134, 1136) are used, one of the two 1134 or 1136 will have an orientation relative to the internal driven magnet 1064 that is better or more optimal than the other. In addition, the torques imparted by each external magnet 1134, 1136 are additive. In prior art magnetically driven devices, the external driving device is at the mercy of the particular orientation of the internal driven magnet. The two-magnet embodiment described herein is able to guarantee a larger driving torque—as much as 75% more than a one-magnet embodiment in the AIS application—and thus the internal driven magnet 1064 can be designed smaller in dimension, and less massive. A smaller internal driven magnet 1064 will have a smaller image artifact when performing MRI (Magnetic Resonance Imaging), especially important when using pulse sequences such as gradient echo, which is commonly used in breast imaging, and leads to the largest artifact from implanted magnets. In certain configurations, it may even be optimal to use three or more external magnets, including one or more magnets each on two different sides of the body (for example front and back).
  • While the external adjustment device 1130 and adjustment device 232 have generally been described as functioning using rotational movement of driving elements (i.e., magnetic elements) it should be understood that cyclic or non-rotational movement can also be used to drive or adjust the distraction device 140. For instance, cyclic movement of driven magnet 640, magnetic element 218, internal magnet 1064, internally located driven magnet 1402, cylindrical magnet 394, hollow magnet 564, magnet 576, magnet 262, magnets 618, 620, and magnet 1302 may be used to drive or adjust the distraction device 140. Cyclic movement includes partial rotational movement (e.g., rotational movement that is less than a full revolution). Cyclic movement of one or more of the external magnets 624, 626, 1134, 1136 may also be employed.
  • In still another alternative, linear or sliding motion back-and-forth may also be used to adjust the distraction device 140. In this regard, a single magnet located internal to the patient that slides back-and-forth on a slide or other base can be used to adjust the distraction device 140 using a ratchet-type device. The sliding, internal magnet may be driven via one or more externally-located permanent/electromagnets that slides or moves laterally (or moves the magnetic field) in a similar back-and-forth manner. Rotational movement of the externally-located magnetic element(s) may also be used to drive the internal magnet. The internal magnet may alternatively be able to rotate back-and-forth, thus adjusting the distraction device 140 using a ratchet-type device.
  • In still another alternative, permanent magnets may be located on a pivoting member that pivots back and forth (like a teeter-totter) about a pivot point. For example, a first permanent magnet having a North pole oriented in a first direction may be located at one end of the pivoting member while a permanent magnet having a South pole oriented in the first direction is located at the other end of the pivoting member. A ratchet-type device may be used to translate the pivoting movement into linear movement that can actuate or adjust the distraction device 140. The first and second internally-located permanent magnets may be driven by one or more externally located magnetic elements (either permanent or electromagnets). External motion of the electric field by linear or even rotational movement may be used to the drive the pivoting member.
  • Two different models of internal driven magnets were constructed, each from a different Neodynium-Iron-Boron Grade. Both magnets had identical dimensions (0.275″ diameter, 0.395″ long). One magnet was a grade of approximately N38 and the other was a grade of N50. Both magnets were approximately 2.9 grams in mass. A 1″ diameter cylindrical permanent magnet (grade N50 Neodynium-Iron-Boron) was attached to a torque gauge and the peak coupling torque (in inch-ounces) between it and each of the internal drive magnet models was measured for three different angular orientations for the cylindrical permanent magnet, in relation to the internal driven magnet. All magnets were two pole (as in FIGS. 13A-13D). Each of the internal driven magnets was tested individually. The orientation was either 0° (worst case coupling torque), 45° or 90° (best case coupling torque). The data for a one inch air gap (separation between magnets) is listed below in Table 1 below. A one (1) inch air gap is an expected worst case separation in the clinical application of adolescent idiopathic scoliosis. The effect of using two external 1″ diameter permanent magnets (as in FIGS. 13A-13D) is shown by addition of the values for the worst case (0°) and best case (90°) orientations.
  • TABLE 1
    Peak Coupling Torque (oz-in) at 1″ Air Gap
    Two external
    0° orientation of 45° orientation 90° orientation magnets (0°
    Internal driven single external of single of single orientation + 90°
    magnet magnet external magnet external magnet orientation)
    Grade 38 1.37 1.92 2.47 3.84
    (approx)
    Grade 50 1.70 2.04 2.80 4.50
  • It can be clearly seen that the additive use of two external permanent magnets, especially if synchronized in the orientation shown in FIGS. 13A-13D, delivers significantly more torque than a single external magnet in any orientation. For the data generated using the 50 grade internal driven magnet, the peak coupling torque using two external permanent magnets was 4.50 ounce-inches, 60.7% greater than a single external permanent magnet oriented at the ideal 90° in relation to the internal driven magnet, and 164.7% greater than a single external permanent magnet oriented at the worst case 0°. This significant increase in torque achieved by using two external permanent magnets, makes it possible to incorporate an especially small internal driven magnet (e.g., less than three grams) into the design of the scoliosis treatment implant, or any implant for manipulating one or more bones or a portion of the skeletal system. For example, the use of two external permanent magnets may impart a coupling torque of at least 3.0 inch-ounces to the internal magnet at a separation distance of around 1.0 inches.
  • In a gradient echo MRI scan of the breast in a 1.5 Tesla MRI scanner using standard breast imaging coils, a 2.9 gram N50 grade magnet having a 0.275 inch diameter and 0.295″ length implanted in the mid-thorax creates an MRI artifact which is small enough to allow full imaging of the breasts. Using the dual 1″ diameter external permanent magnets 1134, 1136 as for the external adjustment device 1130, and using the grade 50 for the internal driven magnet 1064 having a mass of 2.9 grams, the 4.50 ounce-inch torque delivered to the magnet will turn a 80 threads per inch lead screw mounted on ball bearing in a sufficient manner to apply a distraction force of approximately 11 pounds. If a 4:1 reduction planetary gear set is incorporated into the design—for example, between the internal driven magnet 1064 and the lead screw 226—then a distraction force of approximately 44 pounds may be delivered. In the system contemplated by this invention, in which several gradual non-invasive adjustments are made, distraction forces on this order (40 to 45 pounds) will be sufficient. In fact, the slip clutch 244 can either be adjusted in the fabrication of the scoliosis implant or can be adjusted by the implanting physician, so that the slip clutch 244 slips at either a maximum threshold torque (to save the materials of the implant from being damaged or pulling out of the bone by too high a distraction force) or at desired threshold torque (at which the desired distraction force is generated).
  • The maximum threshold torque corresponds to a critical distraction force, and the desired threshold torque corresponds to a desired distraction force. A critical distraction force may correspond to a force at which anchors such as hooks or screws may cause damage to the bone. For example, one critical distraction force is 100 pounds, which in one embodiment of the invention corresponds to a critical threshold slip torque of 41.7 ounce-inches (if no gear reduction, and a 80 threads per inch lead screw is used), 10.4 ounce-inches (if a 4:1 gear reduction and a 80 threads per inch lead screw is used) or 2.6 ounce-inches (if a 16:1 gear reduction and a 80 threads per inch lead screw is used). Similarly, one desired distraction force is 45 pounds, which in one embodiment of the invention corresponds to a desired threshold slip torque of 18.75 ounce-inches (if no gear reduction and a 80 threads per inch lead screw is used) or 4.69 ounce-inches (if a 4:1 gear reduction and a 80 threads per inch lead screw is used). If a desired distraction force is 20 pounds, then in one embodiment of the invention this corresponds to a desired threshold slip torque of 8.33 ounce-inches (if no gear reduction and a 80 threads per inch lead screw is used) or 2.08 ounce-inches (if a 4:1 gear reduction and a 80 threads per inch lead screw is used). In one aspect, the desired threshold distraction is between 2 inch-ounces and 42 inch-ounces. In another aspect, the desired threshold distraction is between 2 inch-ounces and 19 inch-ounces. In still another aspect, the desired threshold distraction is between 2 inch-ounces and 8.5 inch-ounces.
  • Other distraction devices have been proposed which incorporate a small implantable motor to effect the distraction. The 2.9 gram cylindrical magnet 1064 described as part of the present invention is significantly smaller than the smallest motor which would be feasible in the distraction application, considering torque requirements, etc. In addition, the cost of the magnet 1064 is significantly less than that of a micromotor. The magnet 1064 is also very reliable in relation to a micromotor. The main possible failure would be the loss of the magnetic field, however the inventors have demonstrated that the inventive 2.9 gram magnet 1064 can be placed into the center of a 3.0 Tesla MRI magnet without a significant loss in magnetism. It can also be exposed to temperatures in excess of those used in steam sterilization, for example, without a significant loss of magnetism. Generally, the internal magnet 1064 should be grade N30 or higher, or even grade N48 or higher. While the 2.9 gram cylindrical magnet 1064 has the advantage of being particularly small, in other embodiments, the cylindrical magnet 1064 may have a weight of less than about 10 grams or less than about 6.0 grams. Similarly, the first and second external magnets 1134, 1136 may be a rare earth permanent magnets such as, for instance, Neodynium-Iron-Boron. In addition, the first and second external magnets 1134, 1136 may be grade N30 or higher, or even grade N48 or higher.
  • FIG. 14 illustrates a system 1076 according to one aspect of the invention for driving the external adjustment device 1130. FIG. 14 illustrates the external adjustment device 1130 pressed against the surface of a patient 1077 (torso face down shown in cross-section). The portion of the distraction device 140 containing the internal driven magnet 1064 is illustrated. The permanent magnet (e.g., the driven magnet 1064) that is located within the distraction device 140 located inside the patient 1077 is magnetically coupled through the patient's skin and other tissue to the two external magnets 1134, 1136 located in the external adjustment device 1130. As explained herein, one rotation of the external magnets 1134, 1136 causes a corresponding single rotation of the driven magnet 1064 located within the distraction device 140. Turning the driven magnet 1064 in one direction causes the distraction device 140 to lengthen, or increase distraction force while turning in the opposite direction causes the distraction device 140 to shorten, or decrease distraction force. Changes to the distraction device 140 are directly related to the number of turns of the driven magnet 1064.
  • The motor 1132 of the external adjustment device 1130 is controlled via a motor control circuit 1078 operatively connected to a programmable logic controller (PLC) 1080. The PLC 1080 outputs an analog signal to the motor control circuit 1078 that is proportional to the desired speed of the motor 1132. The PLC 1080 may also select the rotational direction of the motor 1132 (i.e., forward or reverse). In one aspect, the PLC 1080 receives an input signal from a shaft encoder 1082 that is used to identify with high precision and accuracy the exact relative position of the external magnets 1134, 1136. For example, the shaft encoder 1082 may be an encoder 1175 as described in FIGS. 10-11. In one embodiment, the signal is a pulsed, two channel quadrature signal that represents the angular position of the external magnets 1134, 1136. The PLC 1080 may include a built in screen or display 1081 that can display messages, warnings, and the like. The PLC 1080 may optionally include a keyboard 1083 or other input device for entering data. The PLC 1080 may be incorporated directly into the external adjustment device 1130 or it may be a separate component that is electrically connected to the main external adjustment device 1130.
  • In one aspect of the invention, a sensor 1084 is incorporated into the external adjustment device 1130 that is able to sense or determine the rotational or angular position of the driven magnet 1064. The sensor 1084 may acquire positional information using, for example, sound waves, ultrasonic waves, light, radiation, or even changes or perturbations in the magnetic or electromagnetic field between the driven magnet 1064 and the external magnets 1134, 1136. For example, the sensor 1084 may detect photons or light that is reflected from the driven magnet 1064 or a coupled structure (e.g., rotor) that is attached thereto. For example, light may be passed through the patient's skin and other tissue at wavelength(s) conducive for passage through tissue. Portions of the driven magnet 1064 or associated structure may include a reflective surface that reflects light back outside the patient as the driven magnet 1064 moves. The reflected light can then be detected by the sensor 1084 which may include, for example, a photodetector or the like.
  • In another aspect, the sensor 1084 may operate on the Hall effect, wherein two additional magnets are located within the implantable assembly. The additional magnets move axially in relation to each other as the driven assembly rotates and therefore as the distraction increases or decreases, allowing the determination of the current size of the restriction device.
  • In the embodiment of FIG. 14, the sensor 1084 is a microphone disposed on the external adjustment device 1130. For instance, the microphone sensor 1084 may be disposed in the recessed portion 1174 of the external adjustment device 1130. The output of the microphone sensor 1084 is directed to a signal processing circuit 1086 that amplifies and filters the detected acoustic signal. In this regard, the acoustic signal may include a “click” or other noise that is periodically generated by rotation of the driven magnet 1064. For example, the driven magnet 1064 may click every time a full rotation is made. The pitch (frequency) of the click may differ depending on the direction of rotation. For example, rotation in one direction (e.g., lengthening) may produce a low pitch while rotation in the other direction (e.g., shortening) may produce a higher pitch signal (or vice versa). The amplified and filtered signal from the signal processing circuit 1086 can then pass to the PLC 1080.
  • During operation of the system 1076, each patient will have a number or indicia that correspond to the adjustment setting or size of their distraction device 140. This number can be stored on an optional storage device 1088 (as shown in FIG. 14) that is carried by the patient (e.g., memory card, magnetic card, or the like) or is integrally formed with the distraction device 140. For example, a RFID tag 1088 implanted either as part of the system or separately may be disposed inside the patient (e.g., subcutaneously or as part of the device) and can be read and written via an antenna 1090 to update the current size of the distraction device 140. In one aspect, the PLC 1080 has the ability to read the current number corresponding to the size or setting of the distraction device 140 from the storage device 1088. The PLC 1080 may also be able to write the adjusted or more updated current size or setting of the distraction device 140 to the storage device 1088. Of course, the current size may recorded manually in the patient's medical records (e.g., chart, card or electronic patient record) that is then viewed and altered, as appropriate, each time the patient visits his or her physician.
  • The patient, therefore, carries their medical record with them, and if, for example, they are in another location, or even country, and need to be adjusted, the RFID tag 1088 has all of the information needed. Additionally, the RFID tag 1088 may be used as a security device. For example, the RFID tag 1088 may be used to allow only physicians to adjust the distraction device 140 and not patients. Alternatively, the RFID tag 1088 may be used to allow only certain models or makes of distraction devices to be adjusted by a specific model or serial number of external adjustment device 1130.
  • In one aspect, the current size or setting of the distraction device 140 is input into the PLC 1080. This may be done automatically or through manual input via, for instance, the keyboard 1083 that is associated with the PLC 1080. The PLC 1080 thus knows the patient's starting point. If the patient's records are lost, the length of the distraction device may be measured by X-ray and the PLC 1080 may be manually programmed to this known starting point.
  • The external adjustment device 1130 is commanded to make an adjustment. This may be accomplished via a pre-set command entered into the PLC 1080 (e.g. “increase distraction displacement of distraction device 140 by 0.5 cm” or “increase distraction force of distraction device 140 to 20 pounds”). The PLC 1080 configures the proper direction for the motor 1132 and starts rotation of the motor 1132. As the motor 1132 spins, the encoder 1082 is able to continuously monitor the shaft position of the motor directly, as is shown in FIG. 14, or through another shaft or surface that is mechanically coupled to the motor 1132. For example, the encoder 1082 may read the position of markings 1177 located on the exterior of a pulley 1162C like that disclosed in FIG. 10. Every rotation or partial rotation of the motor 1132 can then be counted and used to calculate the adjusted or new size or setting of the distraction device 140.
  • The sensor 1084, which may include a microphone sensor 1084, may be monitored continuously. For example, every rotation of the motor 1132 should generate the appropriate number and pitch of clicks generated by rotation of the permanent magnet inside the distraction device 140. If the motor 1132 turns a full revolution but no clicks are sensed, the magnetic coupling may have been lost and an error message may be displayed to the operator on a display 1081 of the PLC 1080. Similarly, an error message may be displayed on the display 1081 if the sensor 1084 acquires the wrong pitch of the auditory signal (e.g., the sensor 1084 detects a shortening pitch but the external adjustment device 1130 was configured to lengthen).
  • FIGS. 15 through 30 schematically illustrate an acoustic indicator housing 1304 and a driven magnet 1302 as the driven magnet 1302 is rotated in both the clockwise directions (arrow A) and counter-clockwise directions (arrow B). It should be understood that while a description is given with respect to driven magnet 1302, the acoustic sensing features may also apply to magnetic element 218 of FIGS. 6C-6G, the internal magnet 1064 of FIGS. 13A-13D, 14, the internally located driven magnet 1402 of FIG. 35, cylindrical magnet 394 of FIGS. 41, 42, and 44, the hollow magnet 564 of FIG. 48, magnet 576 of FIG. 50, magnet 262 of FIG. 53, and magnets 618, 620 of FIG. 51, magnet 640 of FIG. 52, or even magnetic member 200 of FIG. 6B (these various implementations of driven magnets may be referred to, in some instances, as magnetic elements). The acoustic indicator housing 1304 is illustrated in an annular configuration with respect to the circumference of the driven magnet 1302, but an alternative relationship is contemplated, for example wherein the outer diameter of the acoustic indicator housing 1304 is substantially the same as the outer diameter of the driven magnet 1302, and they are oriented with an end-to-end axial relationship instead of an annular relationship. Acoustic indicator housing 1304 is one possible embodiment of the acoustic housing 222 of FIG. 6C and FIG. 6D. The acoustic indicator housing 1304 is used to create an acoustic signal (e.g., a click) that can be used to count rotational movement of the driven magnet 1302 and also determine its rotational direction. An acoustic signal (i.e., sound) is generated when a magnetic ball 1306 strikes either a first impact surface 1308 or a second impact surface 1310. FIGS. 15-22 illustrate rotation of the driven magnet 1302 in the clockwise direction (arrow A) while FIGS. 23-30 illustrate rotation of the driven magnet 1302 in the counter-clockwise direction (arrow B). When the driven magnet 1302 is rotated in the clockwise direction, the magnetic ball 1306 strikes the first impact surface 1308 two times (2×) per full rotation, with the first impact surface 1308 producing sound with a first amplitude and/or frequency. When the driven magnet 1302 is rotated in the counter-clockwise direction, the magnetic ball 1306 strikes the second impact surface 1310 two times (2×) per full rotation, with the second impact surface 1310 producing sound with a second amplitude and/or frequency.
  • As illustrated in FIGS. 15-30, the first impact surface 1308 is thinner than the second impact surface 1310, and thus, the first impact surface 1308 is configured to resonate at a higher frequency than the second impact surface 1310. Alternatively, the difference in frequency can be achieved by making the first impact surface 1308 from a different material than the second impact surface 1310. Alternatively, the amplitude of acoustic signal generated by the magnetic ball 1306 hitting the first and second impact surfaces 1308, 1310 may be used to discriminate rotational direction. For example, clockwise rotation may produce a relatively loud click while counter-clockwise rotation may produce a relatively quiet click.
  • The magnetic ball 1306 is made from a magnetic material, for example 400 series stainless steel. The magnetic ball 1306 is attracted to both a south pole 1314 of the driven magnet 1302 and a north pole 1316 of the driven magnet 1302. As seen in FIG. 15, the driven magnet 1302 begins to rotate in the clockwise direction (arrow A). As pictured, the starting point of the magnetic ball 1306 is adjacent to the north pole 1316 of the magnet 1302. As seen in FIG. 16, as the magnet 1302 rotates, the magnetic ball 1306 follows the north pole 1316. This continues until, as shown in FIG. 17, the magnetic ball 1306 is stopped by the second impact surface 1310. Now, as seen in FIG. 18, the magnetic ball 1306 is trapped against the second impact surface 1310, while the driven magnet 1302 continues to rotate. The magnetic ball 1306 may roll at this point, but it is forced against the second impact surface 1310 by its attraction to the north pole 1316 of the magnet 1302, until the south pole 1314 becomes substantially closer to the magnetic ball 1306 as shown in FIG. 19, at which point the magnetic ball 1306 accelerates towards the first impact surface 1308 in the direction of arrow a, thereby hitting it (as seen in FIG. 20) and creating an acoustic signal or sound having a greater intensity than when the magnetic ball 1306 was stopped by the second impact surface 1310. Now, as the driven magnet 1302 continues to turn, the magnetic ball 1306 follows the south pole 1314 of the driven magnet 1302 as seen in FIG. 21, and continues to follow the south pole 1314 until the magnetic ball 1306 is stopped by the second impact surface 1310 as seen in FIG. 22.
  • FIGS. 23-30 illustrate the acoustic mechanism being activated by counter-clockwise rotation of the driven magnet 1302. In this process, the first impact surface 1308 serves to stop the magnetic ball 1306, and the magnetic ball 1306 accelerates and impacts the second impact surface 1310, creating a different acoustic signal. For example, the different acoustic signal may include a louder signal or a signal with a different frequency (e.g., pitch). In FIG. 23, the driven magnet 1302 begins to rotate in the counter-clockwise direction (arrow B). As illustrated, the starting point of the magnetic ball 1306 is adjacent the south pole 1314 of the magnet 1302. As seen in FIG. 24, as the magnet 1302 rotates, the magnetic ball 1306 follows the south pole 1314. This continues until, as shown in FIG. 25, the magnetic ball 1306 is stopped by the first impact surface 1308. As seen in FIG. 25, the magnetic ball 1306 is trapped against the first impact surface 1308, while the driven magnet 1302 continues to rotate. The magnetic ball 1306 may roll at this point, but it is forced against the first impact surface 1308 by its attraction to the south pole 1314 of the magnet 1302, until the north pole 1316 becomes closer to the magnetic ball 1306 as shown in FIG. 26, at which point the magnetic ball 1306 accelerates towards the second impact plate 1310 in the direction of arrow β, thereby hitting it (as seen in FIG. 27) and creating an acoustic signal or sound having a greater intensity than when the magnetic ball 1306 was stopped by the first impact surface 1308. Now as seen in FIG. 28, as the magnet 1302 continues to turn, the magnetic ball 1306 follows the north pole 1316 of the magnet 1302, and continues to follow the north pole 1316 (FIG. 29) until the magnetic ball 1306 is stopped by the first impact surface 1308 as illustrated in FIG. 30.
  • It can be appreciated that each turn of the magnet 1302 creates two (2) relatively loud strikes, which can be detected by a non-invasive, external device comprising a sonic sensor, for example, a microphone (e.g., sensor 1084 in FIG. 14). If, for example, the magnet 1302 is turning a 0-80 lead screw (e.g., lead screw 226) to adjust the distraction device 140), then each turn represents 1/80 of an inch in the distraction displacement, and thus each half turn represents 1/160 of an inch, or 0.00625″. If there is gear reduction at the output of the magnet 1302, for example 4:1, then a full turn represents 1/320 of an inch and each half turn represents 1/640 of an inch. Therefore, acoustic sensing of this nature allows for very precise control of adjustment of the distraction device 140. If the speed is too high, the sensor can alternatively be programmed to sense only specific turns. Alternatively, a secondary magnet may be disposed on the post gear reduction portion of the torque transmission system, so that the number of turns to sense are fewer in number and less frequent.
  • It can also be appreciated that the acoustic signal or sound made by the strike due to the acceleration of the magnetic ball 1306 against the first impact surface 1308 during clockwise rotation of the magnet 1302 will contain a different frequency spectrum than the acoustic signal or sound made by the strike due to the acceleration of the magnetic ball 1306 against the second impact surface 1310 during counter-clockwise rotation of the magnet 1302. As one example, the acoustic sensor 1084 illustrated in FIG. 14 may provide a relatively simple, low-cost device in which the direction of the rotation (i.e., increasing distraction vs. decreasing distraction) can be automatically identified. Further, the acoustic sensor 1084 is able to determine the exact number of half rotations in each direction.
  • The acoustic sensor 1084 may be operatively integrated with a programmable logic controller (PLC) such as the PLC 1080 described herein. In this regard, the exact distraction length of the distraction device 140 can be determined. The PLC 1080 is able to identify the direction of rotation via the frequency of sound, and then change the direction of rotation if this is not the desired direction. The PLC 1080 is also able to count the number of half rotations until amount of restriction is achieved. If there is any slip between the magnets 1134, 1136 of the external device 1130 and the driven magnet 1302, the PLC 1080 will not detect the acoustic signal and thus will not count these as rotations.
  • There may be cases in which the medical personnel performing the non-invasive adjustment is not aware which direction of rotation of the external device magnets 1134, 1136 will cause increased distraction and which will cause decreased distraction. The PLC 1080, however, will be able to immediately identify the correct direction of rotation by the detected frequency.
  • For example, FIG. 31 illustrates the sound 1320 detected from counter-clockwise rotation of the magnet 1302 and FIG. 32 illustrates the sound 1324 detected from clockwise rotation of the magnet 1302. There may be additional background acoustic signals or noise 1328 created by, for example, the sound of the motor 1132 of the external device 1130. In both rotation directions, the acoustic “clicks” 1320 and 1324 look very similar to each other. However, by analyzing the frequency spectrum of the clicks, one is able to discern differences between clockwise and counter-clockwise rotation of the magnet 1302. As seen in FIG. 33, the frequency spectrum for the counter-clockwise rotation is centered at about 14 kHz, while the spectrum for clockwise rotation (FIG. 34) is centered at about 18 kHz. This shift or change in center frequency can be used as a basis for determining the absolute rotational direction of the magnet 1302.
  • FIG. 35 illustrates a system 1400 for driving an internally located driven magnet 1402 of a distraction device 140 via an external device 1406 using a feedback device. One or more implanted driven magnets 1402 are coupled magnetically through the skin 1404 of a patient 1408 to one or more external drive magnets 1410. A rotation or movement of the external drive magnets 1410 causes an equal rotation of the driven magnet(s) 1402. Turning the driven magnet(s) 1402 in one direction 1412 causes the distraction device 1414 to increase distraction while turning the driven magnet(s) 1402 in the opposite direction causes the distraction device 1414 to decrease distraction. Changes to the distraction device 1414 distraction distance or distraction force depend upon the number of turns by the one or more drive magnets 1410.
  • The drive magnets 1410 are rotated by the external device 1406, which has an electric gear motor 1416 which is controlled by a programmable logic controller (PLC) 1418. The PLC 1418 outputs an analog signal 1420 to a motor drive circuit 1422 which is proportional to the motor speed desired. The PLC 1418 receives an analog signal 1424 from the motor drive circuit 1422 that is proportional to the current draw of the motor. The gear motor's 1416 current consumption is proportional to its output torque. An electronic torque sensor may be used for this purpose. The measured current draw may be used to monitor the change in output torque.
  • The PLC 1418 receives a pulsed input signal 1426 from an encoder 1428 that indicates the angular position of the drive magnets 1410. The PLC 1418 controls a spring loaded braking system 1430 that automatically stops the drive magnet 1410 if there is a loss of electrical power or other emergency.
  • A slip clutch 1432 is included between the gear motor 1416 and the drive magnet 1410 to prevent the gear motor 1416 from over torqueing the driven magnet 1402 and potentially damaging the distraction device 140, for example, if the distraction device 140 does not have its own slip clutch. The PLC 1418 has a built in screen 1434 to display messages and a keypad 1436 for entering data. External push button switches and indicator lights may be incorporated for user comfort and ease of use.
  • The motor current (output torque) is monitored continuously whenever the device is turning. If the motor current exceeds the maximum allowable current (based on safety requirements of the device components and/or patient tissue) the gear motor 1416 is stopped and the brake 1430 is applied. This can be done both in software and hardware. The mechanical slip clutch 1432 also prevents over torqueing of the device. An exemplary threshold torque is 5.0 ounce-inches.
  • In one embodiment, each patient will have a number that corresponds to the distraction displacement of their particular distraction device 1414. A distracted device 1414 will have a number such as 5.0 cm for its distraction displacement and a fully non-distracted device will have a number such as 0.0 cm.
  • This number can be stored on an electronic memory card 1438 that the patient 1408 carries. The PLC 1418 can read the current number from the memory card 1438 and update the number after adjustment. The patient's number can be recorded manually in the patient's chart and kept at the physician's office or printed on an information card that the patient carries. Alternatively, the information can be stored on and read from an RFID chip implanted in the patient.
  • The patient's number is first entered into the PLC 1418 so it knows the patient's starting point. If the patient's records are completely lost, the system can always have a new setting manually input based on an X-ray image determination of the distraction displacement of the restriction device 1414.
  • A physician may adjust the distraction device 1414 several ways. An absolute move to a new distraction displacement (or force) may be entered directly. For example, a patient 1408 currently at 2.00 cm distraction displacement may need to be adjusted to 2.50 cm. The physician simply enters the new distraction displacement and presses a ‘GO’ button. The physician may prefer a relative (incremental) move from the current distraction displacement. Each press of a button will cause the device to increase or possible decrease a fixed amount, say 0.20 cm of distraction displacement, or 0.02 cm. In another aspect, there may be provided increase and decrease buttons which increase/decrease the distraction of the distraction device 1414 as long as the button is held. It should be noted that the displacement of distraction is a relative term, and that the force gauge disclosed in this invention may be the preferred manner to adjust distraction, instead of a dimensional manner. Further, the PLC 1418 may automatically adjust the external device 1406 to reach the desired final distraction force or length based at least in part on a response generated by a feedback device. The particular feedback device may be any number of devices described herein including strain or force gauge feedback, acoustic feedback, optical feedback, motor current and the like.
  • Once the external device 1406 is commanded to move, the PLC 1418 slowly ramps up the speed of the gear motor 1416 while monitoring the motor current (torque). A known minimum drive torque must be present for verification that the magnetic coupling to the restriction device is locked and not slipping. This can be monitored with, for example, the acoustic feedback system. The minimum torque value can be a curve that is stored in the PLC 1418 that is based on the amount of distraction, the direction of movement (increasing/decreasing), even the model number or serial number of the distraction device 1414.
  • Also, if a sudden torque reversal is detected by the PLC 1418, a slip has occurred. As the like magnet poles (North-North & South-South) which are repelling slip past each other, they are attracted to the adjacent opposite poles (North-South & South-North). This causes a momentary reversal of drive torque. This torque reversal can be detected by the PLC 1418. If a slip occurs, the PLC 1418 can subtract the appropriate amount from the move. If too many consecutive slips occur, the PLC 1418 can stop and display a message.
  • As the drive magnet 1410 rotates, revolutions and fractions of revolutions are counted by the PLC 1418 and converted to changes in the distraction. Once the move is complete, the PLC 1418 stops the gear motor 1416 and applies the brake 1430. It should be understood that the feedback devices mentioned above is applicable to the external device, and to many other types of magnetic drives with the exception of nearby or proximally-located electromagnetic coils which do not have a motor.
  • Any of the compatible configurations of a distraction device/adjustment mechanism/external adjustment device are contemplated to be combinable as alternative embodiments to those specifically described herein. In addition, the mechanical mechanism of the distraction device can be achieved by any of the designs and methods by using a rotating drive shaft, or by a tension/compression member. In other words, rotation can be done only to proximal assemblies or assemblies within the distraction device, which then, through gearing, cause longitudinal shortening or lengthening of a wire or cable, which pulls tension on a belt or rod to cause the distraction device to increase or decrease distraction (distance or force).
  • FIG. 36 illustrates an embodiment of a distraction device 314 implanted within a patient and fixated at its upper end 315 and lower end 317 to the patient's spine 300. The illustrated example of the spine 300 includes the particular thoracic and lumbar vertebrae that typically encompass a scoliotic curve, for example the curve of a patient with adolescent idiopathic scoliosis. The T3 through T12 thoracic vertebrae, 303, 304, 305, 306, 307, 308, 309, 310, 311, 312, respectively and the L1 through L3 vertebrae, 291, 292, 293 are depicted in FIG. 36, not in a severe scoliotic condition, but in a very slight residual curve that represents a modest curve that has been partially or completely straightened during the implantation procedure. Each vertebra is different from the other vertebra by its size and shape, with the upper vertebra generally being smaller than the lower vertebra. However, generally, the vertebrae have a similar structure and include a vertebral body 316, a spinous process 318, 320, laminae 326, transverse processes 321, 322 and pedicles 324. In this embodiment, the distraction device 314 includes a distraction rod 328 which is adjustable (lengthwise) via a coupled adjustable portion 330. The distraction device 314 is fixated to the spine 300 via a clamp 342 at the upper end of the distraction rod 328. In FIG. 36, the clamp 342 is secured around the transverse process 321 of the T4 vertebra 304. Alternatively, the clamp 342 may be secured around an adjacent rib (not shown) or rib facet. In still another alternative, the clamp may be replaced by a laminar and pedicle hook system, or pedicle screw system. FIG. 37 illustrates one such alternative embodiment in which a distraction device 314 includes one or more laminar hooks 346 that are used to secure an upper end 315 of the distraction device 314 to the spine (not shown). The lower end 317 of the distraction device is secured to the spine using one or more pedicle hooks 348.
  • Referring back to FIG. 36, the distraction device 314 is illustrated as being fixated to the spine 300 with a pedicle screw system 331 comprising a connecting rod 332 and two toe clamps 338, 340. This particular embodiment comprises a magnetic adjustment device 344 which is spaced from the adjustable portion 330 via a transmission cable 345.
  • Turning to FIG. 38, more detail of the pedicle screw system 331 is shown. The pedicle screw 349 passes through a hole in base 350, securing base to the L1 vertebra 291 (FIG. 36) though its pedicle (left pedicle in this case). Locking screw 334 can be loosened to adjust the angle a of the connecting rod 332, and then locking screw 334 can be tightened so that toe clamp 338 securely holds connecting rod 332 in place without further rotation. The second toe clamp 340 is adjusted in the same way, by tightening locking screw 336. Because a scoliotic spine is also rotated (usually the center section is rotated to the right in AIS patients), the non-fusion embodiment presented here allows de-rotation of the spine 300 to happen naturally, because there is no fixation at the middle portion 319 of the distraction device 314.
  • In order to further facilitate this de-rotation, the distraction device 314 allows for free rotation at its ends. For example, turning to FIG. 39, the adjustable portion 330 is attached to the connecting rod 332 via a ball joint 382. The end of the connecting rod 332 has a substantially 180° curve which allows it to meet the adjustable portion 330 along the same axis 383. The extreme end of the connecting rod 332 comprises a stem 386 and a ball 384. A mount 360 is disposed at the end of the adjustable portion 330 and has a partial spherical internal contour 361 to mate with the ball 384, and allow for free rotation. It may also allow for polyaxial motion. It should be noted that distraction rod 328 may be precurved with the typical shape of a normal saggital spine, but it should also be noted that the curve may be slightly different than standard scoliosis fusion instrumentation, because in the non-fusion embodiment described herein, the distraction device 314 is not flush with the spine but rather is placed either subcutaneous or sub-fascial, and thus is not below the back muscles. The only portions of the distraction device 314 that are designed to be placed below the muscles are the clamp 342 and the portion of the distraction rod 328 immediately adjacent the clamp 342, the pedicle screw system 331 and the connecting rod 332. Thus, FIG. 36 illustrates an embodiment in which the bulk of the hardware associated with the distraction device 314 is placed over the muscle. It should be understood, however, that in alternative configurations, any other part of the entire implantable embodiment may be placed under the muscle (i.e., sub-muscular). It should be appreciated that a much smaller amount of muscle needs to be dissected during the procedure in comparison with current fusion procedures. This will allow for a much shorter procedure, much less blood loss, much quicker recovery, and less time in the hospital/less risk of infection. Further, it may be desirable to produce the “J” curve of the connecting rod 332 or the “S” curve of connecting rod 323 of FIG. 37 with flanges or ribs at their highest stress points in order to increase their durability in demanding implant conditions.
  • FIGS. 40 and FIG. 41 illustrate one embodiment of a remotely-located magnetic adjustment device 344 that enables adjustment of the distraction device 314 from a location that is remote from the adjustable portion 330. As explained below, the adjustable portion 330 is operatively coupled to the magnetic adjustment device 344 via a transmission cable 345. For example, the magnetic adjustment device 344 may be placed subcutaneously in the buttocks area or even the abdominal area. Alternatively, the magnetic adjustment device 344 may be located integral to the adjustable portion 330. In its remote configuration, however, the magnetic adjustment device 344 (depicted in FIG. 41 without its protective outer cover) includes a worm 390 and a cylindrical magnet 394 fixedly secured inside the worm 390. The cylindrical magnet 394 is preferably magnetized radially as illustrated in FIG. 42. Activation of an external adjustment device (e.g., external adjustment device 1130) causes the cylindrical magnet 394 and worm 390 to turn. The worm 390 contains threads about its exterior surface and engages with a rotatable gear 392 which, in turn, is operatively coupled to a spool 396. The spool 396 includes a groove or the like about its periphery in which a cable 362 is disposed. During operation of the device, rotational movement of the cylindrical magnet 394 causes rotation of the gear 392 that, in turn, causes rotation of the spool 396. As the gear 392 turns, the spool 396 winds or unwinds a cable 362 that extends though a protective sheath 364 located in the elongated transmission cable 345 that couples the adjustment device 344 to the adjustable portion 330. Depending on the direction of rotation of the gear 392, the cable 362 is either tightened or loosened.
  • Referring to FIG. 41, as the gear 392 turns in direction 388, tension (T) is increased. The opposite end of cable 362 is secured to frame 360 by stop 370. In one embodiment, the cable 362 is pulled over first pulley 354, which turns in a first rotational direction 376. Cable 362 then wraps around second pulley 355 (shown in phantom) in the back of frame 360 causing second pulley 355 to turn in second rotational direction 377. The cable 362 then wraps around a third pulley 356 causing it to turn in third rotational direction 378. After the third pulley 356, the cable 362 wraps around a fourth pulley 358, causing it to turn in a fourth rotational direction 380. Second pulley 355 and fourth pulley 358 are rotationally attached to the distraction rod 328 via axle 398, and are slidably contained within frame 360 by pin 368 which slides in a groove 366.
  • The combination of the pulleys 354, 355, 356, 358 act as a block and tackle arrangement that amplifies the force applied to the distraction rod 328 in response to an applied tension (T). For instance, a tension (T) that is placed on cable 362 imparts a compressive force (C) on the distraction rod 328 that is four times as large (i.e., C=4*T). Of course, it should be understood that by driving the cylindrical magnet 394 and worm 390 in the opposite direction, the gear 392 causes the spool 396 to unwind, and thus both T and C are decreased.
  • FIG. 43 illustrates another embodiment of a distraction device 400. In this embodiment, hook fixation systems are used to secure to distraction device 400 to the patient's spine. The hook fixation system is depicted in an exploded configuration in FIG. 43 and includes hooks 402, 404 (for example laminar hooks, facet hooks or rib hooks) located on opposing ends of the distraction device. The hooks 402, 404 are operatively coupled to ball joints 406. Each ball joint 406 includes a coupler 405 that interfaces with a ball 407 or other substantially spherical member disposed at the end of a post 409. The hooks 402, 404 each include a recess 402A, 404A that are dimensioned to receive the post 409 of each ball joint 406. The post 409 is frictionally engaged or locked with respect to its respective hook 402, 404 using a clamping member 408 and overlying cap 410. The coupler 405 includes a receiving portion such as an internal threaded portion (not shown) that interfaces with opposing ends of the distraction rod 412. Of course, the coupler 405 may be secured to distraction rod 412 in other ways such as, for instance, mounting screws, a bond, weld, or even through the use of a cement or other adhesive material. In this regard, once mounted, both hooks 402, 404 are able to articulate about the swivel-action ball joint 406 to accommodate the changing geometry as the spine is subject to distraction forces.
  • As seen in FIG. 43, the distraction rod 412 is supplied in a pre-curved configuration, and can be cut to the desired length and bent into a custom configuration to fit the patient's specific anatomy. Typically, the portion that is to be cut would be the end of the distraction rod 412 that is located away from the adjustable portion 414. Adjustable portion 414 in this embodiment comprises an offset gearing assembly 415 having a cover 416.
  • FIG. 44 illustrates the offset gearing assembly 415 with the cover 416 removed from the adjustable portion 414 in order to better show the internal components responsible for effecting the distraction forces on the distraction rod 412. As seen in FIG. 44, a cylindrical magnet 394 is rotationally held by cups 422, 424 and the assembly 415 is free to rotate between ball bearings 426, 428 disposed on opposing ends thereof. The cylindrical magnet 394 may include a permanent magnet made out of the materials described herein with respect to the other embodiments. The assembly 415 includes a first gear 430 which rotates as the assembly 415 is rotated about its axis of rotation. An external adjustment device (e.g., 1130) causes cylindrical magnet 394 to turn in a first rotational direction 440 which also causes the first gear 430 to turn in same, first direction 440. The first gear 430 meshes with a second gear 432 causing the same to turn in a second rotational direction 442. A third gear 434 is secured to the second gear 432 and rotates along with second gear 432. The third gear 434 meshes with a fourth gear 436, causing it to turn in a third rotational direction 444. The fourth gear 436 is secured to a lead screw 420 which extends longitudinally inside a sleeve 418 or jacket. A thrust bearing 438 is provided in a face-to-face arrangement with the fourth gear 436 to reduce frictional forces during rotation of the lead screw 420. The inner surface of the sleeve 418 contains a threaded inner bore (not shown) which extends at least a portion of the length of the sleeve 418. Lead screw 420 is allowed to turn because of a thrust bearing 438 located at end of the lead screw 420.
  • When the lead screw 420 turns in the fourth rotational direction 444 and engages threaded inner bore of sleeve 418, the sleeve 418 begins to move in the distraction direction 446. The sleeve 418 is coupled at one end to the distraction rod 412, and thus, when sleeve 418 and distraction rod 412 are distracted by the offset gearing assembly 415, the distraction device 400, which is coupled to the spine, imparts an increased distraction force. If the cylindrical magnet 394 is turned in the opposite direction, the distraction force is lessened. Because of both the gearing and the lead screw thread, a relatively low torque can be delivered to rotate the cylindrical magnet 394 which, in turn, can impart a very high distraction force on the sleeve 418, and thus the distraction rod 412. In one embodiment, the first gear 430 has eight (8) teeth, second gear 432 has eighteen (18) teeth, third gear 434 has ten (10) teeth, and fourth gear 436 has eighteen (18) teeth. The meshing of the first gear 430 and second gear 432 has a gear ratio of 18:8 and the meshing of the third gear 434 and fourth gear 436 has a gear ratio of 18:10. This creates an overall gear ratio for the offset gearing assembly 415 of 81:10, and thus an output torque to input torque ratio of 4.05. Assuming a typical gear efficiency of 0.90 (due to frictional effects in the each of the two gear meshes), a 6.0 ounce-inch torque applied to the cylindrical magnet 394 can produce an approximate torque of 19.7 ounce-inches on the lead screw. A lead screw 420 having a diameter of approximately 3.5 mm (0.138″) and approximately 100 threads per inch has been measured to have an efficiency of approximately 0.084. Thus, a 6.0 ounce-inch torque applied to the cylindrical magnet 394 will produce a distraction force of as high as 65 pounds. This assumes an external adjustment device 1130 having two external magnets 1134, 1136 each having a diameter of approximately two (2) inches.
  • Returning to FIG. 43, an annular dynamic seal 425 provided at one end of the adjustable portion 414 allows the distraction rod 412 to pass through the end of the adjustable portion 414 without any body fluids or materials being able to enter the adjustable portion 414. The interior of the adjustable portion 414 is thus substantially isolated or sealed off from the surrounding implant environment. While FIG. 43 illustrates a pair of hooks 402, 404 that are used to secure the distraction device 400 to the spine of the patient, it should be understood that other anchors may be used to affix the ends of the distraction device 400 to the spine. For example, screws or other fasteners may be used to secure one or both ends of the distraction device 400 to the patient's spine. Typically, screws are used for the lower portion of the distraction device 400 while hooks or screws are generally preferred for the upper portion of the distraction device 400. Clamps may also be used to secure one or both ends of the distraction device 400 to the patient's spine. Generally, clamping structures are used to secure the upper portion of the distraction device 400 to a rib or transverse process of the subject.
  • For example, FIG. 45 illustrates a clamp 450 that can be used to secure one end of the distraction device 400 to a rib or transverse process. The clamp 450 includes an “L-shaped” bracket 452 that is mounted on a shaft 454. The shaft 454 terminates at a swivel joint 456 that provides swiveling movement between a coupler 458 and the clamp shaft 454. The coupler 458 is configured to receive one end of the distraction rod 412 (e.g., using threads, mounting screw(s), adhesive, cement, laser weld, or the like). The clamp 450 includes a pivoting bracket 460 that pivots about a pin 462 from an open configuration to a closed configuration. The clamp 450 that is illustrated in FIG. 45 pivots from the front of the patient to the back of the patient and is referred to as a “front-to-back” clamp. In alternative configurations, the clamp 450 may be constructed as a “back-to-front” clamp in which the pivoting bracket 460 pivots from the back of the patient to the front. The pivoting bracket 460 can be locked in the closed configuration by the fastener 464 which engages and holds the pivoting bracket 460 to the L-shaped bracket 452. The fastener 464 may be a screw, bolt or the like that can be tightened or loosened by rotation using a tool (e.g., wrench or driver). In one embodiment, the clamp 450 further includes an optional detent 466 or other protuberance on the L-shaped bracket 452 that aids in fixedly securing the clamp 450 to the rib or other anatomical structure.
  • FIG. 46 illustrates another embodiment of a clamp 470 that can be used to secure one end of the distraction device 400 to a rib or transverse process. The clamp 470 includes an “J-shaped” bracket 472 that is mounted on a shaft 474. The shaft 474 terminates at a swivel joint 476 that provides swiveling movement between a coupler 478 and the clamp shaft 474. The coupler 478 is configured to receive one end of the distraction rod 412 (e.g., using threads, mounting screw(s), adhesive, cement, laser weld, or the like). The clamp 470 includes a band 480 secured to one end of the J-shaped bracket 472. The band 480 is flexible in nature includes a free end 482 that is insertable into a lock 484 disposed on the J-shaped bracket 472. The band 480 may be made from a polymeric material or even a metallic material. The band 480 preferably has a small thickness that minimizes the amount of material that is exposed to the front side of the patient. Because the patient's lungs are located somewhat near the front portion 486 of the clamp 470, it is preferred to keep the amount of material in this section of the clamp 470 to a minimum. The band 480 provides the ability to ensure that the clamp 470 is secured to the rib or other anatomical structure.
  • The clamp 470 that is illustrated in FIG. 46 has a band 480 that bends about the clamp 470 from the front of the patient to the back of the patient and is referred to as a “front-to-back” clamp. While the clamp 470 may be constructed as a “back-to-front” clamp in an alternative embodiment, this is not preferred because of the added material thus points toward sensitive organs (e.g., lungs) of the patient. In one embodiment, the clamp 470 further includes an optional detent 488 or other protuberance on the J-shaped bracket 472 that aids in fixedly securing the clamp 470 to the rib or other anatomical structure.
  • FIGS. 47 and 48 illustrate an alternative embodiment of an adjustable portion 568 that is used in connection with a distraction device 400 utilizing a hollow magnet 562 (FIG. 48). While the description of the adjustable portion 568 is given in the context of the distraction device 400, it should be understood that the alternative embodiment may apply equally to other distraction devices described herein (e.g., distraction devices 140, 314, 1414, etc.). As seen in FIGS. 47 and 48, the adjustable portion 568 is contained within two slidable sections which include an outer tube 548 and an inner tube 550. The outer tube 548 and inner tube 550 are moveable relative to one another as explained below. As best seen in FIG. 48, a hollow magnet 562 is mounted on an inner sleeve 564 and a nut 560 having internal threads thereon. That is to say that the inner sleeve 564 and nut 560 are entirely or at least partially disposed within the hollow portion of the magnet 562. The hollow magnet 562, inner sleeve 564, and nut 560 rotate together in unison, between opposing ball bearings 556, 558. An end cap 566 holds the assembly together. In this embodiment, the hollow magnet 562 permits the lead screw 554 to pass through it, thereby lessening the necessary total length of the adjustable portion 568, and thus the length of a larger diameter portion of the distraction device 400. Rotation of the hollow magnet 562 effectuates rotation of the nut 560 that, depending on the direction of rotation, either pulls inward or pushes outward the lead screw 554 which engages with the internal threads (not shown) of the nut 560. While FIG. 48 illustrates a completely hollow magnet 562, some of the reduced length benefits discussed above may still be gained if only a portion of the magnet 562 were hollow or contained a recess configured to receive the lead screw 554. The magnet 562 is advantageously a permanent magnet and may be formed from the materials described herein with respect to the other embodiments. Still referring to FIG. 48, a dynamic seal 552 is provided at the interface between the outer tube 548 and the inner tube 550 to ensure that no body fluids enter the assembly.
  • FIGS. 49 and 50 illustrate still another embodiment of an adjustable portion 570. This embodiment is longer but thinner as compared to the adjustable portion 468 illustrated in FIGS. 47 and 48. Again, it should be understood that the alternative embodiment of the adjustable portion 570 may apply to other distraction devices described herein (e.g., distraction devices 140, 314, 1414, etc.). As seen in FIGS. 49 and 50, the adjustable portion 570 is contained within two slidable sections which include an outer tube 572 and an inner tube 574. The outer tube 572 and inner tube 574 are moveable relative to one another as explained below. As best seen in FIG. 50, a rotatable magnet 576 is held within a magnetic cup 580 which rotates on a thrust bearing 582. The magnet 576 is operatively coupled to a lead screw 578 that rotates along with the magnet 576 in response to an externally applied magnetic field as described herein. The adjustable portion 570 does not include an inner sheath such as that illustrated in the prior embodiment (FIGS. 47 and 48) thereby enabling a thinner profile. In this embodiment, the nut 584 is affixed to the inner tube 574. Rotation of the magnet 576 causes rotation of the lead screw 578 which then pulls or pushes the inner tube 574 relative to the outer tube 572. A dynamic seal 586 is provided at the interface between the outer tube 572 and the inner tube 574 to ensure that no body fluids enter the assembly.
  • In any of the above-described embodiments, the external adjustment device (e.g., external adjustment device 1130) may optionally include a vibrator attached thereto that transmits vibrational motion to the adjustable portion 570 (or other adjustable portions described herein) which lessens frictional effects on the components giving them less resistance. For example, vibration may enhance or better enable axial motion of the outer tubes 448, 572 and inner tubes 450, 574, respectively and enhance freer rotation of the rotational components. The vibrational motion may also be delivered via a separate vibrator device that is separate from the external adjustment device.
  • FIG. 51 illustrates another embodiment of a distraction system 600 undergoing adjustment. In this embodiment, the implanted distraction system 600 includes two distraction devices 602, 604. The first distraction device 602 includes a first adjustable portion 606 and a first rod 608. The first adjustable portion 606 is similar to the adjustable portion 570 of FIGS. 49 and 50, with a first cylindrical permanent magnet 618 located at a far end of the first adjustable portion 606. The distraction system 600 includes a second distraction device 604 having a second adjustable portion 610 and a second rod 612. The second adjustable portion 610 is oriented in an inverted relation with respect to first adjustment portion 606, so that a second cylindrical permanent magnet 620 is not at the same level on the body 628 (e.g., height if the subject is standing up) as the first cylindrical permanent magnet 618. In this regard, the first and second cylindrical permanent magnets 618, 620 are offset from one another relative to their location vis-à-vis the spine. For instance, the second cylindrical permanent magnet 620 is located higher on the body 628 when compared to the first cylindrical permanent magnet 618.
  • Due to this inversion, the point of telescopic displacement 614 of the first distraction device 602 is also at a different level on the body 628 than the point of telescopic displacement 616 of the second distraction device 604. Due to the oftentimes asymmetric nature of the scoliosis, it may be desired to adjust each of the distraction devices 602, 604 independently from the other. As seen in FIG. 51, an external adjustment device 622 is provided that includes a first permanent magnet 624 and a second permanent magnet 626 that can be selectively placed at the proper level (e.g., height) along the body 628 corresponding to the location of the permanent magnet 618, 620 of the respective distraction device 602, 604 intended for adjustment. The length (L) of each of the permanent magnets 624, 626 of the external adjustment device 622 is preferably longer than the length of the permanent magnet 618, 620 for maximal coupling, yet short enough, for example, one (1) inch long, so that the operation of the external adjustment device 622 allows the permanent magnets 624, 626 to sufficiently couple with the first cylindrical permanent magnet 618, without sufficiently coupling with the second cylindrical permanent magnet 620. It should be noted, that in the inverted version, the second adjustable portion 610 is permanently attached to the second rod 612 at joint 630.
  • Still referring to the embodiment of FIG. 51, it may be desired to adjust the distraction length (or force) of the first distraction device 602 a certain amount followed by adjustment of the distraction length (or force) of the second distraction device 604. This may be accomplished by first placing the external adjustment device 622 over the first adjustable portion 606 which contains the first permanent magnet 618. The external adjustment device 622 may then be operated to rotate the first permanent magnet 618 with the appropriate number of rotations, or partial rotation as the case may be, to achieve the desired distraction length or force. The external adjustment device 622 may be operatively coupled with a PLC 1080 such as that illustrated in FIG. 14 to automatically adjust the external adjustment device 622. For instance, using the PLC 1080, the external adjustment device 622 may be input to adjust the first distraction device 602 one (1.0) mm. Optionally, external adjustment device 622 and/or PLC 1080 may operate under feedback control. For instance, the acoustic feedback modality described with respect to FIGS. 15-30 may be used to listen for an acoustic signal (e.g., clicks). As another alternative, an optical feedback, force feedback, or magnetic Hall effect feedback control may be used to provide feedback control of the external adjustment device 622.
  • Once the first adjustable portion 606 has been adjusted as desired, the external adjustment device 622 is moved over the second adjustable portion 610 which contains the second permanent magnet 620, for example directly over the permanent magnet 620. The external adjustment device 622 may then be operated to rotate the second permanent magnet 620 with the appropriate number of rotations, or partial rotation as the case may be, to achieve the desired distraction length or force. For instance, the external adjustment device 622 may be input to adjust the second distraction device 604 one-half (0.5) mm. This may be conducted as described above with respect to the first distraction device 604, including the option use of the PLC 1080 with feedback control.
  • While the independent adjustment described above pertains to application of a particular distraction distance (e.g., 1 mm or 0.5 mm), it should also be understood that the external adjustment device 622 may be used to adjust the first distraction device 602 to a different distraction force than the second distraction device 604. For instance, the first distraction device 602 may be adjusted to have a force of 40 pounds, while the second distraction device 604 may be adjusted to 30 pounds. Of course, one alternative is leave on the distraction devices 602, 604 at its current or then-current setting with adjustment only being performed on the other distraction device 602, 604.
  • In still another embodiment, a magnetic shield 632 is used that permits the first and second cylindrical permanent magnets 618, 620 to be closer to one another. For example, if it is desired to adjust the first distraction device 602 and not the second distraction device 604, the magnetic shield 632 is placed at location 634. The external adjustment device 622 is placed with its permanent magnets 624, 626 in proximity to the first cylindrical permanent magnet 618. The magnetic shield 632 diminishes the ability for the permanent magnets 624, 626 to be able to magnetically couple with the second cylindrical permanent magnet 620. The magnetic shield 626 may then be placed at a different location, closer to the first cylindrical permanent magnet 618, in order to independently adjust the second cylindrical permanent magnet 620. The magnetic shield 632 may be made from nickel, iron, steel or a nickel-iron alloy such as Mu-Metal, for example 75% Nickel/15% iron. Other materials with similar magnetic shielding properties may also be used.
  • FIG. 52 illustrates another embodiment of a technique for the emergency adjustment of a distraction device 638. As seen in FIG. 52, the patient 636 has an implanted distraction device 638 similar to those described herein. In some instances, the patient 636 may be in need of emergency adjustment due to any number of reasons including, for example, incorrect prior adjustment, trauma, bone, joint muscle or connective tissue pain, pregnancy, or growth.
  • If the patient 636 arrives at a hospital that does not have the external adjustment device 1130, 622 available for use, the implanted distraction device 638 containing the cylindrical permanent magnet 640 may be adjusted by using a magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) scanner 642—a diagnostic instrument that is commonly found in hospitals. Magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) scanners 642 contain a primary magnet 644 comprising a supercooled electromagnetic coil. The primary magnet 644 is designed to be “always on”, except in cases of maintenance or malfunction. The primary magnet 644 generates a very large magnetic field (i.e., magnetic flux density). Older MRI scanners had magnetic fields of 0.2 Tesla, for example, but most today have fields of 1.5 Tesla or 3 Tesla while still others are 7 Tesla.
  • Generally, all of these fields will strongly orient a cylindrical permanent magnet 640, 394 so that it is aligned with the magnetic field of the primary magnet 644 if it is near the MRI scanner 642. It should be understood that while a description is given with respect to driven magnet 640, the acoustic sensing features may also apply to magnetic element 218 of FIGS. 6C-6G, the internal magnet 1064 of FIGS. 13A-13D, 14, the internally located driven magnet 1402 of FIG. 35, cylindrical magnet 394 of FIGS. 41, 42, and 44, the hollow magnet 564 of FIG. 48, magnet 576 of FIG. 50, magnet 262 of FIG. 53, magnets 618, 620 of FIG. 51, and magnet 1302 of FIGS. 15-30.
  • The torque required to turn the cylindrical permanent magnet 640 into a different orientation than the MRI aligned orientation would be significantly high, and much greater than the rotational resistance of the cylindrical magnet assembly. Therefore, by placing a patient 636 close to the primary magnet 644 of the MRI scanner 642 (for example, at a distance of ten feet or less, or more specifically five feet or less) and by turning the body of the patient in either a first rotational direction 646 or a second rotational direction 648, the implanted distraction device 638 may be adjusted without the need of an external adjustment device 1130, 622. Generally, the patient turns or rotates him or herself about an axis of rotation (which may change slightly during the rotational procedure). For example, the patient may stand on their feet and turn their body. Alternatively, the patient may sit in a swivel chair, for example a chair made of MRI safe materials such as aluminum, and the chair may be spun in the desired direction. If patient turns or is turned in first rotational direction 646, the distraction is reduced. If patient turns or is turned in second rotational direction 648, the distraction is increased. It is desirable that the implanted distraction device 638 is well secured to the patient 636, for example with pedicle screws, hooks or clamps, so that the attraction of the cylindrical permanent magnet 640 to the primary magnet 644 of the MRI device does not cause unsafe displacement of the implanted distraction device 638 at its fixation points. Additionally it is preferable to use mostly non-magnetic materials in the implant, such as Titanium or Titanium alloys such as Ti-6AL-4V, so that the implant itself is not strongly attracted to the primary magnet 644. If the implanted distraction device 638 uses acoustic feedback, such as that described in FIGS. 15 through 34, medical personnel may listen to the patient with an MRI safe stethoscope to confirm that clicks are heard, which would indicate that the magnet 640 is indeed turning. The clicks may also be counted in order to quantify the amount of adjustment precisely.
  • The above-described use of the primary magnet 644 to adjust the magnet 640 of the distraction device 638 may also be employed in other implantable devices that utilize a rotating or cyclically-movable magnet. For instance, the implantable device may include a restriction device (e.g., gastric band or annuloplasty ring), or a valve, or the other devices. Examples of such devices that may be adjusted in this manner may be found in U.S. Patent Application Publication Nos. 2008-0097487 and 2008-0097496. For this method to work, it should be noted that the magnets don't have to be cylindrical, but the axis of magnetization should not be parallel to the axis of rotation.
  • As mentioned, one of the benefits of a fully fusionless procedure is the ability to remove the implants after the spine has been able to be manipulated by the initial surgery and the non-invasive adjustments of the distraction device. The embodiments described herein allow for a completely adjustable scoliosis treatment system, which can achieve the goal of a straightened spine and no lifetime implant through a total of two surgical procedures; one procedure to implant the device and one procedure to remove the device. This is a significant improvement to the adjustable scoliosis treatment devices which have been proposed, and require adjustment techniques utilizing surgical incisions. It should be noted that after the initial implant procedure, the physician may desire to have the patient use a brace for a one or a few months, in order to protect the healing process. This protective brace serves a different purpose than the scoliosis braces that attempt to affect the patient's Cobb angle.
  • It is envisioned that patients may be identified for their genetic susceptibility to scoliosis and treated with a distraction device as described herein. For example, a genetic test may identify that a particular subject that has a current Cobb angle of less than or equal to 30° is predisposed or otherwise at risk for his or her Cobb angle to increase beyond this initial angle (e.g., increase to or beyond 40°). In this regard, a genetic test may be run on the patient's nucleic acid (e.g., DNA or RNA) to identify genes or gene sequences that are associated with this predisposition. If the patient has this genetic susceptibility, a distraction device of the type described herein may be used to preemptively correct or mitigate the anticipated spinal malformation. For example, Gao et al. have been reported that CHD7 gene polymorphisms are associated with susceptibility to idiopathic scoliosis. Gao et al., CHD7 Gene Polymorphisms Are Associated with Susceptibility to Idiopathic Scoliosis, American Journal of Human Genetics, Vol. 80, pp. 957-65 (May, 2007). The above-noted Gao et al. publication is incorporated herein as if set forth fully herein. In particular, the CHD7 gene spans 188 kb and contains one non-coding exon and thirty-seven coding exons. The SNP loci associated with idiopathic scoliosis were contained within an ˜116 kb region encompassing exons 2-4 of the CHD7 gene. For example, the genetic test may look for the SNP loci discussed above which are associated with IS susceptibility.
  • Though many of the embodiments described herein have generally been in the area of adolescent idiopathic scoliosis and early onset scoliosis treatment, it is contemplated that the devices and methods described herein also have application in the treatment of adult scoliosis. Adult scoliosis can continue to worsen with time. Though the adult is skeletally mature, the Cobb angle may still continue to increase with time. The relaxation or slight reduction in height that occurs in adults may have some relation with this increase in Cobb angle. Curves above 100° are rare, but they can be life-threatening if the spine twists the body to the point where pressure is put on the heart and lungs. The devices and methods described herein can also be used to treat adult scoliosis, e.g., allowing adult scoliosis to be treated with a minimally invasive and/or fusionless approach. In addition, gradual adjustment of the spine may be desired, especially in the cases of very high Cobb angles. For example, it may be desired to limit the amount of stresses on the bones or on the implant materials, by first adjusting an adult scoliosis patient so that their Cobb angle is reduced 50% or less, then 15% or less each few months, until the spine is straight. As one example, the initial surgical implantation may reduce the Cobb angle by 50% or more by the physician performing manual distraction on the spine. Post-implantation, the Cobb angle can be reduced in a non-invasive manner by application of a constant or periodically changing distraction force. A first non-invasive adjustment may result in a Cobb angle reduction of less than 50%. Additional non-invasive adjustments may be performed which result in even smaller Cobb angle reductions (e.g., less than 15% from original Cobb angle).
  • In this regard, the Cobb angle may be reduced by a smaller amount over the next few months (e.g., less than around 15% each month post-operation). The non-invasive adjustment of a fusionless implant made possible by the invention allows for a gradual adjustment scheme of this nature. Moreover, the distraction forces used over this period of time are generally low (e.g., distraction force less than 45 pounds) which means, among other things, less patient discomfort, and less chance of failure within the adjustable rods 142, 144. Non-invasive adjustments may be periodically performed when the patient visits his or her physician. This may occur over a span of more than one week (e.g., a several week process). Of course, the number and periodicity of the adjustments is a function of, among other things, the Cobb angle of the patient.
  • Oftentimes, the adult spine has less dense or even osteoporotic bone, so it may be desirable to combine the sort of gradual adjustment described here with additional methods to strengthen the bone, for example the bone of the vertebral bodies. One method is to strengthen the vertebral body by performing prophylactic vertebroplasty or kyphoplasty, wherein the internal area of the vertebral body is strengthened, for example by injection of bone cement or Polymethyl Methacrylate (PMMA). Additionally, if pedicle screws are used for fixation, the surface of the screws may be treated with a biologic material that promotes bone growth, or a surface characteristic that improves bone adhesion. Any of these methods would further improve the possibilities that the distraction forces would not cause fracture or other damage to the vertebrae of the patient.
  • Another embodiment includes a bone growing implant, wherein the manipulation of a portion of the skeletal system is limited to a single bone, and the bone growing implant is a distraction device, capable of distracting a first and second locations located on or in the same bone. For example, in many cases of dwarfism, the femur and the humerus bones are short in relation to the other bones. Currently these bones may be grown longer using a device such as the Taylor Spatial Frame, which is an external frame having wires or pins that extend through the skin and attach to the bone. The frame can be continually adjusted by the external adjustment knobs to stimulate bone growth in the desired direction. This device may also be used on patients whose bones stop growing due to, for example, pediatric bone cancer, such as Ewing's sarcoma or osteosarcoma. Another application for this device is in patients who have had broken bones which are healing in an unsatisfactory manner, for example, in the case of one leg that is shorter than the other because of a badly healed femur fracture. One problem that is seen with the Taylor Spatial Frame is the occurrence of pin tract infections, which occur because there is an open channel for bacteria to enter from the outside of the patient to the bone. Another application for bone growth is for selective growth to only one side of the bone, for example in Blount's disease (bowleggedness), in which one side of the bone grows normally while in the other side there is an arrest in the growth plate.
  • In all of these bone growth applications, a non-invasively adjustable bone growth distraction device is needed. A device of this nature is presented as an embodiment of this invention in FIG. 53. A bone growth distraction device 272 is attached to bone 256 having a proximal portion 258 and a distal portion 260 by a proximal securement member 276 and a distal securement member 278. The securement members 276, 278 may operate using any number of securement devices or methods known to attach a device to bone, including screws, clamps or even adhesive materials. In cases of a bone fracture, a fracture site 274 is illustrated, though it should be noted that this fracture is not always present in some of the applications previously mentioned. As seen in FIG. 53, the bone growth distraction device 272 includes a cylindrical magnet 262 that is configured to rotate on its axis in response to an externally applied magnetic field (as described above in the context of other embodiments). Rotation of the cylindrical magnet 262 effectuates rotation of a planetary gear set 266. An optional slip clutch 264 is illustrated as being disposed between the cylindrical magnet 262 and the planetary gear set 266, though slip clutch 264 may be disposed at any other location along the drive transmission. Rotation of the planetary gear set 266 in a first direction (e.g., either clockwise or counter-clockwise depending on configuration) causes lead screw 268 to turn within internal thread 270 causing distraction (e.g., elongation) of the bone 256. Bone growth distraction device 272 may be implanted in a single operation. Subsequent adjustments are performed non-invasively, and if desired can be performed frequently in order to precisely control bone growth. An adjustment device such as external adjustment device 1130 described herein may be used to rotate the cylindrical magnet 262. The cylindrical magnet 263 may be dimensioned and made of the same materials as described herein with respect to the other embodiments.
  • While FIG. 53 may be especially effective in treating Blount's disease, or any other condition that requires selective growth (for example on one side of the bone), FIG. 54 illustrates an alternative embodiment of the invention incorporating an intramedullary magnetic elongation device. Bone distraction device 271 is placed within the intramedullary canal 273 and secured at first attachment point 275 and second attachment point 277. By being centered within the intramedullary canal 273, the bone distraction device 271 is capable of lengthening the bone 256 substantially parallel to its longitudinal axis 279. It should be understood that the embodiments described herein may be applicable to bones and/or skeletal structures other than those specifically described or illustrated in the drawings. For instance, the embodiments may be utilized in the tibia, mandible, jawbone, and the like.
  • Other orthopedic distraction devices are conceived using the present invention. FIG. 55 illustrates a distraction device 1101 configured for replacement of an intervertebral disk, and for distraction between a first vertebral body 1103 and a second vertebral body 1105. Intervertebral disks can degenerate, bulge, herniate or thin, and cause accompanying back pain. Degenerative disk disease (DDD) has caused a large increase in the use of intervertebral disk replacement devices. Current intervertebral disk replacement devices have had incomplete success, due to a large rate of patients whose pain returns with time. The inventive art describes an intervertebral disk replacement device that allows for additional adjustment after disk replacement surgery and after the healing period. If a patient has recurring pain, the device may be adjusted non-invasively to increase or decrease distraction in order to eliminate recurrent pain. Using the external adjustment device 1130 in the same non-invasive manner as the other embodiments an internal magnet 1107 is non-rotated. Internal magnet 1107 is coupled to lead screw 1109 so that rotation motion changes the displacement between lead screw 1109 and the female thread 1111 inside a portion of the distraction device 1101.
  • This technique may also be used to treat other spinal problems, such as spondylolisthesis. In certain situations, the entire vertebral body may be removed, for example due to a crushed, fractured or diseased vertebral body. The embodiment of FIG. 55 may be supplied in a number of sizes, for example thicknesses, in order to fill the desired dimension between the other vertebral bodies.
  • FIGS. 56 through 60 illustrate a device for modification of a fractured vertebra is illustrated. Vertebrae can become weak with osteoporosis, and may fracture easily, causing an increased kyphosis and increasing the risk of fracture of subsequent vertebrae. Fractured vertebral body 800 is illustrated in FIG. 56. The fracture shown is a wedge fracture, which is very common in this type of patient. Anterior height H has been significantly reduced in comparison to original height h. Currently, fractured vertebrae can be treated by a vertebroplasty procedure, in which cement, for example polymethyl methacrylate (PMMA) is injected into the inside of the vertebral body. Vertebroplasty does very little in terms or restoring height. An alternative method known as kyphoplasty is sometimes performed during which a balloon is inflated inside the vertebral body to crush in inner bone material prior to filling with the cement. Kyphoplasty has shown to increase height slightly, but the height gain is still considered unsatisfactory by many surgeons. In an alternative embodiment of the invention illustrated in FIG. 57 a hole is drilled through one of the pedicles 802 which lead to the vertebral body 800. Cannula 804 is placed through the hole and distraction device 806 is placed through the cannula 804. If desired, a kyphoplasty balloon may be placed through the cannula first in order to pre-dilate. Cannula 804 may be partially or completely removed at this point. Distraction device 806 comprises a protective sheath 812, a distraction head 808 and a cylindrical magnet 810. Protective sheath 812 is configured to be secured inside of pedicle 802 and/or inside vertebral body 800. Cylindrical magnet 810 is free to rotate within protective sheath 812 and is coupled to externally threaded shaft 814. As cylindrical magnet 810 is rotated by an external rotating magnetic field (for example that from external adjustment device 1130) threaded shaft 814 rotates within internal thread 816 causing threaded shaft 814 to extend axially. As threaded shaft 814 extends, dilating tip 818 is forced through separation 820, forcing apart first distractor 822 and second distractor 824 and increasing the height of the fractured vertebral body from H1 to H2. It can be appreciated that the external adjustment device 1130 can apply a significant torque to the cylindrical magnet 810 and thus allow a high separation force applied to the two distractors 822, 824 of the distraction head 808. Several options are now possible at this point.
  • In the first option, the cylindrical magnet 810 may be removed from the assembly and cement may be applied through the protective sheath 812 to fully set the vertebral body in its distracted configuration, leaving the protective sheath 812 and the distraction head 808 permanently implanted.
  • In the second option, no cement is applied and the patient is recovered with the entire distraction device 806 intact. After reviving from anesthesia, and most likely also following recovery from the normal pain that accompanies post-surgery, the patient returns for a non-invasive adjustment, wherein the distraction device is adjusted to the specific distraction height that most reduces pain. For example, FIG. 60 shows the dilating tip 818 having a tapered outer diameter 826. By adjusting the distraction device 806 in either direction, the extent of the spread of the two distractors 822, 824 can be controlled. Though the distraction head 808 may be made from numerous metallic or polymeric materials, it may be preferably made of a highly elastic metal, such as nickel-titanium, so that the two distractors 822, 824 will return towards their original unexpanded configuration as the dilating tip 818 moves in direction A. This entire non-invasive adjustment process has not been possible with prior devices which could only be manipulated during surgery, when patient is unconscious. Once the patient is at a desired adjustment level with little or no pain, an additional procedure may be performed to remove the magnet and/or inject cement.
  • In the third option, the cement is injected at the end of the initial implantation operation, but the distraction device 806 is left intact. It is common for cement to remodel or even recede, for example after 18 months. With the present invention, this is less likely, because the distraction head 808 in its expanded configuration serves as additional reinforcement. In addition, if the cement were to remodel or recede, an additional adjustment procedure can be performed during which the two distractors 822, 824 are further spread and more cement is injected.
  • FIG. 61 illustrates the present invention incorporated into a motion preservation (or dynamic stabilization) device 828. The motion preservation device 828 is attached to a first vertebra 830 and a second vertebra 832 with pedicle screws. First and second vertebrae 830, 832 are separated by intervertebral disk 834. Second head 838 is static and is attached to second vertebra 832. First head 836 is adjustable and comprises first portion 842, which is attached to first vertebra 830 and second portion 844 which is can be adjusted by using external adjustment device 1130 to rotate internal magnet 846. Intermediate portion 840 comprises an outer spacer 848 and an inner cord 850. Outer spacer 848 and inner cord 850 are preferably made from polymeric materials that allow for some deformation and therefore limited movement between first vertebra 830 and second vertebra 832. By non-invasively adjusting first head 836 with the external adjustment device 1130, the length L can be manipulated so that the desired condition is reached wherein the range of motion allowed by the implant is tailored so that it is within the range of motion where no pain is encountered, and the range of motion for which pain is present is eliminated. Current dynamic stabilization devices do not have this non-invasive adjustability. Therefore, a surgeon is never sure whether the patient's device will maintain a range of motion for which patient feels no pain. The embodiment of this invention allows the ability to adjust the device while the patient is not under anesthesia and after the patient has recovered from any post-surgery pain, so that the real pain that is intended to be cured can actually be assessed.
  • While embodiments of the present invention have been shown and described, various modifications may be made without departing from the scope of the present invention. The invention, therefore, should not be limited, except to the following claims, and their equivalents.

Claims (45)

1. A system for manipulating a portion of the skeletal system in the body of a mammal comprising:
an implant having a first portion and a second portion, the first portion configured for mounting at a first location of the skeletal system and the second portion configured for mounting at a second location of the skeletal system;
an adjustment device disposed on the implant and configured to apply a biasing force to the skeletal system, the adjustment device comprising a magnetic element configured for cyclic movement, the magnetic element being operatively coupled to a drive element configured to alter at least one of the distance or the force between the first location and the second location; and
an implantable feedback device operatively coupled to the implant, the feedback device being configured to produce a response that is indicative of a condition of the implant which can be identified non-invasively.
2. The system of claim 1, wherein the condition comprises a distraction force.
3. The system of claim 1, wherein the condition comprises a distraction distance.
4. The system of claim 1, wherein the response comprises acoustic energy.
5. The system of claim 1, wherein the response comprises light energy.
6. The system of claim 1, wherein the implantable feedback device comprises a force transducer or strain gauge.
7. The system of claim 1, wherein the implantable feedback device comprises a first object that impacts a second object, wherein the impact creates an acoustic signal.
8. The system of claim 7, wherein the first object is magnetic.
9. The system of claim 7, further comprising a third object, wherein the first object impacts the second object when the adjustment device is being adjusted with an increasing distraction and the first object impacts the third object when the adjustment device is being adjusted with a decreasing distraction.
10. The system of claim 5, wherein the implantable feedback device comprises a reflective portion configured to reflect the light energy.
11. The system of claim 5, wherein the implantable feedback device comprises a translucent portion.
12. The system of claim 1, wherein the magnetic element comprises a permanent magnet.
13. The system of claim 1, wherein the magnetic element is cylindrical.
14. The system of claim 1, wherein the magnetic element is rotatably mounted within a housing.
15. The system of claim 1, further comprising an external adjustment device configured to magnetically couple to the adjustment device from a location external to the mammal.
16. The system of claim 15, wherein the external adjustment device automatically adjusts the implant based at least in part on the response generated by the feedback device.
17. The system of claim 1, wherein the feedback device produces a response that is indicative of the cyclic movement of the magnetic element.
18. The system of claim 17, wherein the feedback device produces a response at least once per cycle of the magnetic element.
19. A system for manipulating a portion of the skeletal system in the body of a mammal comprising:
an implant having a first portion and a second portion, the first portion configured for mounting to a first location of the skeletal system and the second portion configured for mounting to a second location of the skeletal system;
an adjustment device configured to change at least one of the distance or the force between the first location and the second location; and
a clamp disposed on the first portion, the clamp comprising a magnetic element configured to allow for non-invasive activation of the clamp to fixedly mount the first portion to the first location.
20. The system of claim 19, further comprising an external device capable of non-invasively activating the clamp by engagement with the magnetic element.
21. A system for manipulating a portion of the skeletal system in the body of a mammal comprising:
an implant having a first portion and a second portion, the first portion configured for coupling to a first location of the skeletal system and the second portion configured for coupling to a second location of the skeletal system;
an adjustment device operatively coupled to the implant and configured to change at least one of the distance or force between the first location and the second location, the adjustment device comprising a drive element configured to alter at least one of the distance or the force between the first location and the second location;
an external adjustment device configured to non-invasively couple to the adjustment device from a location external to the mammal, the external adjustment device configured to impart a driving torque to the drive element;
a slip clutch operatively coupled to the drive element and configured to selectively engage with the adjustment device, the slip clutch configured to disengage from the adjustment device when a threshold torque level is reached or exceeded.
22. The system of claim 21, wherein the adjustment device comprises a magnetic element configured for cyclic movement, the magnetic element being operatively coupled to the drive element.
23. The system of claim 22, wherein the external adjustment device comprises a first permanent magnet configured for cyclic movement.
24. The system of claim 21, wherein the threshold torque level corresponds to a maximum desired distraction force.
25. The system of claim 21, wherein the threshold torque level corresponds to an ideal distraction force.
26. The system of claim 24, wherein the maximum desired distraction force is 100 pounds or less.
27. The system of claim 26, wherein the maximum desired distraction force is 45 pounds or less.
28. The system of claim 25, wherein the ideal distraction force is 45 pounds or less.
29. The system of claim 21, wherein the threshold torque level is between 2 inch-ounces and 42 inch-ounces.
30. The system of claim 29, wherein the threshold torque level is between 2 inch-ounces and 19 inch-ounces.
31. The system of claim 30, wherein the threshold torque level is between 2 inch-ounces and 8.5 inch-ounces.
32. A system for manipulating a portion of the skeletal system in the body of a mammal comprising:
an implant having a first portion and a second portion, the first portion configured for coupling to a first location of the skeletal system and the second portion configured for coupling to a second location of the skeletal system;
an adjustment device disposed on the implant and configured to change at least one of the distance or force between the first location and the second location, the adjustment device comprising a magnetic element configured for rotational movement, the magnetic element being operatively coupled to a drive element configured to alter at least one of the distance or the force between the first location and the second location;
an external adjustment device configured to magnetically couple to the adjustment device from a location external to the mammal, the external adjustment device comprising a first permanent magnet configured for rotation about an axis and a second permanent magnet configured for rotation about a second, separate axis; and
a feedback device operatively coupled to either the external adjustment device or the magnetic element, wherein the feedback device is configured to produce a response indicative of the extent of magnetic coupling between at least one of the first and second permanent magnets of the external adjustment device and the magnetic element of the adjustment device.
33. The system of claim 32, wherein the magnetic element comprises a permanent magnet.
34. The system of claim 33, wherein the magnetic element comprises a rare earth magnet.
35. The system of claim 34, wherein the magnetic element comprises Neodynium-Iron-Boron.
36. The system of claim 35, wherein the magnetic element is grade N30 or higher.
37. The system of claim 36, wherein the magnetic element is grade N48 or higher.
38. The system of claim 32, wherein the first and second permanent magnets of the external adjustment device comprise rare earth magnets.
39. The system of claim 32, wherein the magnetic element is cylindrical.
40. The system of claim 32, wherein the magnetic element is configured for rotation about an axis.
41. The system of claim 32, wherein the response is a current which varies in relation to a torque between the magnetic element and the at least one of the first and second permanent magnets.
42. The system of claim 32, wherein the feedback device is disposed on the external adjustment device.
43. The system of claim 32, wherein the feedback device is disposed on the implant.
44. The system of claim 32, wherein the external adjustment device automatically adjusts the implant at least in part on the response generated by the feedback device.
45. A system for manipulating a portion of the skeletal system in the body of a mammal comprising:
an implant having a first portion and a second portion, the first portion configured for coupling to first location of the skeletal system and the second portion configured for coupling to a second location of the skeletal system;
an adjustment device configured to alter a distraction force between the first location and the second location, the adjustment device comprising a magnetic element configured for rotation about an axis of rotation, the magnetic element being operatively coupled to a drive element configured to alter the distraction force between the first location and the second location;
an external adjustment device configured to magnetically couple to the adjustment device from a location external to the mammal, the external adjustment device comprising at least one permanent magnet configured for rotation about an axis; and
wherein one of the first and second portions of the implant configured to couple the skeletal system comprises a connecting rod having a substantially 180° curve.
US12/121,438 2007-10-30 2008-05-15 Skeletal manipulation system Abandoned US20090112263A1 (en)

Priority Applications (10)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US12/121,438 US20090112263A1 (en) 2007-10-30 2008-05-15 Skeletal manipulation system
CA2703562A CA2703562C (en) 2007-10-30 2008-10-13 Skeletal manipulation system
PCT/US2008/079743 WO2009058546A1 (en) 2007-10-30 2008-10-13 Skeletal manipulation system
CN201210404498.9A CN102920500B (en) 2007-10-30 2008-10-13 Skeletal manipulation method
ES08845847.6T ES2639014T3 (en) 2007-10-30 2008-10-13 Skeleton handling system
JP2010531128A JP2011502003A (en) 2007-10-30 2008-10-13 Skeletal correction system
CN2008801214231A CN101917918B (en) 2007-10-30 2008-10-13 Skeletal manipulation system
EP08845847.6A EP2209431B1 (en) 2007-10-30 2008-10-13 Skeletal manipulation system
JP2014081308A JP5860496B2 (en) 2007-10-30 2014-04-10 Skeletal correction system
JP2015178762A JP6178371B2 (en) 2007-10-30 2015-09-10 Skeletal correction system

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US98391707P 2007-10-30 2007-10-30
US12/121,438 US20090112263A1 (en) 2007-10-30 2008-05-15 Skeletal manipulation system

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
US20090112263A1 true US20090112263A1 (en) 2009-04-30

Family

ID=40583807

Family Applications (10)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US12/121,355 Abandoned US20090112262A1 (en) 2007-10-30 2008-05-15 Skeletal manipulation system
US12/121,438 Abandoned US20090112263A1 (en) 2007-10-30 2008-05-15 Skeletal manipulation system
US12/121,499 Active 2029-11-30 US8057472B2 (en) 2007-10-30 2008-05-15 Skeletal manipulation method
US13/277,980 Active US8419734B2 (en) 2007-10-30 2011-10-20 Skeletal manipulation method
US13/849,405 Active 2028-10-15 US9271781B2 (en) 2007-10-30 2013-03-22 Skeletal manipulation method
US14/629,426 Active US9179960B2 (en) 2007-10-30 2015-02-23 Skeletal manipulation method
US14/880,980 Active US9693813B2 (en) 2007-10-30 2015-10-12 Skeletal manipulation method
US15/640,926 Active US10349995B2 (en) 2007-10-30 2017-07-03 Skeletal manipulation method
US16/433,669 Active 2028-06-09 US11172972B2 (en) 2007-10-30 2019-06-06 Skeletal manipulation method
US17/500,603 Active 2028-10-18 US11871974B2 (en) 2007-10-30 2021-10-13 Skeletal manipulation method

Family Applications Before (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US12/121,355 Abandoned US20090112262A1 (en) 2007-10-30 2008-05-15 Skeletal manipulation system

Family Applications After (8)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US12/121,499 Active 2029-11-30 US8057472B2 (en) 2007-10-30 2008-05-15 Skeletal manipulation method
US13/277,980 Active US8419734B2 (en) 2007-10-30 2011-10-20 Skeletal manipulation method
US13/849,405 Active 2028-10-15 US9271781B2 (en) 2007-10-30 2013-03-22 Skeletal manipulation method
US14/629,426 Active US9179960B2 (en) 2007-10-30 2015-02-23 Skeletal manipulation method
US14/880,980 Active US9693813B2 (en) 2007-10-30 2015-10-12 Skeletal manipulation method
US15/640,926 Active US10349995B2 (en) 2007-10-30 2017-07-03 Skeletal manipulation method
US16/433,669 Active 2028-06-09 US11172972B2 (en) 2007-10-30 2019-06-06 Skeletal manipulation method
US17/500,603 Active 2028-10-18 US11871974B2 (en) 2007-10-30 2021-10-13 Skeletal manipulation method

Country Status (7)

Country Link
US (10) US20090112262A1 (en)
EP (1) EP2209431B1 (en)
JP (3) JP2011502003A (en)
CN (2) CN101917918B (en)
CA (1) CA2703562C (en)
ES (1) ES2639014T3 (en)
WO (1) WO2009058546A1 (en)

Cited By (86)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20090254196A1 (en) * 2008-04-03 2009-10-08 Cox Brian N Indirect skeletal coupling & dynamic control of prosthesis
US20100016760A1 (en) * 2008-06-12 2010-01-21 Daniel David Ryan Urethra gauge and methods of manufacture, and operation thereof
US20100030115A1 (en) * 2006-09-05 2010-02-04 Hideo Fujimoto Device for measuring compressive force of flexible linear body
WO2011029021A2 (en) * 2009-09-04 2011-03-10 Ellipse Technologies, Inc. Bone growth device and method
US20110137347A1 (en) * 2009-12-01 2011-06-09 Synthes Usa, Llc Non-fusion scoliosis expandable spinal rod
US20110224682A1 (en) * 2010-03-11 2011-09-15 Westlund Randy W Methods of implanting electrode leads for use with implantable neuromuscular electrical stimulator
US20120035656A1 (en) * 2010-08-09 2012-02-09 Ellipse Technologies, Inc. External maintenance feature for magnetic implant
US8114158B2 (en) 2004-08-03 2012-02-14 Kspine, Inc. Facet device and method
WO2012021378A2 (en) * 2010-08-09 2012-02-16 Ellipse Technologies, Inc. Maintenance feature in magnetic implant
US8162979B2 (en) 2007-06-06 2012-04-24 K Spine, Inc. Medical device and method to correct deformity
US20120209269A1 (en) * 2011-02-14 2012-08-16 Ellipse Tecnologies, Inc. Variable length device and method
US8282671B2 (en) 2010-10-25 2012-10-09 Orthonex Smart device for non-invasive skeletal adjustment
US20120283781A1 (en) * 2009-11-25 2012-11-08 Uri Arnin Spinal rod having a post-operative adjustable dimension
US20130006356A1 (en) * 2011-06-30 2013-01-03 Fellowship Of Orthopaedic Researchers, Inc. Magnetic prosthetic implants and methods thereof
US8357183B2 (en) 2009-03-26 2013-01-22 Kspine, Inc. Semi-constrained anchoring system
US20130072982A1 (en) * 2011-09-19 2013-03-21 Peter Melott Simonson Spinal assembly load gauge
US8641723B2 (en) 2010-06-03 2014-02-04 Orthonex LLC Skeletal adjustment device
US8721566B2 (en) 2010-11-12 2014-05-13 Robert A. Connor Spinal motion measurement device
US8764803B2 (en) 2012-10-04 2014-07-01 Loubert S. Suddaby Apparatus and method for aligning a spine
US8828058B2 (en) 2008-11-11 2014-09-09 Kspine, Inc. Growth directed vertebral fixation system with distractible connector(s) and apical control
US20140336705A1 (en) * 2007-07-26 2014-11-13 Dynamic Spine, Llc Segmental orthopedic device for spinal elongation and for treatment of scoliosis
US20140343373A1 (en) * 2011-12-09 2014-11-20 The University Of Tokyo Oral Cavity Sensor
US8920472B2 (en) 2011-11-16 2014-12-30 Kspine, Inc. Spinal correction and secondary stabilization
US8961567B2 (en) 2010-11-22 2015-02-24 DePuy Synthes Products, LLC Non-fusion scoliosis expandable spinal rod
US9072897B2 (en) 2007-03-09 2015-07-07 Mainstay Medical Limited Systems and methods for restoring muscle function to the lumbar spine
US9079019B2 (en) 2011-08-02 2015-07-14 Mainstay Medical Limited Apparatus and methods for anchoring electrode leads for use with implantable neuromuscular electrical stimulator
US9078711B2 (en) 2012-06-06 2015-07-14 Ellipse Technologies, Inc. Devices and methods for detection of slippage of magnetic coupling in implantable medical devices
US9168071B2 (en) 2009-09-15 2015-10-27 K2M, Inc. Growth modulation system
CN105011997A (en) * 2009-09-04 2015-11-04 埃利普斯科技有限公司 Bone growth device and method
US9186501B2 (en) 2012-06-13 2015-11-17 Mainstay Medical Limited Systems and methods for implanting electrode leads for use with implantable neuromuscular electrical stimulator
US9204908B2 (en) 2007-07-26 2015-12-08 Dynamic Spine, Llc Segmental orthopedic device for spinal elongation and for treatment of scoliosis
US9220554B2 (en) 2010-02-18 2015-12-29 Globus Medical, Inc. Methods and apparatus for treating vertebral fractures
US9277950B2 (en) 2010-06-10 2016-03-08 Dynamic Spine, Llc Low-profile, uniplanar bone screw
US9333009B2 (en) 2011-06-03 2016-05-10 K2M, Inc. Spinal correction system actuators
US9468469B2 (en) 2011-11-16 2016-10-18 K2M, Inc. Transverse coupler adjuster spinal correction systems and methods
US9468471B2 (en) 2013-09-17 2016-10-18 K2M, Inc. Transverse coupler adjuster spinal correction systems and methods
US9468468B2 (en) 2011-11-16 2016-10-18 K2M, Inc. Transverse connector for spinal stabilization system
US9480519B2 (en) 2012-10-04 2016-11-01 Loubert S. Suddaby Apparatus for aligning a spine using deployable bone anchors and method for the same
US9550010B2 (en) 2010-07-02 2017-01-24 Agnovos Healthcare, Llc Methods of treating degenerative bone conditions
KR101784414B1 (en) 2015-10-26 2017-10-11 연세대학교 산학협력단 Small molecule detection and localization method based on maldi mass spectrometry imaging
US9861811B2 (en) 2010-03-11 2018-01-09 Mainstay Medical Limited Electrical stimulator for treatment of back pain and methods of use
US9931138B2 (en) * 2014-10-15 2018-04-03 Globus Medical, Inc. Orthopedic extendable rods
US9950159B2 (en) 2013-10-23 2018-04-24 Mainstay Medical Limited Systems and methods for restoring muscle function to the lumbar spine and kits for implanting the same
US9949761B2 (en) 2011-12-12 2018-04-24 Children's Hospital Medical Center Of Akron Noninvasive device for adjusting fastener
US9968379B2 (en) 2012-10-04 2018-05-15 Loubert S. Suddaby Subcutaneous implantable device for gradually aligning a spine and subcutaneous implantable device for gradually lengthening a bone
US9999763B2 (en) 2012-06-13 2018-06-19 Mainstay Medical Limited Apparatus and methods for anchoring electrode leads adjacent to nervous tissue
US10022153B2 (en) 2012-10-04 2018-07-17 Loubert S. Suddaby Percutaneous method for aligning a spine using deployable bone anchors
US10195419B2 (en) 2012-06-13 2019-02-05 Mainstay Medical Limited Electrode leads for use with implantable neuromuscular electrical stimulator
US10327810B2 (en) 2016-07-05 2019-06-25 Mainstay Medical Limited Systems and methods for enhanced implantation of electrode leads between tissue layers
US10342581B2 (en) 2011-11-16 2019-07-09 K2M, Inc. System and method for spinal correction
US10471268B2 (en) 2014-10-16 2019-11-12 Mainstay Medical Limited Systems and methods for monitoring muscle rehabilitation
US10675064B2 (en) 2011-12-12 2020-06-09 Children's Hospital Medical Center Of Akron Distraction Osteogenesis system
US10702311B2 (en) 2011-11-16 2020-07-07 K2M, Inc. Spinal correction and secondary stabilization
US10743794B2 (en) 2011-10-04 2020-08-18 Nuvasive Specialized Orthopedics, Inc. Devices and methods for non-invasive implant length sensing
US10874518B2 (en) 2017-09-18 2020-12-29 Fellowship Of Orthopaedic Researchers, Inc. Magnetic prosthetic implants and methods thereof
US11103706B2 (en) 2007-03-09 2021-08-31 Mainstay Medical Limited Systems and methods for enhancing function of spine stabilization muscles associated with a spine surgery intervention
US11246694B2 (en) 2014-04-28 2022-02-15 Nuvasive Specialized Orthopedics, Inc. System for informational magnetic feedback in adjustable implants
US11304729B2 (en) 2009-02-23 2022-04-19 Nuvasive Specialized Orthhopedics, Inc. Non-invasive adjustable distraction system
USRE49061E1 (en) 2012-10-18 2022-05-10 Nuvasive Specialized Orthopedics, Inc. Intramedullary implants for replacing lost bone
US11331488B2 (en) 2007-03-09 2022-05-17 Mainstay Medical Limited Systems and methods for enhancing function of spine stabilization muscles associated with a spine surgery intervention
US11357547B2 (en) 2014-10-23 2022-06-14 Nuvasive Specialized Orthopedics Inc. Remotely adjustable interactive bone reshaping implant
US20220323235A1 (en) * 2021-03-30 2022-10-13 Nazmi Peyman Interbody spinal cage
US11497530B2 (en) 2010-06-30 2022-11-15 Nuvasive Specialized Orthopedics, Inc. External adjustment device for distraction device
US11504162B2 (en) 2015-12-10 2022-11-22 Nuvasive Specialized Orthopedics, Inc. External adjustment device for distraction device
US11577097B2 (en) 2019-02-07 2023-02-14 Nuvasive Specialized Orthopedics, Inc. Ultrasonic communication in medical devices
US11576702B2 (en) 2013-10-10 2023-02-14 Nuvasive Specialized Orthopedics, Inc. Adjustable spinal implant
US11589901B2 (en) * 2019-02-08 2023-02-28 Nuvasive Specialized Orthopedics, Inc. External adjustment device
US11596456B2 (en) 2015-10-16 2023-03-07 Nuvasive Specialized Orthopedics, Inc. Adjustable devices for treating arthritis of the knee
US11602380B2 (en) 2009-04-29 2023-03-14 Nuvasive Specialized Orthopedics, Inc. Interspinous process device and method
US11679262B2 (en) 2007-03-09 2023-06-20 Mainstay Medical Limited Systems and methods for restoring muscle function to the lumbar spine
US11679261B2 (en) 2007-03-09 2023-06-20 Mainstay Medical Limited Systems and methods for enhancing function of spine stabilization muscles associated with a spine surgery intervention
US11684774B2 (en) 2010-03-11 2023-06-27 Mainstay Medical Limited Electrical stimulator for treatment of back pain and methods of use
US11696836B2 (en) 2013-08-09 2023-07-11 Nuvasive, Inc. Lordotic expandable interbody implant
US11712268B2 (en) 2004-07-02 2023-08-01 Nuvasive Specialized Orthopedics, Inc. Expandable rod system to treat scoliosis and method of using the same
US11737787B1 (en) 2021-05-27 2023-08-29 Nuvasive, Inc. Bone elongating devices and methods of use
US11766252B2 (en) 2013-07-31 2023-09-26 Nuvasive Specialized Orthopedics, Inc. Noninvasively adjustable suture anchors
US11786725B2 (en) 2012-06-13 2023-10-17 Mainstay Medical Limited Systems and methods for restoring muscle function to the lumbar spine and kits for implanting the same
US11801187B2 (en) 2016-02-10 2023-10-31 Nuvasive Specialized Orthopedics, Inc. Systems and methods for controlling multiple surgical variables
US11806054B2 (en) 2021-02-23 2023-11-07 Nuvasive Specialized Orthopedics, Inc. Adjustable implant, system and methods
US11839410B2 (en) 2012-06-15 2023-12-12 Nuvasive Inc. Magnetic implants with improved anatomical compatibility
US11857226B2 (en) 2013-03-08 2024-01-02 Nuvasive Specialized Orthopedics Systems and methods for ultrasonic detection of device distraction
US11871971B2 (en) 2012-10-29 2024-01-16 Nuvasive Specialized Orthopedics, Inc. Adjustable devices for treating arthritis of the knee
US11871974B2 (en) 2007-10-30 2024-01-16 Nuvasive Specialized Orthopedics, Inc. Skeletal manipulation method
US11890043B2 (en) 2014-12-26 2024-02-06 Nuvasive Specialized Orthopedics, Inc. Systems and methods for distraction
US11918255B2 (en) 2011-11-01 2024-03-05 Nuvasive Specialized Orthopedics Inc. Adjustable magnetic devices and methods of using same
US11925389B2 (en) 2008-10-13 2024-03-12 Nuvasive Specialized Orthopedics, Inc. Spinal distraction system

Families Citing this family (109)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US7763053B2 (en) * 2004-08-30 2010-07-27 Gordon Jeffrey D Implant for correction of spinal deformity
US20070156230A1 (en) 2006-01-04 2007-07-05 Dugan Stephen R Stents with radiopaque markers
US8398637B2 (en) * 2006-11-06 2013-03-19 Douglas Eric Parsell Device and method for less invasive surgical stabilization of pelvic fractures
EP2227293B1 (en) 2007-11-26 2019-08-28 Attractive Surgical, LLC Magnaretractor system
FI123247B (en) * 2008-03-19 2013-01-15 Aalto Korkeakoulusaeaetioe Intracorporeal bone distribution device
EP2293727A1 (en) 2008-05-28 2011-03-16 Kerflin Orthopedic Innovations, Llc Fluid-powered elongation instrumentation for correcting orthopedic deformities
CN105943145B (en) * 2008-10-31 2020-09-08 伊姆普兰蒂卡专利有限公司 Device and method for bone adjustment using wireless energy transmission
IT1392200B1 (en) * 2008-12-17 2012-02-22 N B R New Biotechnology Res MODULAR VERTEBRAL STABILIZER.
CL2009000279A1 (en) 2009-02-06 2009-08-14 Biotech Innovations Ltda Remote guidance and traction system for mini-invasive surgery, comprising: at least one surgical and removable endopinza with hooking means and a portion of ferro-magnaetic material, a cylindrical introduction guide, a detachment mechanism, and at least a means of remote traction with magnet.
US8555891B2 (en) * 2009-02-18 2013-10-15 Medtronic Xomed, Inc. Implant system for controlling airway passage
US8876867B2 (en) 2009-06-24 2014-11-04 Zimmer Spine, Inc. Spinal correction tensioning system
US8720270B2 (en) 2010-06-29 2014-05-13 Ortho Sensor Inc. Prosthetic component for monitoring joint health
US9259179B2 (en) 2012-02-27 2016-02-16 Orthosensor Inc. Prosthetic knee joint measurement system including energy harvesting and method therefor
US9462964B2 (en) 2011-09-23 2016-10-11 Orthosensor Inc Small form factor muscular-skeletal parameter measurement system
US8714009B2 (en) 2010-06-29 2014-05-06 Orthosensor Inc. Shielded capacitor sensor system for medical applications and method
US8679186B2 (en) 2010-06-29 2014-03-25 Ortho Sensor Inc. Hermetically sealed prosthetic component and method therefor
US8623092B2 (en) * 2009-10-10 2014-01-07 Simplicity Orthopedics, Inc. Method and apparatus for restoring a joint, including the provision and use of a longitudinally-adjustable and rotationally-adjustable joint prosthesis
US8398686B2 (en) * 2009-11-27 2013-03-19 Rahul Vaidya Method and apparatus for minimally invasive subcutaneous treatment of long bone fractures
US20110148884A1 (en) * 2009-12-17 2011-06-23 Charles Timberlake Zeleny System and method for determining motion of a subject
US8777947B2 (en) 2010-03-19 2014-07-15 Smith & Nephew, Inc. Telescoping IM nail and actuating mechanism
AU2011227229B2 (en) * 2010-03-19 2016-01-07 Smith & Nephew, Inc. Telescoping IM nail and actuating mechanism
FR2957776B1 (en) 2010-03-23 2013-02-15 Arnaud Andre Soubeiran DEVICE FOR MOVING TISSUES INSIDE THE ORGANISM, ESPECIALLY BONE TISSUES, WITH FIXED TRACTION SCREWS AND ROTATING NUT
US20130079675A1 (en) 2011-09-23 2013-03-28 Orthosensor Insert measuring system having an internal sensor assembly
US9332943B2 (en) 2011-09-23 2016-05-10 Orthosensor Inc Flexible surface parameter measurement system for the muscular-skeletal system
WO2011120985A2 (en) 2010-03-30 2011-10-06 Enraf-Nonius B.V. Physiotherapy apparatus
KR101209004B1 (en) * 2010-06-28 2012-12-07 주식회사 세라젬 Hyperthermo-therapeutic device having function of scanning human body and scanning method using the same
EP2436324A1 (en) * 2010-09-30 2012-04-04 Amenduni Gresele, Massimo Instrument for surgical interventions, particularly orthopedic surgery
US9387013B1 (en) 2011-03-01 2016-07-12 Nuvasive, Inc. Posterior cervical fixation system
RU2013154703A (en) 2011-05-16 2015-06-27 Смит Энд Нефью, Инк. MEASUREMENT OF THE SKELETON DISTRACTION
EP2757948A4 (en) * 2011-09-23 2015-03-18 Orthosensor System and method for vertebral load and location sensing
CA2852174A1 (en) * 2011-09-23 2013-03-28 Marc Stein Device and method for enabling an orthopedic tool for parameter measurement
US9839374B2 (en) 2011-09-23 2017-12-12 Orthosensor Inc. System and method for vertebral load and location sensing
US8911448B2 (en) 2011-09-23 2014-12-16 Orthosensor, Inc Device and method for enabling an orthopedic tool for parameter measurement
US9414940B2 (en) 2011-09-23 2016-08-16 Orthosensor Inc. Sensored head for a measurement tool for the muscular-skeletal system
US10016226B2 (en) 2011-12-12 2018-07-10 Children's Hospital Medical Center Of Akron Noninvasive device for adjusting fastener
KR101150350B1 (en) * 2011-12-26 2012-06-08 윤치순 3-dimensional endoscopic surgery apparratus
US9844335B2 (en) 2012-02-27 2017-12-19 Orthosensor Inc Measurement device for the muscular-skeletal system having load distribution plates
US9138265B2 (en) 2012-03-19 2015-09-22 Aesculap Implant Systems, Llc Apparatus and method for visualizing insertion of a fixation element into an implant
US9237885B2 (en) 2012-11-09 2016-01-19 Orthosensor Inc. Muscular-skeletal tracking system and method
US9381052B2 (en) * 2012-11-12 2016-07-05 Navid Ziran Dynamic axial nail for intramedullary treatment of long bone fractures
EP3708098B1 (en) 2013-02-08 2021-09-15 Feibel, Jonathan Systems and apparatuses for fusion, stabilization, or fixation of bones
WO2014134584A1 (en) 2013-02-28 2014-09-04 Feibel Jonathan Systems, methods, and apparatuses for reaming bone elements
US9339285B2 (en) 2013-03-12 2016-05-17 Levita Magnetics International Corp. Grasper with magnetically-controlled positioning
US9668773B2 (en) * 2013-03-14 2017-06-06 Globus Medical, Inc. Spinal implant for use in thoracic insufficiency syndrome
US10010370B2 (en) 2013-03-14 2018-07-03 Levita Magnetics International Corp. Magnetic control assemblies and systems therefor
US9615864B2 (en) 2013-05-31 2017-04-11 Rehabilitation Institute Of Chicago Limb lengthening system for residual limb
US9333053B2 (en) * 2013-08-07 2016-05-10 Bandar ALYAMI Orthodontic device
WO2015038200A1 (en) 2013-09-16 2015-03-19 Neuraxis, Llc Implantable devices for thermal therapy and related methods
WO2015039104A2 (en) 2013-09-16 2015-03-19 Neuraxis, Llc Methods and devices for applying localized thermal therapy
CN103494636B (en) * 2013-09-23 2016-08-10 李登宇 A kind of can fix and orthotic device the spinal column of automatic telescopic in vivo
BR112016007935B1 (en) * 2013-10-11 2022-02-15 Nuvasive, Inc BONE REMODELING IMPLANT
US9486252B2 (en) * 2014-01-09 2016-11-08 Warsaw Orthopedic, Inc. Spinal correction system and method
WO2015112645A1 (en) 2014-01-21 2015-07-30 Levita Magnetics International Corp. Laparoscopic graspers and systems therefor
EP2915496B1 (en) * 2014-03-06 2016-11-30 MPS Micro Precision Systems AG Implantable device
US9901478B2 (en) 2014-03-11 2018-02-27 Chine, Llc Methods and apparatuses for the external distraction in the assistance of spinal deformities
US9693809B2 (en) * 2014-03-20 2017-07-04 Warsaw Orthopedic, Inc. Spinal correction implant system and method
US20160113683A1 (en) * 2014-04-28 2016-04-28 Ellipse Technologies, Inc. System for informational magnetic feedback in adjustable implants
WO2015171697A1 (en) * 2014-05-06 2015-11-12 The Johns Hopkins University A spinal probe incorporating an electromechanical system for detection and prevention of breaches during surgery
NO345908B1 (en) 2014-07-15 2021-10-04 Halliburton Energy Services Inc Acoustic calipering and analysis of annulus materials
CA2917676A1 (en) * 2015-01-13 2016-07-13 Stryker European Holdings I, Llc Growing rods and methods of use
US9999527B2 (en) * 2015-02-11 2018-06-19 Abbott Cardiovascular Systems Inc. Scaffolds having radiopaque markers
WO2016134326A2 (en) * 2015-02-19 2016-08-25 Nuvasive, Inc. Systems and methods for vertebral adjustment
US10877122B2 (en) * 2015-03-27 2020-12-29 Michael Hutchinson Ultrafast MRI system and method
EP3282954B1 (en) 2015-04-13 2021-07-28 Levita Magnetics International Corp. Grasper with magnetically-controlled positioning
ES2897754T3 (en) 2015-04-13 2022-03-02 Levita Magnetics Int Corp retraction devices
US9700443B2 (en) 2015-06-12 2017-07-11 Abbott Cardiovascular Systems Inc. Methods for attaching a radiopaque marker to a scaffold
DE102015109624A1 (en) * 2015-06-16 2016-12-22 Wittenstein Se Mechatronic implant
US10226281B2 (en) * 2015-10-05 2019-03-12 Globus Medical, Inc. Growing rod for treating spinal deformities and method for using same
US11259844B2 (en) * 2015-10-05 2022-03-01 Globus Medical Inc. Growing rod for treating spinal deformities and method for using same
US9949759B2 (en) 2015-10-05 2018-04-24 Globus Medical, Inc. Growing rod for treating spinal deformities and method for using same
US11071568B2 (en) * 2015-10-05 2021-07-27 Globus Medical, Inc. Growing rod for treating spinal deformities and method for using same
US10653548B2 (en) 2016-01-07 2020-05-19 Edwin E. Spencer Orthopedic brace with magnetic assistance
US11712358B2 (en) 2016-01-07 2023-08-01 Edwin E. Spencer Orthopedic brace to assist with spastic gait
BR112018015504A2 (en) * 2016-01-28 2018-12-18 Nuvasive Specialized Orthopedics, Inc. bone transport systems
US11446063B2 (en) 2016-02-12 2022-09-20 Nuvasive, Inc. Post-operatively adjustable angled rod
US10456172B2 (en) 2016-02-12 2019-10-29 Nuvasive, Inc. Magnetically actuateable rod insertion for minimally invasive surgery
WO2017139782A1 (en) 2016-02-12 2017-08-17 Nuvasive, Inc. Post-operatively adjustable angled rod
EP3413820A1 (en) 2016-02-12 2018-12-19 Nuvasive, Inc. Post-operatively adjustable spinal fixation devices
US10888357B2 (en) 2016-02-29 2021-01-12 Warsaw Orthopedic, Inc. Spinal implant system and method
EP3457964B1 (en) * 2016-05-19 2023-12-13 Auctus Surgical, Inc. Spinal curvature modulation systems
US11076801B2 (en) * 2016-06-19 2021-08-03 Orthospin Ltd. User interface for strut device
JP7061256B2 (en) * 2017-03-07 2022-04-28 国立大学法人山梨大学 Fixture
JP2020509819A (en) * 2017-03-09 2020-04-02 ザ トラスティーズ オブ ザ ユニバーシティ オブ ペンシルバニア System and method for non-contact craniofacial callus distraction
US11020137B2 (en) 2017-03-20 2021-06-01 Levita Magnetics International Corp. Directable traction systems and methods
WO2018200994A1 (en) * 2017-04-28 2018-11-01 The Schepens Eye Research Institute, Inc. Active magnetic prosthesis for eye-lid re-animation
US10188428B2 (en) 2017-05-15 2019-01-29 Loubert S. Suddaby Subcutaneous implantable device for gradually aligning a spine
US10639484B2 (en) * 2017-10-19 2020-05-05 Pacesetter, Inc. Implantable electronic device employing coated lead retaining setscrews
RU178272U1 (en) * 2017-10-20 2018-03-28 Влада Владимировна Ульянова DEVICE FOR CORRECTING KYELAID DEFORMATION OF THE BREAST AND CHILD RIB
ES2875309T3 (en) * 2017-11-30 2021-11-10 Endotact Implantable distraction device
RU2701782C2 (en) * 2017-12-29 2019-10-01 ФЕДЕРАЛЬНОЕ ГОСУДАРСТВЕННОЕ БЮДЖЕТНОЕ УЧРЕЖДЕНИЕ "НАУЧНО-ИССЛЕДОВАТЕЛЬСКИЙ ДЕТСКИЙ ОРТОПЕДИЧЕСКИЙ ИНСТИТУТ ИМЕНИ Г.И. ТУРНЕРА" Министерства здравоохранения Российской Федерации Method of oriented installation of transpedicular screws in correction of congenital spinal deformity in children with isolated vertebrae formation disorder
US11317949B2 (en) 2018-04-25 2022-05-03 Loubert S. Suddaby Segmented alignment rod assembly
US11580268B2 (en) 2018-04-25 2023-02-14 Loubert S. Suddaby Method of creating a customized segmented alignment rod for alignment of a spine
US11446064B2 (en) 2018-04-26 2022-09-20 Stryker European Operations Holdings Llc Orthopedic growing devices
CN108703798A (en) * 2018-08-13 2018-10-26 北京大学人民医院 The noninvasive growing rod of contactless electromagnetic drive for scoliosis orthopedic
US10653469B2 (en) 2018-09-04 2020-05-19 Biosense Webster (Israel) Ltd. Orthopedic implant installation using magnetically driven screws
MX2021002819A (en) * 2018-09-10 2021-08-11 Amb Orthopedics Inc Systems and methods for adjusting a growing rod.
WO2020113055A1 (en) * 2018-11-30 2020-06-04 The Methodist Hospital System Customizable helical telescoping internal craniofacial distractor
WO2021173511A1 (en) * 2020-02-27 2021-09-02 Suddaby Loubert S Segmented alignment rod assembly and method of making the same
US11376044B2 (en) * 2020-02-28 2022-07-05 Set Point Solutions, LLC Systems and methods using micro-electromagnets secured to bone structure for stabilization, fixation, and accelerated healing
US11376052B2 (en) * 2020-09-02 2022-07-05 Curiteva, Inc Expandable laminoplasty device
US20230390569A1 (en) * 2020-09-17 2023-12-07 The Regents Of The University Of California Bone growth modulation using magnetic forces
US20220096128A1 (en) * 2020-09-25 2022-03-31 Nuvasive, Inc. Iliac crest displacement device and method
CN113081211B (en) * 2021-03-26 2022-07-22 孟伟正 External three-dimensional correction structure customization system for scoliosis deformity
CN112734757B (en) * 2021-03-29 2021-06-25 成都成电金盘健康数据技术有限公司 Spine X-ray image cobb angle measuring method
CN113100898B (en) * 2021-04-20 2022-08-09 电子科技大学 Intelligent growth rod for detecting growth of spine and control method
WO2023009587A1 (en) * 2021-07-29 2023-02-02 Skaggs Dr David Systems and methods for treatment of spinal deformities
WO2023133426A1 (en) * 2022-01-04 2023-07-13 Ostiio LLC Systems and processes for distraction control
CN114903518A (en) * 2022-04-14 2022-08-16 深圳市第二人民医院(深圳市转化医学研究院) Intelligent scoliosis Cobb angle measurement method based on three-dimensional ultrasound
US20240050134A1 (en) * 2022-08-15 2024-02-15 Nuvasive Specialized Orthopedics, Inc. Intermedullary lengthening implant with integrated load sensor

Citations (94)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US2702031A (en) * 1953-09-25 1955-02-15 Wenger Herman Leslie Method and apparatus for treatment of scoliosis
US3810259A (en) * 1971-01-25 1974-05-14 Fairchild Industries Implantable urinary control apparatus
US3976060A (en) * 1974-04-09 1976-08-24 Messerschmitt-Bolkow-Blohm Gmbh Extension apparatus, especially for osteotomic surgery
US4078559A (en) * 1975-05-30 1978-03-14 Erkki Einari Nissinen Straightening and supporting device for the spinal column in the surgical treatment of scoliotic diseases
US4448191A (en) * 1981-07-07 1984-05-15 Rodnyansky Lazar I Implantable correctant of a spinal curvature and a method for treatment of a spinal curvature
US4522501A (en) * 1984-04-06 1985-06-11 Northern Telecom Limited Monitoring magnetically permeable particles in admixture with a fluid carrier
US4537520A (en) * 1982-11-16 1985-08-27 Tokyo Electric Co., Ltd. Dot printer head with reduced magnetic interference
US4573454A (en) * 1984-05-17 1986-03-04 Hoffman Gregory A Spinal fixation apparatus
US4658809A (en) * 1983-02-25 1987-04-21 Firma Heinrich C. Ulrich Implantable spinal distraction splint
US4854304A (en) * 1987-03-19 1989-08-08 Oscobal Ag Implant for the operative correction of spinal deformity
US4973331A (en) * 1989-03-08 1990-11-27 Autogenesis Corporation Automatic compression-distraction-torsion method and apparatus
US5010879A (en) * 1989-03-31 1991-04-30 Tanaka Medical Instrument Manufacturing Co. Device for correcting spinal deformities
US5030235A (en) * 1990-04-20 1991-07-09 Campbell Robert M Jr Prosthetic first rib
US5074882A (en) * 1988-06-09 1991-12-24 Medinov Sarl Progressive elongation centro-medullar nail
US5092889A (en) * 1989-04-14 1992-03-03 Campbell Robert M Jr Expandable vertical prosthetic rib
US5263955A (en) * 1989-07-04 1993-11-23 Rainer Baumgart Medullary nail
US5290289A (en) * 1990-05-22 1994-03-01 Sanders Albert E Nitinol spinal instrumentation and method for surgically treating scoliosis
US5336223A (en) * 1993-02-04 1994-08-09 Rogers Charles L Telescoping spinal fixator
US5466261A (en) * 1992-11-19 1995-11-14 Wright Medical Technology, Inc. Non-invasive expandable prosthesis for growing children
US5527309A (en) * 1993-04-21 1996-06-18 The Trustees Of Columbia University In The City Of New York Pelvo-femoral fixator
US5575790A (en) * 1995-03-28 1996-11-19 Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute Shape memory alloy internal linear actuator for use in orthopedic correction
US5626579A (en) * 1993-02-12 1997-05-06 The Cleveland Clinic Foundation Bone transport and lengthening system
US5632744A (en) * 1992-06-08 1997-05-27 Campbell, Jr.; Robert M. Segmental rib carriage instrumentation and associated methods
US5672175A (en) * 1993-08-27 1997-09-30 Martin; Jean Raymond Dynamic implanted spinal orthosis and operative procedure for fitting
US5672177A (en) * 1996-01-31 1997-09-30 The General Hospital Corporation Implantable bone distraction device
US5704939A (en) * 1996-04-09 1998-01-06 Justin; Daniel F. Intramedullary skeletal distractor and method
US5720746A (en) * 1994-11-16 1998-02-24 Soubeiran; Arnaud Andre Device for displacing two bodies relative to each other
US5902304A (en) * 1995-12-01 1999-05-11 Walker; David A. Telescopic bone plate for use in bone lengthening by distraction osteogenesis
US5961553A (en) * 1995-02-13 1999-10-05 Medinov-Amp Long bone elongation device
US6033412A (en) * 1997-04-03 2000-03-07 Losken; H. Wolfgang Automated implantable bone distractor for incremental bone adjustment
US6074882A (en) * 1992-07-02 2000-06-13 Siemens Aktiengesellschaft Device determining a concentration of a gas mixture
US6106525A (en) * 1997-09-22 2000-08-22 Sachse; Hans Fully implantable bone expansion device
US6200317B1 (en) * 1996-12-23 2001-03-13 Universiteit Twente And Technologiestichting Stw Device for moving two objects relative to each other
US6336929B1 (en) * 1998-01-05 2002-01-08 Orthodyne, Inc. Intramedullary skeletal distractor and method
US6358283B1 (en) * 1999-06-21 2002-03-19 Hoegfors Christian Implantable device for lengthening and correcting malpositions of skeletal bones
US20020050112A1 (en) * 2000-11-02 2002-05-02 Okin Gesselschaft Fur Antriebstechnik Mbh & Co. Kg Telescopic column
US6417750B1 (en) * 1994-05-02 2002-07-09 Srs Medical Systems, Inc. Magnetically-coupled implantable medical devices
US6510345B1 (en) * 2000-04-24 2003-01-21 Medtronic, Inc. System and method of bridging a transreceiver coil of an implantable medical device during non-communication periods
US6554831B1 (en) * 2000-09-01 2003-04-29 Hopital Sainte-Justine Mobile dynamic system for treating spinal disorder
US6565576B1 (en) * 1998-12-04 2003-05-20 Wittenstein Gmbh & Co. Kg Distraction assembly
US20030144669A1 (en) * 2001-12-05 2003-07-31 Robinson Randolph C. Limb lengthener
US6657351B2 (en) * 1998-02-10 2003-12-02 Light Sciences Corporation Contactless energy transfer apparatus
US20040138663A1 (en) * 2001-05-23 2004-07-15 Yona Kosashvili Magnetically-actuable intramedullary device
US6765330B2 (en) * 1998-02-24 2004-07-20 Franz Baur Magnetic drive device for a releasable connection
US6796984B2 (en) * 2000-02-29 2004-09-28 Soubeiran Andre Arnaud Device for relative displacement of two bodies
US20040193266A1 (en) * 2003-03-31 2004-09-30 Meyer Rudolf Xaver Expansible prosthesis and magnetic apparatus
US6835207B2 (en) * 1996-07-22 2004-12-28 Fred Zacouto Skeletal implant
US6849076B2 (en) * 2000-04-13 2005-02-01 University College London Surgical distraction device
US20050080427A1 (en) * 2002-07-18 2005-04-14 Assaf Govari Distal targeting of locking screws in intramedullary nails
US20050107787A1 (en) * 2002-02-18 2005-05-19 Kutsenko Sergey N. Bliskunov device for elongating long bones
US20050113831A1 (en) * 2002-02-11 2005-05-26 Bruno Franck Connection system between a spinal rod and a transverse bar
US6918910B2 (en) * 2002-12-16 2005-07-19 John T. Smith Implantable distraction device
US20050159637A9 (en) * 2002-09-06 2005-07-21 Apneon, Inc. Devices, systems, and methods to fixate tissue within the regions of body, such as the pharyngeal conduit
US20050234448A1 (en) * 2004-03-19 2005-10-20 Mccarthy James Implantable bone-lengthening device
US20050246034A1 (en) * 2002-08-30 2005-11-03 Arnaud Soubeiran Implantable mechanical device with adjustable geometry
US20050261779A1 (en) * 2003-11-17 2005-11-24 Meyer Rudolf X Expansible rod-type prosthesis and external magnetic apparatus
US6971143B2 (en) * 2002-02-20 2005-12-06 Terumo Cardiovascular Systems Corporation Magnetic detent for rotatable knob
US20060004447A1 (en) * 2004-06-30 2006-01-05 Depuy Spine, Inc. Adjustable posterior spinal column positioner
US20060004459A1 (en) * 2004-06-30 2006-01-05 Hazebrouck Stephen A Adjustable orthopaedic prosthesis and associated method
US20060009767A1 (en) * 2004-07-02 2006-01-12 Kiester P D Expandable rod system to treat scoliosis and method of using the same
US20060036324A1 (en) * 2004-08-03 2006-02-16 Dan Sachs Adjustable spinal implant device and method
US20060036323A1 (en) * 2004-08-03 2006-02-16 Carl Alan L Facet device and method
US20060036259A1 (en) * 2004-08-03 2006-02-16 Carl Allen L Spine treatment devices and methods
US20060047282A1 (en) * 2004-08-30 2006-03-02 Vermillion Technologies, Llc Implant for correction of spinal deformity
US20060052782A1 (en) * 2004-06-07 2006-03-09 Chad Morgan Orthopaedic implant with sensors
US20060058792A1 (en) * 2004-09-16 2006-03-16 Hynes Richard A Intervertebral support device with bias adjustment and related methods
US20060069447A1 (en) * 2004-09-30 2006-03-30 Disilvestro Mark R Adjustable, remote-controllable orthopaedic prosthesis and associated method
US20060074448A1 (en) * 2004-09-29 2006-04-06 The Regents Of The University Of California Apparatus and methods for magnetic alteration of deformities
US20060079897A1 (en) * 2004-09-29 2006-04-13 Harrison Michael R Apparatus and methods for magnetic alteration of anatomical features
US7029472B1 (en) * 1999-06-01 2006-04-18 Fortin Frederic Distraction device for the bones of children
US20060085043A1 (en) * 2004-04-15 2006-04-20 Greatbatch-Sierra, Inc. Apparatus and process for reducing the susceptibility of active implantable medical devices to medical procedures such as magentic resonance imaging
US20060136062A1 (en) * 2004-12-17 2006-06-22 Dinello Alexandre Height-and angle-adjustable motion disc implant
US20060155279A1 (en) * 2004-10-28 2006-07-13 Axial Biotech, Inc. Apparatus and method for concave scoliosis expansion
US20060195087A1 (en) * 2005-02-02 2006-08-31 Ronald Sacher Adjustable length implant
US20060195088A1 (en) * 2005-02-02 2006-08-31 Ronald Sacher Adjustable length implant
US20060204156A1 (en) * 2005-03-08 2006-09-14 Nsk Ltd. Wheel supporting bearing assembly and method for producing the same
US20060271107A1 (en) * 2004-09-29 2006-11-30 Harrison Michael R Apparatus and methods for magnetic alteration of anatomical features
US20070010887A1 (en) * 2002-03-30 2007-01-11 Williams Lytton A Intervertebral Device and Method of Use
US20070016202A1 (en) * 2005-07-12 2007-01-18 David Kraft Intramedullar distraction device with user actuated distraction
US20070173837A1 (en) * 2005-11-18 2007-07-26 William Marsh Rice University Bone fixation and dynamization devices and methods
US20070179493A1 (en) * 2006-01-13 2007-08-02 Kim Richard C Magnetic spinal implant device
US20070255273A1 (en) * 2006-04-29 2007-11-01 Board Of Regents, The University Of Texas System Devices for use in Transluminal and Endoluminal Surgery
US20070270803A1 (en) * 2006-04-06 2007-11-22 Lukas Giger Remotely Adjustable Tissue Displacement Device
US20080065181A1 (en) * 2001-04-13 2008-03-13 Greatbatch, Ltd. Rfid detection and identification system for implantable medical lead systems
US20080177326A1 (en) * 2007-01-19 2008-07-24 Matthew Thompson Orthosis to correct spinal deformities
US20080177319A1 (en) * 2006-12-09 2008-07-24 Helmut Schwab Expansion Rod, Self-Adjusting
US20080272928A1 (en) * 2007-05-03 2008-11-06 Shuster Gary S Signaling light with motion-sensing light control circuit
US20090082690A1 (en) * 2007-09-25 2009-03-26 Neosync, Inc. Systems and Methods for Neuro-EEG Synchronization Therapy
US20090093820A1 (en) * 2007-10-09 2009-04-09 Warsaw Orthopedic, Inc. Adjustable spinal stabilization systems
US20090105766A1 (en) * 2007-01-19 2009-04-23 Matthew Thompson Systems, Devices and Methods for the Correction of Spinal Deformities
US20090204156A1 (en) * 2008-02-07 2009-08-13 K2M, Inc. Automatic lengthening bone fixation device
US20100049204A1 (en) * 2006-10-03 2010-02-25 Arnaud Soubeiran Intracorporeal elongation device with a permanent magnet
US20100228167A1 (en) * 2005-08-01 2010-09-09 Mordechay Ilovich Implantable Magnetically Activated Actuator
US20110004076A1 (en) * 2008-02-01 2011-01-06 Smith & Nephew, Inc. System and method for communicating with an implant

Family Cites Families (631)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US1599538A (en) 1919-12-06 1926-09-14 Mintrop Ludger Geological testing method
US3016837A (en) 1959-02-18 1962-01-16 Borg Warner Variable displacement hydraulic apparatus
US3111945A (en) 1961-01-05 1963-11-26 Solbrig Charles R Von Bone band and process of applying the same
US3377576A (en) 1965-05-03 1968-04-09 Metcom Inc Gallium-wetted movable electrode switch
US3397928A (en) 1965-11-08 1968-08-20 Edward M. Galle Seal means for drill bit bearings
SE344275B (en) 1966-02-10 1972-04-10 R Gruenert
US3372476A (en) 1967-04-05 1968-03-12 Amp Inc Method of making permanent connections between interfitting parts
USRE28907E (en) 1967-06-05 1976-07-20 Self-tapping threaded bushings
FR1556730A (en) 1967-06-05 1969-02-07
US3512901A (en) 1967-07-28 1970-05-19 Carrier Corp Magnetically coupled pump with slip detection means
US3527220A (en) 1968-06-28 1970-09-08 Fairchild Hiller Corp Implantable drug administrator
FR2086747A5 (en) 1970-04-07 1971-12-31 Cotton De Bennetot M
US3726279A (en) 1970-10-08 1973-04-10 Carolina Medical Electronics I Hemostatic vascular cuff
US3750194A (en) 1971-03-16 1973-08-07 Fairchild Industries Apparatus and method for reversibly closing a natural or implanted body passage
US3840018A (en) 1973-01-31 1974-10-08 M Heifetz Clamp for occluding tubular conduits in the human body
DE2314573C2 (en) 1973-03-23 1986-12-18 Werner Dipl.-Ing. 8000 München Kraus Device for promoting healing processes
GB1467248A (en) 1973-07-30 1977-03-16 Horstmann Magnetics Ltd Electric motors
US3900025A (en) 1974-04-24 1975-08-19 Jr Walter P Barnes Apparatus for distracting or compressing longitudinal bone segments
US4010758A (en) 1975-09-03 1977-03-08 Medtronic, Inc. Bipolar body tissue electrode
US4068821A (en) 1976-09-13 1978-01-17 Acf Industries, Incorporated Valve seat ring having a corner groove to receive an elastic seal ring
SU715082A1 (en) 1977-01-24 1980-02-15 Всесоюзный научно-исследовательский и испытательный институт медицинской техники Surgical suturing apparatus
US4118805A (en) 1977-02-28 1978-10-10 Codman & Shurtleff, Inc. Artificial sphincter
CH625384B (en) 1977-12-20 Ebauches Electroniques Sa STEP MOTOR NON-ROTATION DETECTION DEVICE FOR CLOCKWORK PART AND LOST STEPS CATCHING UP.
US4222374A (en) 1978-06-16 1980-09-16 Metal Bellows Corporation Septum locating apparatus
US4235246A (en) 1979-02-05 1980-11-25 Arco Medical Products Company Epicardial heart lead and assembly and method for optimal fixation of same for cardiac pacing
US4256094A (en) 1979-06-18 1981-03-17 Kapp John P Arterial pressure control system
US4357946A (en) 1980-03-24 1982-11-09 Medtronic, Inc. Epicardial pacing lead with stylet controlled helical fixation screw
DE3035670A1 (en) 1980-09-22 1982-04-29 Siemens AG, 1000 Berlin und 8000 München DEVICE FOR INFUSING LIQUIDS IN HUMAN OR ANIMAL BODIES
US4386603A (en) 1981-03-23 1983-06-07 Mayfield Jack K Distraction device for spinal distraction systems
FR2514250A1 (en) 1981-10-08 1983-04-15 Artus HANDPIECE WITH INTEGRATED MOTOR
FR2523232B1 (en) 1982-03-09 1985-09-20 Thomson Csf TELESCOPIC COLUMN WITH CYLINDRICAL TUBES
CH648723GA3 (en) 1982-09-10 1985-04-15
IL67773A (en) 1983-01-28 1985-02-28 Antebi E Tie for tying live tissue and an instrument for performing said tying operation
US4501266A (en) 1983-03-04 1985-02-26 Biomet, Inc. Knee distraction device
US4595007A (en) 1983-03-14 1986-06-17 Ethicon, Inc. Split ring type tissue fastener
FR2551350B1 (en) 1983-09-02 1985-10-25 Buffet Jacques FLUID INJECTION DEVICE, SUITABLE FOR IMPLANTATION
SE448812B (en) 1985-02-01 1987-03-23 Astra Meditec Ab SURGICAL DEVICE FOR CONNECTING THE TAGS OF A PATIENT
DE8515687U1 (en) 1985-05-29 1985-10-24 Aesculap-Werke Ag Vormals Jetter & Scheerer, 7200 Tuttlingen Distraction device for extension osteotomy
US4592339A (en) 1985-06-12 1986-06-03 Mentor Corporation Gastric banding device
US4642257A (en) 1985-06-13 1987-02-10 Michael Chase Magnetic occluding device
US4696288A (en) 1985-08-14 1987-09-29 Kuzmak Lubomyr I Calibrating apparatus and method of using same for gastric banding surgery
EP0267959A1 (en) 1986-05-30 1988-05-25 BUMPUS, John Distraction rods
US4700091A (en) 1986-08-22 1987-10-13 Timex Corporation Bipolar stepping motor rotor with drive pinion and method of manufacture
SE460301B (en) 1986-10-15 1989-09-25 Sandvik Ab CUTTING ROD FOR STOCKING DRILLING MACHINE
US4760837A (en) 1987-02-19 1988-08-02 Inamed Development Company Apparatus for verifying the position of needle tip within the injection reservoir of an implantable medical device
DE3711091A1 (en) 1987-04-02 1988-10-13 Kluger Patrick DEVICE FOR SETTING UP A SPINE WITH A DAMAGED SPINE
DE3728686A1 (en) 1987-08-27 1989-03-09 Draenert Klaus PREDICTABLE SURGICAL NETWORK
US4940467A (en) 1988-02-03 1990-07-10 Tronzo Raymond G Variable length fixation device
US4937331A (en) * 1988-03-25 1990-06-26 President And Fellows Of Harvard College Chiral azetidinone epoxides
US4904861A (en) 1988-12-27 1990-02-27 Hewlett-Packard Company Optical encoder using sufficient inactive photodetectors to make leakage current equal throughout
US5053047A (en) 1989-05-16 1991-10-01 Inbae Yoon Suture devices particularly useful in endoscopic surgery and methods of suturing
US5176618A (en) 1989-08-10 1993-01-05 George Freedman System for preventing closure of passageways
IT1236172B (en) 1989-11-30 1993-01-11 Franco Mingozzi EXTERNAL FIXER FOR THE TREATMENT OF LONG BONE FRACTURES OF THE LIMBS.
US5142407A (en) 1989-12-22 1992-08-25 Donnelly Corporation Method of reducing leakage current in electrochemichromic solutions and solutions based thereon
SE464558B (en) 1990-03-22 1991-05-13 Hepar Ab IMPLANTABLE DEVICE FOR SUSPENSION OF A CHANNEL IN THE BODY OF A LIVE BEING
US5156605A (en) 1990-07-06 1992-10-20 Autogenesis Corporation Automatic internal compression-distraction-method and apparatus
US5074868A (en) 1990-08-03 1991-12-24 Inamed Development Company Reversible stoma-adjustable gastric band
US5133716A (en) 1990-11-07 1992-07-28 Codespi Corporation Device for correction of spinal deformities
US5226429A (en) 1991-06-20 1993-07-13 Inamed Development Co. Laparoscopic gastric band and method
US5360407A (en) 1991-08-29 1994-11-01 C. R. Bard, Inc. Implantable dual access port with tactile ridge for position sensing
JP3068683B2 (en) 1991-10-21 2000-07-24 マグネット製造株式会社 Non-magnetic metal separator
US5433721A (en) 1992-01-17 1995-07-18 Ethicon, Inc. Endoscopic instrument having a torsionally stiff drive shaft for applying fasteners to tissue
US5437266A (en) 1992-07-02 1995-08-01 Mcpherson; William Coil screw surgical retractor
US5676651A (en) 1992-08-06 1997-10-14 Electric Boat Corporation Surgically implantable pump arrangement and method for pumping body fluids
US5381943A (en) 1992-10-09 1995-01-17 Ethicon, Inc. Endoscopic surgical stapling instrument with pivotable and rotatable staple cartridge
US5306275A (en) 1992-12-31 1994-04-26 Bryan Donald W Lumbar spine fixation apparatus and method
US5356424A (en) 1993-02-05 1994-10-18 American Cyanamid Co. Laparoscopic suturing device
US5429638A (en) 1993-02-12 1995-07-04 The Cleveland Clinic Foundation Bone transport and lengthening system
US5356411A (en) 1993-02-18 1994-10-18 Spievack Alan R Bone transporter
US5449368A (en) 1993-02-18 1995-09-12 Kuzmak; Lubomyr I. Laparoscopic adjustable gastric banding device and method for implantation and removal thereof
US5536269A (en) 1993-02-18 1996-07-16 Genesis Orthopedics Bone and tissue lengthening device
US5516335A (en) 1993-03-24 1996-05-14 Hospital For Joint Diseases Orthopaedic Institute Intramedullary nail for femoral lengthening
US5364396A (en) 1993-03-29 1994-11-15 Robinson Randolph C Distraction method and apparatus
US5334202A (en) 1993-04-06 1994-08-02 Carter Michael A Portable bone distraction apparatus
US5403322A (en) 1993-07-08 1995-04-04 Smith & Nephew Richards Inc. Drill guide and method for avoiding intramedullary nails in the placement of bone pins
US5468030A (en) 1994-01-04 1995-11-21 Caterpillar Inc. Tube clamp and coupling
AU1011595A (en) 1994-01-13 1995-07-20 Ethicon Inc. Spiral surgical tack
AU4089697A (en) 1994-05-25 1998-03-19 Roger P Jackson Apparatus and method for spinal fixation and correction of spinal deformities
US6217847B1 (en) 1994-07-01 2001-04-17 The Board Of Trustees Of The Leland Stanford Junior University Non-invasive localization of a light-emitting conjugate in a mammal
BR9508231A (en) 1994-07-11 1997-12-23 Dacomed Corp Occlusive device for reversibly occluding a fluid carrier in the body
US5620445A (en) 1994-07-15 1997-04-15 Brosnahan; Robert Modular intramedullary nail
US5509888A (en) 1994-07-26 1996-04-23 Conceptek Corporation Controller valve device and method
IT1268313B1 (en) 1994-07-28 1997-02-27 Orthofix Srl MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT FOR CENTERING BLIND HOLES FOR BONE SCREWS OF INTRAMIDOLLAR NAILS
US5582616A (en) 1994-08-05 1996-12-10 Origin Medsystems, Inc. Surgical helical fastener with applicator
US5573012A (en) 1994-08-09 1996-11-12 The Regents Of The University Of California Body monitoring and imaging apparatus and method
US5549610A (en) 1994-10-31 1996-08-27 Smith & Nephew Richards Inc. Femoral intramedullary nail
US5659217A (en) 1995-02-10 1997-08-19 Petersen; Christian C. Permanent magnet d.c. motor having a radially-disposed working flux gap
US5536296A (en) 1995-05-03 1996-07-16 Alumax Inc. Process for treating molten aluminum with chlorine gas and sulfur hexafluoride to remove impurities
US5626613A (en) 1995-05-04 1997-05-06 Arthrex, Inc. Corkscrew suture anchor and driver
US5662683A (en) 1995-08-22 1997-09-02 Ortho Helix Limited Open helical organic tissue anchor and method of facilitating healing
JP3338944B2 (en) * 1995-08-25 2002-10-28 有限会社田中医科器械製作所 Spinal deformity correction device
US5771903A (en) 1995-09-22 1998-06-30 Kirk Promotions Limited Surgical method for reducing the food intake of a patient
US6102922A (en) 1995-09-22 2000-08-15 Kirk Promotions Limited Surgical method and device for reducing the food intake of patient
US5704938A (en) 1996-03-27 1998-01-06 Volunteers For Medical Engineering Implantable bone lengthening apparatus using a drive gear mechanism
US7094217B2 (en) 1996-04-08 2006-08-22 Medela Holding Ag Brassiere for expressing breast milk
US5979456A (en) 1996-04-22 1999-11-09 Magovern; George J. Apparatus and method for reversibly reshaping a body part
US5954915A (en) 1996-05-24 1999-09-21 Voorwood Company Surface finishing apparatus
CN1565661A (en) 1996-06-17 2005-01-19 贝克顿·迪金森公司 Medical tube for insertion and detection within the body of a patient
US5700263A (en) 1996-06-17 1997-12-23 Schendel; Stephen A. Bone distraction apparatus
DE19626230A1 (en) 1996-06-29 1998-01-02 Inst Physikalische Hochtech Ev Device for determining the position of magnetic marker through Magen-Darm tract
US6500110B1 (en) 1996-08-15 2002-12-31 Neotonus, Inc. Magnetic nerve stimulation seat device
US5810815A (en) 1996-09-20 1998-09-22 Morales; Jose A. Surgical apparatus for use in the treatment of spinal deformities
US5830221A (en) 1996-09-20 1998-11-03 United States Surgical Corporation Coil fastener applier
US6058323A (en) 1996-11-05 2000-05-02 Lemelson; Jerome System and method for treating select tissue in a living being
US5743910A (en) 1996-11-14 1998-04-28 Xomed Surgical Products, Inc. Orthopedic prosthesis removal instrument
DE19652608C1 (en) 1996-12-18 1998-08-27 Eska Implants Gmbh & Co Prophylaxis implant against fractures of osteoporotically affected bone segments
DE19700225A1 (en) 1997-01-07 1998-07-09 Augustin Prof Dr Betz Distraction device for moving two parts of a bone apart
IT1293934B1 (en) 1997-01-21 1999-03-11 Orthofix Srl ENDOMIDOLLAR NAIL FOR THE TREATMENT OF HIP FRACTURES
US5997490A (en) 1997-02-12 1999-12-07 Exogen, Inc. Method and system for therapeutically treating bone fractures and osteoporosis
US5827286A (en) 1997-02-14 1998-10-27 Incavo; Stephen J. Incrementally adjustable tibial osteotomy fixation device and method
DE19708279C2 (en) 1997-02-28 1999-10-14 Rainer Baumgart Distraction system for a long bone
US6034296A (en) 1997-03-11 2000-03-07 Elvin; Niell Implantable bone strain telemetry sensing system and method
FR2761876B1 (en) 1997-04-09 1999-08-06 Materiel Orthopedique En Abreg INSTRUMENTATION OF LUMBAR OSTEOSYNTHESIS FOR CORRECTION OF SPONDYLOLISTHESIS BY POSTERIOR PATHWAY
US5938669A (en) 1997-05-07 1999-08-17 Klasamed S.A. Adjustable gastric banding device for contracting a patient's stomach
DE19751733A1 (en) 1997-06-09 1998-12-10 Arnold Dipl Ing Dr Med Pier Gastric band that can be used laparoscopically
GB9713018D0 (en) 1997-06-20 1997-08-27 Secr Defence Optical fibre bend sensor
US6138681A (en) 1997-10-13 2000-10-31 Light Sciences Limited Partnership Alignment of external medical device relative to implanted medical device
DE19745654A1 (en) 1997-10-16 1999-04-22 Hans Peter Prof Dr Med Zenner Port for subcutaneous infusion
GB9723194D0 (en) 1997-11-03 1998-01-07 Isis Innovation Electromechanical transducer
FR2771280B1 (en) 1997-11-26 2001-01-26 Albert P Alby RESILIENT VERTEBRAL CONNECTION DEVICE
US5935127A (en) 1997-12-17 1999-08-10 Biomet, Inc. Apparatus and method for treatment of a fracture in a long bone
KR20010033867A (en) 1998-01-05 2001-04-25 오르토다인 인코포레이티드 Intramedullary Skeletal Distractor And Method
US5945762A (en) 1998-02-10 1999-08-31 Light Sciences Limited Partnership Movable magnet transmitter for inducing electrical current in an implanted coil
US7468060B2 (en) 1998-02-19 2008-12-23 Respiratory Diagnostic, Inc. Systems and methods for treating obesity and other gastrointestinal conditions
US6343568B1 (en) 1998-03-25 2002-02-05 Mcclasky David R. Non-rotating telescoping pole
GB9806999D0 (en) 1998-04-02 1998-06-03 Univ Birmingham Distraction device
US6074341A (en) 1998-06-09 2000-06-13 Timm Medical Technologies, Inc. Vessel occlusive apparatus and method
US6283156B1 (en) 1998-06-17 2001-09-04 Halliburton Energy Services, Inc. Expandable O-ring seal, method of sealing and apparatus having such seals
DE29811479U1 (en) 1998-06-26 1998-09-03 Orto Maquet Gmbh & Co Kg Plate arrangement for osteosynthesis
DE19829523A1 (en) 1998-07-02 2000-01-05 Michael Butsch Distraction device for moving apart a one- or two-part, possibly separate bone
US6126660A (en) 1998-07-29 2000-10-03 Sofamor Danek Holdings, Inc. Spinal compression and distraction devices and surgical methods
US6067991A (en) 1998-08-13 2000-05-30 Forsell; Peter Mechanical food intake restriction device
US6210347B1 (en) 1998-08-13 2001-04-03 Peter Forsell Remote control food intake restriction device
US6460543B1 (en) 1998-08-13 2002-10-08 Obtech Medical Ag Non-injection port food intake restriction device
FR2783153B1 (en) 1998-09-14 2000-12-01 Jerome Dargent GASTRIC CONSTRICTION DEVICE
US6494879B2 (en) 1998-10-15 2002-12-17 Scimed Life Systems, Inc. Treating urinary retention
US6139316A (en) 1999-01-26 2000-10-31 Sachdeva; Rohit C. L. Device for bone distraction and tooth movement
US6315784B1 (en) 1999-02-03 2001-11-13 Zarija Djurovic Surgical suturing unit
DE19906423A1 (en) 1999-02-16 2000-08-17 Wittenstein Gmbh & Co Kg Active marrow spike for drawing out sections of bone consists of two elements moving against each other and electrically operated driving element to supply spike with electrical energy via detachable plug-in element.
IL129032A (en) 1999-03-17 2006-12-31 Moshe Dudai Gastric band
US6162223A (en) 1999-04-09 2000-12-19 Smith & Nephew, Inc. Dynamic wrist fixation apparatus for early joint motion in distal radius fractures
US6299613B1 (en) 1999-04-23 2001-10-09 Sdgi Holdings, Inc. Method for the correction of spinal deformities through vertebral body tethering without fusion
US7008425B2 (en) 1999-05-27 2006-03-07 Jonathan Phillips Pediatric intramedullary nail and method
US6221074B1 (en) 1999-06-10 2001-04-24 Orthodyne, Inc. Femoral intramedullary rod system
EP1487091B1 (en) 1999-06-21 2008-06-04 Fisher & Paykel Appliances Limited Linear motor
US7160312B2 (en) 1999-06-25 2007-01-09 Usgi Medical, Inc. Implantable artificial partition and methods of use
US20050192629A1 (en) 1999-06-25 2005-09-01 Usgi Medical Inc. Methods and apparatus for creating and regulating a gastric stoma
US6587719B1 (en) 1999-07-01 2003-07-01 Cyberonics, Inc. Treatment of obesity by bilateral vagus nerve stimulation
US6409175B1 (en) 1999-07-13 2002-06-25 Grant Prideco, Inc. Expandable joint connector
EP1072282A1 (en) 1999-07-19 2001-01-31 EndoArt S.A. Flow control device
AUPQ202699A0 (en) 1999-08-04 1999-08-26 University Of Melbourne, The Prosthetic device for incontinence
FR2797181B1 (en) 1999-08-05 2002-05-03 Richard Cancel REMOTE GASTRIC BAND DEVICE FOR FORMING A RESTRICTED STOMA OPENING IN THE ESTOMAC
US6234956B1 (en) 1999-08-11 2001-05-22 Hongping He Magnetic actuation urethral valve
US6454701B1 (en) 1999-08-12 2002-09-24 Obtech Medical Ag Heartburn and reflux disease treatment apparatus with energy transfer device
US6464628B1 (en) 1999-08-12 2002-10-15 Obtech Medical Ag Mechanical anal incontinence
US6471635B1 (en) 2000-02-10 2002-10-29 Obtech Medical Ag Anal incontinence disease treatment with controlled wireless energy supply
US6454699B1 (en) 2000-02-11 2002-09-24 Obtech Medical Ag Food intake restriction with controlled wireless energy supply
US6461292B1 (en) 1999-08-12 2002-10-08 Obtech Medical Ag Anal incontinence treatment with wireless energy supply
US6453907B1 (en) 1999-08-12 2002-09-24 Obtech Medical Ag Food intake restriction with energy transfer device
US6482145B1 (en) 2000-02-14 2002-11-19 Obtech Medical Ag Hydraulic anal incontinence treatment
US6454698B1 (en) 1999-08-12 2002-09-24 Obtech Medical Ag Anal incontinence treatment with energy transfer device
DE60043853D1 (en) 1999-08-12 2010-04-01 Potencia Medical Ag DEVICE FOR FORMING A STOMATIC OPENING
US6673079B1 (en) 1999-08-16 2004-01-06 Washington University Device for lengthening and reshaping bone by distraction osteogenesis
FR2799118B1 (en) 1999-10-01 2002-07-12 Medical Innovation Dev ADJUSTABLE GASTRIC IMPLANT
AU1963101A (en) 1999-10-06 2001-05-10 Orthodyne, Inc. Device and method for measuring skeletal distraction
US6926719B2 (en) 1999-10-21 2005-08-09 Gary W. Sohngen Modular intramedullary nail
US6626917B1 (en) 1999-10-26 2003-09-30 H. Randall Craig Helical suture instrument
US6573706B2 (en) 1999-11-18 2003-06-03 Intellijoint Systems Ltd. Method and apparatus for distance based detection of wear and the like in joints
US20030208212A1 (en) 1999-12-07 2003-11-06 Valerio Cigaina Removable gastric band
FR2802407B1 (en) 1999-12-21 2002-12-13 Rc Medical DESERRABLE GASTROPLASTY RING
FR2802406B1 (en) 1999-12-21 2002-12-13 Rc Medical PNEUMATIC CLOSING GASTROPLASTY RING
US6386083B1 (en) 1999-12-23 2002-05-14 Ber-Fong Hwang Vertically movable foam sponge cutting apparatus
USD460184S1 (en) 2000-01-28 2002-07-09 Stephen A. Schendel Bone distraction device
US6527702B2 (en) 2000-02-01 2003-03-04 Abbeymoor Medical, Inc. Urinary flow control device and method
WO2001058336A2 (en) 2000-02-03 2001-08-16 Alphatec Manufacturing, Inc. Intramedullary interlock screw
US6454700B1 (en) 2000-02-09 2002-09-24 Obtech Medical Ag Heartburn and reflux disease treatment apparatus with wireless energy supply
DE60110747T2 (en) 2000-02-10 2006-02-23 Potencia Medical Ag MECHANICAL DEVICE FOR IMPOTENCE TREATMENT
US6463935B1 (en) 2000-02-10 2002-10-15 Obtech Medical Ag Controlled heartburn and reflux disease treatment
WO2001045485A2 (en) 2000-02-10 2001-06-28 Obtech Medical Ag Controlled heartburn and reflux disease treatment apparatus
DK1267948T3 (en) 2000-02-10 2011-03-28 Abdomica Ag Anal incontinence treatment device with wireless power supply
US6470892B1 (en) 2000-02-10 2002-10-29 Obtech Medical Ag Mechanical heartburn and reflux treatment
US6450946B1 (en) 2000-02-11 2002-09-17 Obtech Medical Ag Food intake restriction with wireless energy transfer
WO2001045486A2 (en) 2000-02-11 2001-06-28 Potencia Medical Ag Urinary incontinence treatment apparatus
US6475136B1 (en) 2000-02-14 2002-11-05 Obtech Medical Ag Hydraulic heartburn and reflux treatment
US6953429B2 (en) 2000-02-14 2005-10-11 Obtech Medical Ag Hydraulic urinary incontinence treatment apparatus
US7776068B2 (en) 2003-10-23 2010-08-17 Trans1 Inc. Spinal motion preservation assemblies
US20030220644A1 (en) 2002-05-23 2003-11-27 Thelen Sarah L. Method and apparatus for reducing femoral fractures
EP1261294B1 (en) 2000-03-10 2006-11-29 Paracor Medical, Inc. Expandable cardiac harness for treating congestive heart failure
US6423061B1 (en) 2000-03-14 2002-07-23 Amei Technologies Inc. High tibial osteotomy method and apparatus
US6309391B1 (en) 2000-03-15 2001-10-30 Sdgi Holding, Inc. Multidirectional pivoting bone screw and fixation system
US20020072758A1 (en) 2000-12-13 2002-06-13 Reo Michael L. Processes for producing anastomotic components having magnetic properties
US7241300B2 (en) 2000-04-29 2007-07-10 Medtronic, Inc, Components, systems and methods for forming anastomoses using magnetism or other coupling means
US7232449B2 (en) 2000-04-29 2007-06-19 Medtronic, Inc. Components, systems and methods for forming anastomoses using magnetism or other coupling means
US8518062B2 (en) 2000-04-29 2013-08-27 Medtronic, Inc. Devices and methods for forming magnetic anastomoses between vessels
US6656135B2 (en) 2000-05-01 2003-12-02 Southwest Research Institute Passive and wireless displacement measuring device
JP4653873B2 (en) * 2000-07-07 2011-03-16 有限会社ウォーターハウス Fishing rod
US7114501B2 (en) 2000-08-14 2006-10-03 Spine Wave, Inc. Transverse cavity device and method
FR2813786B1 (en) 2000-09-11 2003-03-14 Medical Innovation Dev METHOD AND DEVICE FOR CONTROLLING THE INFLATION OF AN INFLATABLE PROSTHETIC BODY AND PROSTHESIS USING THE SAME
US6432040B1 (en) 2000-09-14 2002-08-13 Nizam N. Meah Implantable esophageal sphincter apparatus for gastroesophageal reflux disease and method
DE10142544B4 (en) 2000-09-15 2010-05-27 Heidelberger Druckmaschinen Ag Gear transmission stage with tensioning moment
US8784482B2 (en) 2000-09-20 2014-07-22 Mvrx, Inc. Method of reshaping a heart valve annulus using an intravascular device
US7011621B2 (en) 2000-09-29 2006-03-14 Precision Medical Devices, Inc. Body fluid flow control method and device
US6527701B1 (en) 2000-09-29 2003-03-04 Precision Medical Devices, Inc. Body fluid flow control device
US6537196B1 (en) * 2000-10-24 2003-03-25 Stereotaxis, Inc. Magnet assembly with variable field directions and methods of magnetically navigating medical objects
DE10055519A1 (en) 2000-11-09 2002-06-06 Wittenstein Gmbh & Co Kg distraction
US6582313B2 (en) 2000-12-22 2003-06-24 Delphi Technologies, Inc. Constant velocity stroking joint having recirculating spline balls
US6609025B2 (en) 2001-01-02 2003-08-19 Cyberonics, Inc. Treatment of obesity by bilateral sub-diaphragmatic nerve stimulation
JP3910020B2 (en) 2001-03-08 2007-04-25 敏行 ▲高▼木 Artificial sphincter
GB0106588D0 (en) 2001-03-16 2001-05-09 Finsbury Dev Ltd Tissue distracter
US6802844B2 (en) 2001-03-26 2004-10-12 Nuvasive, Inc Spinal alignment apparatus and methods
SE523852C2 (en) 2001-04-10 2004-05-25 Azad Al-Najjar Heart prosthesis
US6565573B1 (en) 2001-04-16 2003-05-20 Smith & Nephew, Inc. Orthopedic screw and method of use
FR2823663B1 (en) 2001-04-18 2004-01-02 Cousin Biotech DEVICE FOR TREATING MORBID OBESITY
US20040173222A1 (en) 2001-04-24 2004-09-09 Kim Young D. Magnetic pellets and external electromagnetic device for assisting left ventricular contraction, method of pellet insertion, and method of ventricular electromagnetic assistance
US8439926B2 (en) 2001-05-25 2013-05-14 Conformis, Inc. Patient selectable joint arthroplasty devices and surgical tools
EP1260188B1 (en) 2001-05-25 2014-09-17 Zimmer GmbH Femoral bone nail for implantation in the knee
US6558400B2 (en) 2001-05-30 2003-05-06 Satiety, Inc. Obesity treatment tools and methods
FR2825264B1 (en) 2001-06-01 2004-04-02 Surgical Diffusion GASTROPLASTY RING
US7041105B2 (en) 2001-06-06 2006-05-09 Sdgi Holdings, Inc. Dynamic, modular, multilock anterior cervical plate system having detachably fastened assembleable and moveable segments
US6511490B2 (en) 2001-06-22 2003-01-28 Antoine Jean Henri Robert Gastric banding device and method
CA2494237C (en) 2001-06-28 2008-03-25 Halliburton Energy Services, Inc. Drill tool shaft-to-housing locking device
SE0102313D0 (en) 2001-06-28 2001-06-28 Obtech Medical Ag Intestine dysfunction treatment apparatus
US6627206B2 (en) 2001-07-25 2003-09-30 Greg A. Lloyd Method and apparatus for treating obesity and for delivering time-released medicaments
FR2827756B1 (en) 2001-07-25 2005-01-14 Patrick Rat IMPROVED LAKES AND ASSOCIATED APPLICATORS USED IN ENDOSCOPIC SURGERY
US6375682B1 (en) 2001-08-06 2002-04-23 Lewis W. Fleischmann Collapsible, rotatable and expandable spinal hydraulic prosthetic device
JP2003059558A (en) 2001-08-09 2003-02-28 Tokai Rika Co Ltd Connector for printed circuit board
EP1435884A1 (en) 2001-09-05 2004-07-14 Potencia Medical AG Stoma opening forming apparatus with connection device
EP1435857B1 (en) 2001-10-19 2015-04-08 Baylor College Of Medicine Bone compression devices and systems and methods of contouring and using same
US7194297B2 (en) 2001-11-13 2007-03-20 Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. Impedance-matching apparatus and construction for intravascular device
WO2003041611A2 (en) 2001-11-14 2003-05-22 White Michael R Apparatus and methods for making intraoperative orthopedic measurements
DE10156316A1 (en) 2001-11-19 2003-06-05 Wittenstein Ag distraction
DE10158545B4 (en) 2001-11-29 2004-05-19 Gkn Driveline Deutschland Gmbh Longitudinal displacement unit with hollow profile pin
US20030114731A1 (en) 2001-12-14 2003-06-19 Cadeddu Jeffrey A. Magnetic positioning system for trocarless laparoscopic instruments
US6852113B2 (en) 2001-12-14 2005-02-08 Orthopaedic Designs, Llc Internal osteotomy fixation device
FR2834631B1 (en) 2002-01-15 2004-10-22 Cie Euro Etude Rech Paroscopie GASTROPLASTY RING IN VARIABLE HARDNESS ELASTOMERIC MATERIAL
US9101422B2 (en) 2002-02-01 2015-08-11 Zimmer Spine, Inc. Spinal plate system for stabilizing a portion of a spine
US20040019353A1 (en) 2002-02-01 2004-01-29 Freid James M. Spinal plate system for stabilizing a portion of a spine
US7105029B2 (en) 2002-02-04 2006-09-12 Zimmer Spine, Inc. Skeletal fixation device with linear connection
US7678136B2 (en) 2002-02-04 2010-03-16 Spinal, Llc Spinal fixation assembly
US7163538B2 (en) 2002-02-13 2007-01-16 Cross Medical Products, Inc. Posterior rod system
US7311690B2 (en) 2002-02-25 2007-12-25 Novashunt Ag Implantable fluid management system for the removal of excess fluid
US7011658B2 (en) 2002-03-04 2006-03-14 Sdgi Holdings, Inc. Devices and methods for spinal compression and distraction
EP1343112A1 (en) 2002-03-08 2003-09-10 EndoArt S.A. Implantable device
US20100168751A1 (en) 2002-03-19 2010-07-01 Anderson D Greg Method, Implant & Instruments for Percutaneous Expansion of the Spinal Canal
US6774624B2 (en) 2002-03-27 2004-08-10 Ge Medical Systems Global Technology Company, Llc Magnetic tracking system
US6761503B2 (en) 2002-04-24 2004-07-13 Torque-Traction Technologies, Inc. Splined member for use in a slip joint and method of manufacturing the same
US7445010B2 (en) 2003-01-29 2008-11-04 Torax Medical, Inc. Use of magnetic implants to treat issue structures
US6749556B2 (en) 2002-05-10 2004-06-15 Scimed Life Systems, Inc. Electroactive polymer based artificial sphincters and artificial muscle patches
US20030220643A1 (en) 2002-05-24 2003-11-27 Ferree Bret A. Devices to prevent spinal extension
FR2840193B1 (en) 2002-05-31 2005-02-11 Textile Hi Tec GASTRIC BAND
US20050165440A1 (en) 2002-06-13 2005-07-28 Richard Cancel System for treating obesity and implant for a system of this type
US7175589B2 (en) 2002-07-02 2007-02-13 The Foundry Inc. Methods and devices for luminal and sphincter augmentation
DE60334459D1 (en) 2002-07-10 2010-11-18 Orthodata Inc LOAD MEASURING SYSTEM
US7357037B2 (en) 2002-07-10 2008-04-15 Orthodata Technologies Llc Strain sensing system
US20040133219A1 (en) 2002-07-29 2004-07-08 Peter Forsell Multi-material constriction device for forming stoma opening
US7338433B2 (en) 2002-08-13 2008-03-04 Allergan, Inc. Remotely adjustable gastric banding method
FR2843538B1 (en) 2002-08-13 2005-08-12 Frederic Fortin DEVICE FOR DISTRACTING AND DAMPING ADJUSTABLE TO THE GROWTH OF THE RACHIS
EP1389453B1 (en) 2002-08-16 2007-03-07 AMI Agency for Medical Innovations GmbH Band to produce an artificial reduction in the gastrointestinal tract
US6667725B1 (en) 2002-08-20 2003-12-23 The United States Of America As Represented By The Administrator Of The National Aeronautics And Space Administration Radio frequency telemetry system for sensors and actuators
EP1539005B1 (en) 2002-08-25 2018-04-18 Versitech Limited Device for correcting spinal deformities
DE60331457D1 (en) 2002-08-28 2010-04-08 Allergan Inc TEMPTING MAGNETIC BANDING DEVICE
US8758372B2 (en) 2002-08-29 2014-06-24 St. Jude Medical, Cardiology Division, Inc. Implantable devices for controlling the size and shape of an anatomical structure or lumen
KR101050626B1 (en) 2002-08-29 2011-07-19 미트랄 솔루션스, 인크. Implantation device for controlling the inner circumference of the anatomical orifice or lumen
US7972346B2 (en) 2002-09-04 2011-07-05 Allergan Medical S.A. Telemetrically controlled band for regulating functioning of a body organ or duct, and methods of making, implantation and use
US7901419B2 (en) 2002-09-04 2011-03-08 Allergan, Inc. Telemetrically controlled band for regulating functioning of a body organ or duct, and methods of making, implantation and use
ATE378029T1 (en) 2002-09-04 2007-11-15 Endoart Sa DEVICE FOR CLOSING SURGICAL RINGS
ES2291405T3 (en) 2002-09-04 2008-03-01 Endoart S.A. SURGICAL RING PROVIDED WITH A REMOTE CONTROL SYSTEM AND REVERSIBLE IN THE VARIATION OF YOUR DIAMETER.
US7360542B2 (en) 2002-09-06 2008-04-22 Apneon, Inc. Devices, systems, and methods to fixate tissue within the regions of body, such as the pharyngeal conduit
US7216648B2 (en) * 2002-09-06 2007-05-15 Apneon, Inc. Systems and methods for moving and/or restraining tissue in the upper respiratory system
CA2497906C (en) 2002-09-20 2016-01-26 Potencia Medical Ag Harmless wireless energy transmission to implant
US20040055610A1 (en) 2002-09-25 2004-03-25 Peter Forsell Detection of implanted wireless energy receiving device
US20040064030A1 (en) 2002-10-01 2004-04-01 Peter Forsell Detection of implanted injection port
US20100249782A1 (en) 2002-10-03 2010-09-30 Durham Alfred A Intramedullary nail targeting device
WO2004034914A2 (en) 2002-10-03 2004-04-29 Virginia Tech Intellectual Properties, Inc. Magnetic targeting device
US7794447B2 (en) 2002-11-01 2010-09-14 Valentx, Inc. Gastrointestinal sleeve device and methods for treatment of morbid obesity
US6656194B1 (en) 2002-11-05 2003-12-02 Satiety, Inc. Magnetic anchoring devices
US20040098121A1 (en) 2002-11-07 2004-05-20 Nmt Medical, Inc. Patent foramen ovale (PFO) closure with magnetic force
US8187324B2 (en) 2002-11-15 2012-05-29 Advanced Cardiovascular Systems, Inc. Telescoping apparatus for delivering and adjusting a medical device in a vessel
KR100498951B1 (en) 2003-01-02 2005-07-04 삼성전자주식회사 Method of Motion Estimation for Video Coding in MPEG-4/H.263 Standards
JP4503930B2 (en) * 2003-01-30 2010-07-14 オリンパス株式会社 Medical equipment
US6752754B1 (en) 2003-02-04 2004-06-22 Imagine Enterprise, Inc. Artificial rectum and related method
US20040158254A1 (en) 2003-02-12 2004-08-12 Sdgi Holdings, Inc. Instrument and method for milling a path into bone
US20070043376A1 (en) * 2003-02-21 2007-02-22 Osteobiologics, Inc. Bone and cartilage implant delivery device
US7618435B2 (en) 2003-03-04 2009-11-17 Nmt Medical, Inc. Magnetic attachment systems
IL155222A0 (en) 2003-04-03 2003-11-23 Hadasit Med Res Service An implant for treating idiopathic scoliosis and a method for using the same
US6961553B2 (en) 2003-04-11 2005-11-01 Motorola, Inc. Bidirectional distributed amplifier
DE10317776A1 (en) 2003-04-16 2004-11-04 Wittenstein Ag Device for lengthening bones or parts of bones
ATE499889T1 (en) 2003-05-02 2011-03-15 Univ Yale DYNAMIC SPINAL STABILIZER
JP4391762B2 (en) 2003-05-08 2009-12-24 オリンパス株式会社 Surgical instrument
AT413475B (en) 2003-06-04 2006-03-15 Ami Gmbh DEVICE FOR GENERATING ARTIFICIAL FENCING IN THE GASTRO-INTESTINAL TRACT
US8029477B2 (en) 2003-12-19 2011-10-04 Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Inc. Applier with safety for implantable medical device
US7561916B2 (en) 2005-06-24 2009-07-14 Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Inc. Implantable medical device with indicator
US7862546B2 (en) 2003-06-16 2011-01-04 Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Inc. Subcutaneous self attaching injection port with integral moveable retention members
US20050131352A1 (en) 2003-06-16 2005-06-16 Conlon Sean P. Subcutaneous injection port for applied fasteners
US7374557B2 (en) 2003-06-16 2008-05-20 Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Inc. Subcutaneous self attaching injection port with integral fasteners
EP1648341A4 (en) 2003-06-25 2009-01-14 Georgia Tech Res Inst Annuloplasty chain
US7494459B2 (en) 2003-06-26 2009-02-24 Biophan Technologies, Inc. Sensor-equipped and algorithm-controlled direct mechanical ventricular assist device
US20050002984A1 (en) 2003-06-27 2005-01-06 Byrum Randal T. Implantable band with attachment mechanism having dissimilar material properties
US7951067B2 (en) 2003-06-27 2011-05-31 Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Inc. Implantable band having improved attachment mechanism
US7218232B2 (en) 2003-07-11 2007-05-15 Depuy Products, Inc. Orthopaedic components with data storage element
EP1646332B1 (en) 2003-07-18 2015-06-17 Edwards Lifesciences AG Remotely activated mitral annuloplasty system
US9498366B2 (en) 2003-07-28 2016-11-22 Baronova, Inc. Devices and methods for pyloric anchoring
US7794476B2 (en) 2003-08-08 2010-09-14 Warsaw Orthopedic, Inc. Implants formed of shape memory polymeric material for spinal fixation
US8037871B2 (en) 2003-08-12 2011-10-18 Cameron International Corporation Seal assembly for a pressurized fuel feed system for an internal combustion engine
US7371244B2 (en) 2003-08-25 2008-05-13 Ethicon, Inc. Deployment apparatus for suture anchoring device
DE10340025A1 (en) 2003-08-28 2005-03-24 Wittenstein Ag Surgical device for bone extension, comprising planetary gear acting on outer sleeve serving as ring gear
EP1677692A1 (en) 2003-08-28 2006-07-12 Wittenstein AG Planetary roll system, in particular for a device for extending bones
CN1849098A (en) 2003-09-04 2006-10-18 Sdgi控股股份有限公司 Method for the correction of spinal deformities using a rod-plate anterior system
EP1514518A1 (en) 2003-09-11 2005-03-16 SDGI Holdings, Inc. Impulsive percussion instruments for endplate preparation
ES2529617T3 (en) 2003-09-15 2015-02-23 Apollo Endosurgery, Inc. Implantable device fixation system
US20050070937A1 (en) 2003-09-30 2005-03-31 Jambor Kristin L. Segmented gastric band
US7255714B2 (en) 2003-09-30 2007-08-14 Michel H. Malek Vertically adjustable intervertebral disc prosthesis
US7485149B1 (en) 2003-10-06 2009-02-03 Biomet Manufacturing Corporation Method and apparatus for use of a non-invasive expandable implant
US20090090763A1 (en) * 2007-10-05 2009-04-09 Tyco Healthcare Group Lp Powered surgical stapling device
US20050090823A1 (en) 2003-10-28 2005-04-28 Bartimus Christopher S. Posterior fixation system
US7775099B2 (en) 2003-11-20 2010-08-17 Schlumberger Technology Corporation Downhole tool sensor system and method
US7862586B2 (en) 2003-11-25 2011-01-04 Life Spine, Inc. Spinal stabilization systems
US7429259B2 (en) 2003-12-02 2008-09-30 Cadeddu Jeffrey A Surgical anchor and system
AU2004235622A1 (en) 2003-12-17 2005-07-07 Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Inc. Mechanically adjustable gastric band
US8162897B2 (en) 2003-12-19 2012-04-24 Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Inc. Audible and tactile feedback
US7833228B1 (en) 2004-01-05 2010-11-16 Biomet Manufacturing Corp. Method and instrumentation for performing minimally invasive hip arthroplasty
JP4440939B2 (en) 2004-01-08 2010-03-24 スパイン・ウェイブ・インコーポレーテッド Apparatus and method for injecting flowable material into distracted tissue site
FR2865129B1 (en) 2004-01-16 2006-05-19 Medical Innovation Dev GASTRIC BELT
US20050159754A1 (en) 2004-01-21 2005-07-21 Odrich Ronald B. Periosteal distraction bone growth
US8900117B2 (en) 2004-01-23 2014-12-02 Apollo Endosurgery, Inc. Releasably-securable one-piece adjustable gastric band
PL1670362T3 (en) 2004-01-23 2011-05-31 Apollo Endosurgery Inc Implantable device fastening system and methods of use
US7442196B2 (en) 2004-02-06 2008-10-28 Synvasive Technology, Inc. Dynamic knee balancer
US8758355B2 (en) 2004-02-06 2014-06-24 Synvasive Technology, Inc. Dynamic knee balancer with pressure sensing
US8002809B2 (en) 2004-02-10 2011-08-23 Atlas Spine, Inc. Dynamic cervical plate
US8636802B2 (en) 2004-03-06 2014-01-28 DePuy Synthes Products, LLC Dynamized interspinal implant
US7458981B2 (en) 2004-03-09 2008-12-02 The Board Of Trustees Of The Leland Stanford Junior University Spinal implant and method for restricting spinal flexion
US20050272976A1 (en) 2004-03-15 2005-12-08 Olympus Corporation Endoscope insertion aiding device
ES2297677T3 (en) 2004-03-27 2008-05-01 CHRISTOPH MIETHKE GMBH & CO. KG ADJUSTABLE HYDROCEPHAL VALVE.
US7909852B2 (en) 2004-03-31 2011-03-22 Depuy Spine Sarl Adjustable-angle spinal fixation element
US7993397B2 (en) 2004-04-05 2011-08-09 Edwards Lifesciences Ag Remotely adjustable coronary sinus implant
US7531002B2 (en) 2004-04-16 2009-05-12 Depuy Spine, Inc. Intervertebral disc with monitoring and adjusting capabilities
WO2005102195A1 (en) 2004-04-20 2005-11-03 Allez Spine, Llc Pedicle screw assembly
FR2869218B1 (en) 2004-04-21 2006-06-09 Europlak Sa GASTRIC CERCLING DEVICE OR MOTORIZED "GASTRIC RING" HAVING AT LEAST ONE RECEIVED ANTENNA FOR DELIVERY, REMOTE CONTROL AND DATA SENDING BY INDUCTION
US7763080B2 (en) 2004-04-30 2010-07-27 Depuy Products, Inc. Implant system with migration measurement capacity
US7333013B2 (en) 2004-05-07 2008-02-19 Berger J Lee Medical implant device with RFID tag and method of identification of device
US20080091059A1 (en) 2004-05-14 2008-04-17 Ample Medical, Inc. Devices, systems, and methods for reshaping a heart valve annulus, including the use of a bridge implant having an adjustable bridge stop
US7314372B2 (en) 2004-05-19 2008-01-01 Orthovisage, Inc. System and method to bioengineer facial form in adults
US7909839B2 (en) 2004-05-26 2011-03-22 Bariatec Corporation Gastric bypass band and surgical method
US7351240B2 (en) 2004-05-28 2008-04-01 Ethicon Endo—Srugery, Inc. Thermodynamically driven reversible infuser pump for use as a remotely controlled gastric band
US7481763B2 (en) 2004-05-28 2009-01-27 Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Inc. Metal bellows position feedback for hydraulic control of an adjustable gastric band
US7390294B2 (en) 2004-05-28 2008-06-24 Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Inc. Piezo electrically driven bellows infuser for hydraulically controlling an adjustable gastric band
US7351198B2 (en) 2004-06-02 2008-04-01 Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Inc. Implantable adjustable sphincter system
US7243719B2 (en) 2004-06-07 2007-07-17 Pathfinder Energy Services, Inc. Control method for downhole steering tool
US7191007B2 (en) 2004-06-24 2007-03-13 Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Inc Spatially decoupled twin secondary coils for optimizing transcutaneous energy transfer (TET) power transfer characteristics
US20070135913A1 (en) 2004-06-29 2007-06-14 Micardia Corporation Adjustable annuloplasty ring activation system
JP4977020B2 (en) 2004-07-08 2012-07-18 シェンバーガー,デボラ Strain monitoring system and apparatus
US7402134B2 (en) 2004-07-15 2008-07-22 Micardia Corporation Magnetic devices and methods for reshaping heart anatomy
US7285087B2 (en) 2004-07-15 2007-10-23 Micardia Corporation Shape memory devices and methods for reshaping heart anatomy
US7875033B2 (en) 2004-07-19 2011-01-25 Synthes Usa, Llc Bone distraction apparatus
GB0417005D0 (en) 2004-07-29 2004-09-01 Finsbury Dev Ltd Auto-extensible device
WO2006017641A2 (en) 2004-08-03 2006-02-16 Vertech Innovations, L.L.C. Spinous process reinforcement device and method
US8114158B2 (en) 2004-08-03 2012-02-14 Kspine, Inc. Facet device and method
US8470004B2 (en) 2004-08-09 2013-06-25 Si-Bone Inc. Apparatus, systems, and methods for stabilizing a spondylolisthesis
US8444693B2 (en) 2004-08-09 2013-05-21 Si-Bone Inc. Apparatus, systems, and methods for achieving lumbar facet fusion
US20060036251A1 (en) 2004-08-09 2006-02-16 Reiley Mark A Systems and methods for the fixation or fusion of bone
US9717537B2 (en) * 2004-08-30 2017-08-01 Globus Medical, Inc. Device and method for treatment of spinal deformity
US7255682B1 (en) 2004-09-09 2007-08-14 Bartol Jr Robert J Spot locator device
US7302858B2 (en) 2004-09-24 2007-12-04 Kevin Walsh MEMS capacitive cantilever strain sensor, devices, and formation methods
US7776061B2 (en) 2004-09-28 2010-08-17 Garner Dean L Fluid adjustable band
US8142454B2 (en) * 2004-09-29 2012-03-27 The Regents Of The University Of California, San Francisco Apparatus and method for magnetic alteration of anatomical features
US8623036B2 (en) 2004-09-29 2014-01-07 The Regents Of The University Of California Magnamosis
US8915915B2 (en) 2004-09-29 2014-12-23 The Regents Of The University Of California Apparatus and methods for magnetic alteration of anatomical features
US8439915B2 (en) 2004-09-29 2013-05-14 The Regents Of The University Of California Apparatus and methods for magnetic alteration of anatomical features
US20100004654A1 (en) 2008-07-01 2010-01-07 Schmitz Gregory P Access and tissue modification systems and methods
US20100331883A1 (en) 2004-10-15 2010-12-30 Schmitz Gregory P Access and tissue modification systems and methods
US8226690B2 (en) 2005-07-22 2012-07-24 The Board Of Trustees Of The Leland Stanford Junior University Systems and methods for stabilization of bone structures
US20070239159A1 (en) 2005-07-22 2007-10-11 Vertiflex, Inc. Systems and methods for stabilization of bone structures
US8267969B2 (en) 2004-10-20 2012-09-18 Exactech, Inc. Screw systems and methods for use in stabilization of bone structures
US7105968B2 (en) 2004-12-03 2006-09-12 Edward William Nissen Magnetic transmission
US20060142767A1 (en) 2004-12-27 2006-06-29 Green Daniel W Orthopedic device and method for correcting angular bone deformity
US7601162B2 (en) 2005-01-14 2009-10-13 Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Inc. Actuator for an implantable band
US8496662B2 (en) 2005-01-31 2013-07-30 Arthrex, Inc. Method and apparatus for forming a wedge-like opening in a bone for an open wedge osteotomy
EP1845887A2 (en) 2005-02-11 2007-10-24 Micardia Corporation Dynamically adjustable gastric implants and methods of treating obesity using dynamically adjustable gastric implants
US8057513B2 (en) 2005-02-17 2011-11-15 Kyphon Sarl Percutaneous spinal implants and methods
US20070276493A1 (en) 2005-02-17 2007-11-29 Malandain Hugues F Percutaneous spinal implants and methods
US20060184248A1 (en) 2005-02-17 2006-08-17 Edidin Avram A Percutaneous spinal implants and methods
US8034080B2 (en) 2005-02-17 2011-10-11 Kyphon Sarl Percutaneous spinal implants and methods
US20070276373A1 (en) 2005-02-17 2007-11-29 Malandain Hugues F Percutaneous Spinal Implants and Methods
US7988709B2 (en) 2005-02-17 2011-08-02 Kyphon Sarl Percutaneous spinal implants and methods
WO2006090380A2 (en) 2005-02-22 2006-08-31 Orthogon Technologies 2003 Ltd. Device and method for vertebral column distraction and oscillation
WO2008024937A2 (en) 2006-08-23 2008-02-28 Pioneer Surgical Technology, Inc. Minimally invasive surgical system
US7699770B2 (en) 2005-02-24 2010-04-20 Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Inc. Device for non-invasive measurement of fluid pressure in an adjustable restriction device
US7775215B2 (en) 2005-02-24 2010-08-17 Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Inc. System and method for determining implanted device positioning and obtaining pressure data
EP1861004A2 (en) 2005-03-02 2007-12-05 Osteometrix, LLC Noninvasive methods, apparatus, kits, and systems for intraoperative position and length determination
US7189005B2 (en) 2005-03-14 2007-03-13 Borgwarner Inc. Bearing system for a turbocharger
EP2626039B1 (en) 2005-03-25 2015-10-14 St. Jude Medical, Cardiology Division, Inc. Apparatus for controlling the internal circumference of an anatomic orifice or lumen
JP4647365B2 (en) 2005-03-31 2011-03-09 日本シャーウッド株式会社 Medical connection device
DE102005014573A1 (en) 2005-03-31 2006-10-12 Stryker Trauma Gmbh Data transmission system in connection with an implant
EP1871306A4 (en) 2005-04-01 2012-03-21 Univ Colorado A graft fixation device and method
US20060235424A1 (en) 2005-04-01 2006-10-19 Foster-Miller, Inc. Implantable bone distraction device and method
WO2006107901A1 (en) 2005-04-04 2006-10-12 Micardia Corporation Dynamic reinforcement of the lower esophageal sphincter
US7708762B2 (en) 2005-04-08 2010-05-04 Warsaw Orthopedic, Inc. Systems, devices and methods for stabilization of the spinal column
US7846188B2 (en) 2005-04-12 2010-12-07 Moskowitz Nathan C Bi-directional fixating transvertebral body screws, zero-profile horizontal intervertebral miniplates, total intervertebral body fusion devices, and posterior motion-calibrating interarticulating joint stapling device for spinal fusion
US20060235299A1 (en) 2005-04-13 2006-10-19 Martinelli Michael A Apparatus and method for intravascular imaging
US8251888B2 (en) 2005-04-13 2012-08-28 Mitchell Steven Roslin Artificial gastric valve
US20060241746A1 (en) 2005-04-21 2006-10-26 Emanuel Shaoulian Magnetic implants and methods for reshaping tissue
US7361192B2 (en) 2005-04-22 2008-04-22 Doty Keith L Spinal disc prosthesis and methods of use
US7811328B2 (en) 2005-04-29 2010-10-12 Warsaw Orthopedic, Inc. System, device and methods for replacing the intervertebral disc with a magnetic or electromagnetic prosthesis
US7727141B2 (en) 2005-05-04 2010-06-01 Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Inc. Magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) safe remotely adjustable artifical sphincter
US20060249914A1 (en) 2005-05-06 2006-11-09 Dulin Robert D Enhanced reliability sealing system
US20070264605A1 (en) 2005-05-19 2007-11-15 Theodore Belfor System and method to bioengineer facial form in adults
US7390007B2 (en) 2005-06-06 2008-06-24 Ibis Tek, Llc Towbar system
US7867235B2 (en) 2005-06-14 2011-01-11 Fell Barry M System and method for joint restoration by extracapsular means
US7651483B2 (en) 2005-06-24 2010-01-26 Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Inc. Injection port
US7918844B2 (en) 2005-06-24 2011-04-05 Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Inc. Applier for implantable medical device
US20070015955A1 (en) 2005-07-15 2007-01-18 Mark Tsonton Accordion-like gastric band
US7367937B2 (en) 2005-07-15 2008-05-06 Ethicon Endo-Surgey, Inc. Gastric band
US8182411B2 (en) 2005-07-15 2012-05-22 Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Inc. Gastric band with mating end profiles
US7416528B2 (en) 2005-07-15 2008-08-26 Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Inc. Latching device for gastric band
AU2006273679B2 (en) 2005-07-26 2012-05-03 Menachem P. Weiss Extending intrabody capsule
US7353747B2 (en) 2005-07-28 2008-04-08 Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Inc. Electroactive polymer-based pump
US7766815B2 (en) 2005-07-28 2010-08-03 Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Inc. Electroactive polymer actuated gastric band
US20070031131A1 (en) 2005-08-04 2007-02-08 Mountain Engineering Ii, Inc. System for measuring the position of an electric motor
JP5258153B2 (en) 2005-08-17 2013-08-07 柴田科学株式会社 Organic synthesizer
WO2007025191A1 (en) 2005-08-23 2007-03-01 Smith & Nephew, Inc. Telemetric orthopaedic implant
US20070050030A1 (en) 2005-08-23 2007-03-01 Kim Richard C Expandable implant device with interchangeable spacer
US20070055368A1 (en) 2005-09-07 2007-03-08 Richard Rhee Slotted annuloplasty ring
DE102005045070A1 (en) 2005-09-21 2007-04-05 Siemens Ag Femur implant, comprises magnetically operated mechanism for moving holding elements
US8070813B2 (en) 2005-09-26 2011-12-06 Coalign Innovations, Inc. Selectively expanding spine cage, hydraulically controllable in three dimensions for vertebral body replacement
US7985256B2 (en) 2005-09-26 2011-07-26 Coalign Innovations, Inc. Selectively expanding spine cage, hydraulically controllable in three dimensions for enhanced spinal fusion
US20070123989A1 (en) 2005-10-21 2007-05-31 Synthes (U.S.A.) Method and instruments to treat spondylolisthesis by an anterior minimally invasive approach of the spine
FR2892617B1 (en) 2005-11-02 2008-09-26 Frederic Fortin DAMPING DISPLACEMENT DEVICE AND CORRECTION ADJUSTABLE TO THE GROWTH OF THE RACHIS
ATE429194T1 (en) 2005-11-16 2009-05-15 Micardia Corp MAGNETIC ATTACHMENT OF A CATHETER TO AN IMPLANT
EP1973494A2 (en) 2005-11-17 2008-10-01 Calypso Medical Technologies, INC. Apparatus and methods for using an electromagnetic transponder in orthopedic procedures
US8353639B2 (en) * 2005-11-18 2013-01-15 Deere & Company Turnbuckle lock
US8494805B2 (en) 2005-11-28 2013-07-23 Orthosensor Method and system for assessing orthopedic alignment using tracking sensors
US7749224B2 (en) 2005-12-08 2010-07-06 Ebi, Llc Foot plate fixation
US20090204155A1 (en) * 2005-12-19 2009-08-13 Felix Aschmann Polyaxial bone anchor with headless pedicle screw
US8043206B2 (en) 2006-01-04 2011-10-25 Allergan, Inc. Self-regulating gastric band with pressure data processing
AU2007204975A1 (en) 2006-01-10 2007-07-19 Life Spine, Inc. Pedicle screw constructs and spinal rod attachment assemblies
US20070185374A1 (en) 2006-01-17 2007-08-09 Ellipse Technologies, Inc. Two-way adjustable implant
US9301792B2 (en) 2006-01-27 2016-04-05 Stryker Corporation Low pressure delivery system and method for delivering a solid and liquid mixture into a target site for medical treatment
US7776075B2 (en) * 2006-01-31 2010-08-17 Warsaw Orthopedic, Inc. Expandable spinal rods and methods of use
US8241293B2 (en) 2006-02-27 2012-08-14 Biomet Manufacturing Corp. Patient specific high tibia osteotomy
US8323290B2 (en) 2006-03-03 2012-12-04 Biomet Manufacturing Corp. Tensor for use in surgical navigation
US7431692B2 (en) 2006-03-09 2008-10-07 Edwards Lifesciences Corporation Apparatus, system, and method for applying and adjusting a tensioning element to a hollow body organ
US20070213751A1 (en) 2006-03-13 2007-09-13 Scirica Paul A Transdermal magnetic coupling gastric banding
KR101331604B1 (en) 2006-04-06 2013-11-22 신세스 게엠바하 remotely adjustable tissue displacement device
US20070255088A1 (en) 2006-04-11 2007-11-01 Jacobson Andrew D Implantable, magnetic actuator
EP2007322A4 (en) 2006-04-12 2011-10-26 Spinalmotion Inc Posterior spinal device and method
US7708779B2 (en) 2006-05-01 2010-05-04 Warsaw Orthopedic, Inc. Expandable intervertebral spacers and methods of use
FR2900563B1 (en) 2006-05-05 2008-08-08 Frederic Fortin ADJUSTABLE SCOLIOSIS RECTIFIER DEVICE
US8147517B2 (en) 2006-05-23 2012-04-03 Warsaw Orthopedic, Inc. Systems and methods for adjusting properties of a spinal implant
US20070276369A1 (en) 2006-05-26 2007-11-29 Sdgi Holdings, Inc. In vivo-customizable implant
US7727143B2 (en) 2006-05-31 2010-06-01 Allergan, Inc. Locator system for implanted access port with RFID tag
US20070288024A1 (en) 2006-06-06 2007-12-13 Sohrab Gollogly Bone fixation
US20070288183A1 (en) 2006-06-07 2007-12-13 Cherik Bulkes Analog signal transition detector
FR2901991B1 (en) 2006-06-13 2021-07-09 Arnaud Andre Soubeiran INTRACORPAL EXTENSION DEVICE MOUNTED IN TENSILE SCREW
US20080033431A1 (en) 2006-06-29 2008-02-07 Searete Llc, A Limited Liability Corporation Of The State Of Delaware Position augmenting mechanism
US8241292B2 (en) 2006-06-30 2012-08-14 Howmedica Osteonics Corp. High tibial osteotomy system
GB0613240D0 (en) 2006-07-04 2006-08-09 Univ Birmingham Distraction device
US20080015577A1 (en) 2006-07-11 2008-01-17 Alexander Loeb Spinal Correction Device
US8475499B2 (en) 2006-07-14 2013-07-02 DePuy Synthes Products, LLC. Rod to rod connectors and methods of adjusting the length of a spinal rod construct
US20080021456A1 (en) 2006-07-21 2008-01-24 Depuy Spine, Inc. Sacral or iliac cross connector
US20080021455A1 (en) 2006-07-21 2008-01-24 Depuy Spine, Inc. Articulating Sacral or Iliac Connector
US20080021454A1 (en) 2006-07-21 2008-01-24 Depuy Spine, Inc. Sacral or iliac connector
WO2008015679A2 (en) 2006-08-03 2008-02-07 Intellimedi Ltd. System and method for monitoring displacements of in vivo objects
US20080051784A1 (en) 2006-08-03 2008-02-28 Sohrab Gollogly Bone repositioning apparatus and methodology
US8403958B2 (en) 2006-08-21 2013-03-26 Warsaw Orthopedic, Inc. System and method for correcting spinal deformity
US20080086128A1 (en) 2006-09-07 2008-04-10 David Warren Lewis Method and apparatus for treatment of scoliosis
US8685091B2 (en) 2006-09-29 2014-04-01 DePuy Synthes Products, LLC System, method, and device for monitoring orthopaedic implant data over a cellular network
US7862502B2 (en) 2006-10-20 2011-01-04 Ellipse Technologies, Inc. Method and apparatus for adjusting a gastrointestinal restriction device
US8246533B2 (en) 2006-10-20 2012-08-21 Ellipse Technologies, Inc. Implant system with resonant-driven actuator
US20100145462A1 (en) 2006-10-24 2010-06-10 Trans1 Inc. Preformed membranes for use in intervertebral disc spaces
US8043299B2 (en) 2006-11-06 2011-10-25 Janet Conway Internal bone transport
US20080108995A1 (en) 2006-11-06 2008-05-08 Janet Conway Internal bone transport
CA2568078C (en) 2006-11-14 2014-03-18 Unifor S.P.A. Telescopic table support
US20140163664A1 (en) * 2006-11-21 2014-06-12 David S. Goldsmith Integrated system for the ballistic and nonballistic infixion and retrieval of implants with or without drug targeting
US7793583B2 (en) 2006-12-06 2010-09-14 Schaeffler Kg Mechanical tappet in particular for a fuel pump of an internal combustion engine
DE102006059225A1 (en) 2006-12-13 2008-06-26 Wittenstein Ag Medical device for determining the position of intracorporeal implants
US20080167685A1 (en) 2007-01-05 2008-07-10 Warsaw Orthopedic, Inc. System and Method For Percutanously Curing An Implantable Device
US8523866B2 (en) 2007-02-09 2013-09-03 Christopher G. Sidebotham Modular tapered hollow reamer for medical applications
US20080255615A1 (en) 2007-03-27 2008-10-16 Warsaw Orthopedic, Inc. Treatments for Correcting Spinal Deformities
US8469908B2 (en) 2007-04-06 2013-06-25 Wilson T. Asfora Analgesic implant device and system
US20080275567A1 (en) 2007-05-01 2008-11-06 Exploramed Nc4, Inc. Extra-Articular Implantable Mechanical Energy Absorbing Systems
US9907645B2 (en) 2007-05-01 2018-03-06 Moximed, Inc. Adjustable absorber designs for implantable device
US7678147B2 (en) 2007-05-01 2010-03-16 Moximed, Inc. Extra-articular implantable mechanical energy absorbing systems and implantation method
US8123805B2 (en) 2007-05-01 2012-02-28 Moximed, Inc. Adjustable absorber designs for implantable device
US8709090B2 (en) 2007-05-01 2014-04-29 Moximed, Inc. Adjustable absorber designs for implantable device
US20080275552A1 (en) 2007-05-01 2008-11-06 Exploramed Nc4, Inc. Adjustable absorber designs for implantable device
FR2916622B1 (en) 2007-05-28 2009-09-04 Arnaud Andre Soubeiran IMPLANTABLE DISTRACTOR WITH MODIFIABLE LENGTH WITHOUT REOPERATION IN J-SHAPE
WO2008154313A1 (en) 2007-06-06 2008-12-18 Vertech, Inc. Medical device and method to correct deformity
US8366628B2 (en) 2007-06-07 2013-02-05 Kenergy, Inc. Signal sensing in an implanted apparatus with an internal reference
US7753915B1 (en) * 2007-06-14 2010-07-13 August Eksler Bi-directional bone length adjustment system
WO2009014567A1 (en) 2007-07-26 2009-01-29 Buttermann M D Glenn R Segmental orthopedic device for spinal elongation and for treatment of scoliosis
US20090076597A1 (en) 2007-09-19 2009-03-19 Jonathan Micheal Dahlgren System for mechanical adjustment of medical implants
US20090082815A1 (en) 2007-09-20 2009-03-26 Zimmer Gmbh Spinal stabilization system with transition member
WO2009046024A1 (en) 2007-10-01 2009-04-09 Physical Sciences, Inc. Distraction osteogenesis methods and devices
US20090088803A1 (en) 2007-10-01 2009-04-02 Warsaw Orthopedic, Inc. Flexible members for correcting spinal deformities
US20090093890A1 (en) 2007-10-04 2009-04-09 Daniel Gelbart Precise control of orthopedic actuators
US20090192514A1 (en) 2007-10-09 2009-07-30 Feinberg Stephen E Implantable distraction osteogenesis device and methods of using same
US20090112262A1 (en) 2007-10-30 2009-04-30 Scott Pool Skeletal manipulation system
WO2009059119A1 (en) 2007-10-31 2009-05-07 Wright Medical Technology, Inc. Orthopedic device
US8241331B2 (en) 2007-11-08 2012-08-14 Spine21 Ltd. Spinal implant having a post-operative adjustable dimension
US9242070B2 (en) 2007-12-21 2016-01-26 MicronVention, Inc. System and method for locating detachment zone of a detachable implant
US20090171356A1 (en) 2008-01-02 2009-07-02 International Business Machines Corporation Bone Repositioning Apparatus and System
US20090177203A1 (en) 2008-01-04 2009-07-09 Inbone Technologies, Inc. Devices, systems and methods for re-alignment of bone
US8092499B1 (en) 2008-01-11 2012-01-10 Roth Herbert J Skeletal flexible/rigid rod for treating skeletal curvature
US8425608B2 (en) 2008-01-18 2013-04-23 Warsaw Orthopedic, Inc. Lordotic expanding vertebral body spacer
FI123247B (en) 2008-03-19 2013-01-15 Aalto Korkeakoulusaeaetioe Intracorporeal bone distribution device
EP2265164A4 (en) 2008-04-01 2013-10-02 Cardiomems Inc Strain monitoring system and apparatus
KR101045933B1 (en) 2008-05-02 2011-07-01 김가브리엘민 Calibration device
US8211149B2 (en) 2008-05-12 2012-07-03 Warsaw Orthopedic Elongated members with expansion chambers for treating bony members
EP2293727A1 (en) 2008-05-28 2011-03-16 Kerflin Orthopedic Innovations, Llc Fluid-powered elongation instrumentation for correcting orthopedic deformities
US8414584B2 (en) 2008-07-09 2013-04-09 Icon Orthopaedic Concepts, Llc Ankle arthrodesis nail and outrigger assembly
WO2010005467A2 (en) 2008-07-09 2010-01-14 Micropoint Bioscience Inc Analytical cartridge with fluid flow control
EP2339978B1 (en) 2008-08-15 2016-03-09 AO Technology AG Bone fixation device
US20100057127A1 (en) 2008-08-26 2010-03-04 Mcguire Brian Expandable Laminoplasty Fixation System
BRPI0917288A2 (en) 2008-09-02 2015-11-10 Christian M Puttlitz Consulting Llc biomems sensor and apparatus and methods thereof
DE102008050233A1 (en) 2008-10-02 2010-04-08 Copf jun., Franz, Dr. Instrument for measuring the distraction pressure between vertebral bodies
WO2010042767A1 (en) 2008-10-11 2010-04-15 Anthem Orthopaedics Van, Llc Intramedullary rod with pivotable and fixed fasteners and method for using same
US20100094306A1 (en) 2008-10-13 2010-04-15 Arvin Chang Spinal distraction system
US7987241B2 (en) 2008-10-15 2011-07-26 Xerox Corporation Sharing EIP service applications across a fleet of multi-function document reproduction devices in a peer-aware network
US8095317B2 (en) 2008-10-22 2012-01-10 Gyrodata, Incorporated Downhole surveying utilizing multiple measurements
US20100100185A1 (en) 2008-10-22 2010-04-22 Warsaw Orthopedic, Inc. Intervertebral Disc Prosthesis Having Viscoelastic Properties
US8623056B2 (en) 2008-10-23 2014-01-07 Linares Medical Devices, Llc Support insert associated with spinal vertebrae
US20100106192A1 (en) 2008-10-27 2010-04-29 Barry Mark A System and method for aligning vertebrae in the amelioration of aberrant spinal column deviation condition in patients requiring the accomodation of spinal column growth or elongation
CN105943145B (en) 2008-10-31 2020-09-08 伊姆普兰蒂卡专利有限公司 Device and method for bone adjustment using wireless energy transmission
US20100114103A1 (en) 2008-11-06 2010-05-06 The Regents Of The University Of California Apparatus and methods for alteration of anatomical features
US8828058B2 (en) 2008-11-11 2014-09-09 Kspine, Inc. Growth directed vertebral fixation system with distractible connector(s) and apical control
US8147549B2 (en) 2008-11-24 2012-04-03 Warsaw Orthopedic, Inc. Orthopedic implant with sensor communications antenna and associated diagnostics measuring, monitoring, and response system
US8043338B2 (en) 2008-12-03 2011-10-25 Zimmer Spine, Inc. Adjustable assembly for correcting spinal abnormalities
US20100137872A1 (en) 2008-12-03 2010-06-03 Linvatec Corporation Drill guide for cruciate ligament repair
US8133280B2 (en) 2008-12-19 2012-03-13 Depuy Spine, Inc. Methods and devices for expanding a spinal canal
US8556911B2 (en) 2009-01-27 2013-10-15 Vishal M. Mehta Arthroscopic tunnel guide for rotator cuff repair
WO2010088621A1 (en) 2009-02-02 2010-08-05 Simpirica Spine, Inc. Sacral tether anchor and methods of use
US8221420B2 (en) 2009-02-16 2012-07-17 Aoi Medical, Inc. Trauma nail accumulator
US8197490B2 (en) 2009-02-23 2012-06-12 Ellipse Technologies, Inc. Non-invasive adjustable distraction system
DE102009011661A1 (en) 2009-03-04 2010-09-09 Wittenstein Ag growing prosthesis
WO2010104975A1 (en) 2009-03-10 2010-09-16 Simpirica Spine, Inc. Surgical tether apparatus and methods of use
US8529606B2 (en) 2009-03-10 2013-09-10 Simpirica Spine, Inc. Surgical tether apparatus and methods of use
US8357182B2 (en) 2009-03-26 2013-01-22 Kspine, Inc. Alignment system with longitudinal support features
WO2010114853A1 (en) 2009-03-30 2010-10-07 Simpirica Spine, Inc. Methods and apparatus for improving shear loading capacity of a spinal segment
JP2012522602A (en) 2009-04-02 2012-09-27 アヴェドロ・インコーポレーテッド Eye treatment system
US8762308B2 (en) 2009-04-08 2014-06-24 Virginia Commonwealth University Combining predictive capabilities of Transcranial Doppler (TCD) with Electrocardiogram (ECG) to predict hemorrhagic shock
US9095436B2 (en) 2009-04-14 2015-08-04 The Invention Science Fund I, Llc Adjustable orthopedic implant and method for treating an orthopedic condition in a subject
US20100318129A1 (en) 2009-06-16 2010-12-16 Kspine, Inc. Deformity alignment system with reactive force balancing
US8394124B2 (en) 2009-06-18 2013-03-12 The University Of Toledo Unidirectional rotatory pedicle screw and spinal deformity correction device for correction of spinal deformity in growing children
FR2947170B1 (en) 2009-06-24 2011-07-22 Jean Marc Guichet ELONGATION NUTS FOR LONG OR SIMILAR BONES
US8105360B1 (en) * 2009-07-16 2012-01-31 Orthonex LLC Device for dynamic stabilization of the spine
EP2464300B1 (en) 2009-08-13 2014-08-27 Cork Institute Of Technology Intramedullary nails for long bone fracture setting
US9278004B2 (en) 2009-08-27 2016-03-08 Cotera, Inc. Method and apparatus for altering biomechanics of the articular joints
WO2014040013A1 (en) 2012-09-10 2014-03-13 Cotera, Inc. Method and apparatus for treating canine cruciate ligament disease
US9795410B2 (en) 2009-08-27 2017-10-24 Cotera, Inc. Method and apparatus for force redistribution in articular joints
US8657856B2 (en) 2009-08-28 2014-02-25 Pioneer Surgical Technology, Inc. Size transition spinal rod
GB0915382D0 (en) 2009-09-03 2009-10-07 Dalmatic As Expansion devices
US20110057756A1 (en) 2009-09-04 2011-03-10 Electron Energy Corporation Rare Earth Composite Magnets with Increased Resistivity
FR2949662B1 (en) 2009-09-09 2011-09-30 Arnaud Soubeiran INTRA-BODY DEVICE FOR MOVING TISSUE
US9168071B2 (en) 2009-09-15 2015-10-27 K2M, Inc. Growth modulation system
PL215752B1 (en) 2009-09-28 2014-01-31 Lfc Spolka Z Ograniczona Odpowiedzialnoscia Equipment for surgical vertebra movement
MX2009010782A (en) 2009-10-05 2010-05-03 Ruben Fernando Sayago Remote control hydraulic internal distractor for correcting backbone deformities or for lengthening of long human bones.
US20110098748A1 (en) 2009-10-26 2011-04-28 Warsaw Orthopedic, Inc. Adjustable vertebral rod system and methods of use
US8470003B2 (en) 2009-10-30 2013-06-25 DePuy Synthes Products, LLC Laminoplasty plates and methods of expanding the spinal canal
US8211151B2 (en) 2009-10-30 2012-07-03 Warsaw Orthopedic Devices and methods for dynamic spinal stabilization and correction of spinal deformities
BR112012012498B1 (en) 2009-11-24 2020-09-24 Spine21 Ltd. SPINAL IMPLANT
EP2503947B1 (en) 2009-11-25 2016-10-26 Spine21 Ltd. Spinal rod having a post-operative adjustable dimension
KR20120123298A (en) * 2009-12-01 2012-11-08 신세스 게엠바하 Non-fusion scoliosis expandable spinal rod
US8506569B2 (en) 2009-12-31 2013-08-13 DePuy Synthes Products, LLC Reciprocating rasps for use in an orthopaedic surgical procedure
US8556901B2 (en) 2009-12-31 2013-10-15 DePuy Synthes Products, LLC Reciprocating rasps for use in an orthopaedic surgical procedure
US8585740B1 (en) 2010-01-12 2013-11-19 AMB Surgical, LLC Automated growing rod device
AU2011227229B2 (en) 2010-03-19 2016-01-07 Smith & Nephew, Inc. Telescoping IM nail and actuating mechanism
US8758347B2 (en) 2010-03-19 2014-06-24 Nextremity Solutions, Inc. Dynamic bone plate
US8777947B2 (en) 2010-03-19 2014-07-15 Smith & Nephew, Inc. Telescoping IM nail and actuating mechanism
FR2957776B1 (en) 2010-03-23 2013-02-15 Arnaud Andre Soubeiran DEVICE FOR MOVING TISSUES INSIDE THE ORGANISM, ESPECIALLY BONE TISSUES, WITH FIXED TRACTION SCREWS AND ROTATING NUT
WO2011119873A2 (en) 2010-03-24 2011-09-29 Board Of Regents Of The University Of Texas System Ultrasound guided automated wireless distraction osteogenesis
GB201006173D0 (en) 2010-04-14 2010-06-02 Depuy Ireland A distractor
US20110284014A1 (en) 2010-05-19 2011-11-24 The Board Of Regents Of The University Of Texas System Medical Devices That Include Removable Magnet Units and Related Methods
FI123991B (en) 2010-05-24 2014-01-31 Synoste Oy Intrinsic treatment device
US8641723B2 (en) 2010-06-03 2014-02-04 Orthonex LLC Skeletal adjustment device
WO2011154891A2 (en) 2010-06-07 2011-12-15 Carbofix Orthopedics Ltd. Composite material bone implant and methods
FR2960766B1 (en) 2010-06-07 2012-06-15 Tornier Sa MODULAR PROSTHESIS AND SURGICAL KIT COMPRISING AT LEAST ONE SUCH MODULAR PROSTHESIS
US8771272B2 (en) 2010-06-18 2014-07-08 Kettering University Easily implantable and stable nail-fastener for skeletal fixation and method
FR2961386B1 (en) 2010-06-21 2012-07-27 Arnaud Soubeiran INTRA-MEDALLIC DEVICE FOR THE RELATIVE MOVEMENT OF TWO LOCKED BONE PORTIONS BY THE MEDULLARY CHANNEL.
US20120019342A1 (en) 2010-07-21 2012-01-26 Alexander Gabay Magnets made from nanoflake precursors
US20120019341A1 (en) 2010-07-21 2012-01-26 Alexandr Gabay Composite permanent magnets made from nanoflakes and powders
US20120271353A1 (en) 2010-08-16 2012-10-25 Mark Barry System and method for aligning vertebrae in the amelioration of aberrant spinal column deviation conditions in patients requiring the accomodation of spinal column growth or elongation
DE102010047738A1 (en) 2010-08-26 2012-03-01 Wittenstein Ag Actuator for scoliosis correction
US20120088953A1 (en) 2010-10-08 2012-04-12 Jerry King Fractured Bone Treatment Methods And Fractured Bone Treatment Assemblies
US8282671B2 (en) 2010-10-25 2012-10-09 Orthonex Smart device for non-invasive skeletal adjustment
US20120109207A1 (en) 2010-10-29 2012-05-03 Warsaw Orthopedic, Inc. Enhanced Interfacial Conformance for a Composite Rod for Spinal Implant Systems with Higher Modulus Core and Lower Modulus Polymeric Sleeve
WO2012071373A1 (en) 2010-11-22 2012-05-31 Synthes Usa, Llc Non-fusion scoliosis expandable spinal rod
US8636771B2 (en) 2010-11-29 2014-01-28 Life Spine, Inc. Spinal implants for lumbar vertebra to sacrum fixation
DE102010055431B4 (en) 2010-12-10 2014-09-11 Celgen Ag Distraction device for bone regeneration in the jaw area
WO2012083101A1 (en) 2010-12-17 2012-06-21 Synthes Usa, Llc Methods and systems for minimally invasive posterior arch expansion
US9168076B2 (en) 2011-01-25 2015-10-27 Bridging Medical, Llc Bone compression screw
US8585595B2 (en) 2011-01-27 2013-11-19 Biomet Manufacturing, Llc Method and apparatus for aligning bone screw holes
US8486076B2 (en) 2011-01-28 2013-07-16 DePuy Synthes Products, LLC Oscillating rasp for use in an orthopaedic surgical procedure
ES2551874T3 (en) 2011-02-08 2015-11-24 Stryker Trauma Gmbh Bone fixation implant system
US8591549B2 (en) 2011-04-08 2013-11-26 Warsaw Orthopedic, Inc. Variable durometer lumbar-sacral implant
PL218347B1 (en) 2011-05-12 2014-11-28 Lfc Spółka Z Ograniczoną Odpowiedzialnością Intervertebral implant for positioning of adjacent vertebrae
RU2013154703A (en) 2011-05-16 2015-06-27 Смит Энд Нефью, Инк. MEASUREMENT OF THE SKELETON DISTRACTION
WO2012159106A2 (en) 2011-05-19 2012-11-22 Northwestern University Ph responsive self-healing hydrogels formed by boronate-catechol complexation
CA2838047A1 (en) 2011-06-03 2012-12-06 Kspine, Inc. Spinal correction system actuators
KR101682891B1 (en) 2011-06-22 2016-12-06 신세스 게엠바하 Ultrasound ct registration for positioning
EP2723252B1 (en) 2011-06-27 2017-02-08 University of Cape Town An endoprosthesis
US20130013066A1 (en) 2011-07-06 2013-01-10 Moximed, Inc. Methods and Devices for Joint Load Control During Healing of Joint Tissue
WO2013006830A1 (en) 2011-07-07 2013-01-10 Samy Abdou Devices and methods to prevent or limit spondlylolisthesis and other aberrant movements of the vertebral bones
US8636770B2 (en) 2011-08-08 2014-01-28 Zimmer Spine, Inc. Bone anchoring device
DE102011053638A1 (en) 2011-09-15 2013-03-21 Wittenstein Ag Mark Nagel
US8920422B2 (en) 2011-09-16 2014-12-30 Stryker Trauma Gmbh Method for tibial nail insertion
US8968402B2 (en) 2011-10-18 2015-03-03 Arthrocare Corporation ACL implants, instruments, and methods
WO2013059637A1 (en) 2011-10-21 2013-04-25 Innovative Surgical Designs, Inc. Surgical implants for percutaneous lengthening of spinal pedicles to correct spinal stenosis
US9022917B2 (en) 2012-07-16 2015-05-05 Sophono, Inc. Magnetic spacer systems, devices, components and methods for bone conduction hearing aids
US10016226B2 (en) 2011-12-12 2018-07-10 Children's Hospital Medical Center Of Akron Noninvasive device for adjusting fastener
CA2859166C (en) 2011-12-12 2021-02-16 Austen Bioinnovation Institute In Akron Noninvasive device for adjusting fastener
US8617220B2 (en) 2012-01-04 2013-12-31 Warsaw Orthopedic, Inc. System and method for correction of a spinal disorder
US9848894B2 (en) 2012-01-05 2017-12-26 Pivot Medical, Inc. Flexible drill bit and angled drill guide for use with the same
CA2863205A1 (en) 2012-02-07 2013-08-15 Io Surgical, Llc Sensor system, implantable sensor and method for remote sensing of a stimulus in vivo
US20140052134A1 (en) 2012-02-08 2014-02-20 Bruce Orisek Limb lengthening apparatus and methods
US9561062B2 (en) 2012-03-19 2017-02-07 Alphatec Spine, Inc. Spondylolisthesis reduction system
US20130253587A1 (en) 2012-03-20 2013-09-26 Warsaw Orthopedic, Inc. Spinal systems and methods for correction of spinal disorders
US9339197B2 (en) 2012-03-26 2016-05-17 Medtronic, Inc. Intravascular implantable medical device introduction
US8945188B2 (en) 2012-04-06 2015-02-03 William Alan Rezach Spinal correction system and method
US8870881B2 (en) 2012-04-06 2014-10-28 Warsaw Orthopedic, Inc. Spinal correction system and method
US9364267B2 (en) 2012-04-17 2016-06-14 Aurora Spine, Inc. Dynamic and non-dynamic interspinous fusion implant and bone growth stimulation system
WO2013181358A1 (en) 2012-05-30 2013-12-05 Acumed Llc Articulated intramedullary nail
US20130325071A1 (en) 2012-05-30 2013-12-05 Marcin Niemiec Aligning Vertebral Bodies
US9393123B2 (en) 2012-07-17 2016-07-19 Clemson University Research Foundation Lockable implants
US20140058450A1 (en) 2012-08-22 2014-02-27 Warsaw Orthopedic, Inc. Spinal correction system and method
US9339300B2 (en) 2012-11-05 2016-05-17 University of Medical Center of Johannes Guten University Mainz Dynamic stabilizing device for bones
US8790409B2 (en) 2012-12-07 2014-07-29 Cochlear Limited Securable implantable component
WO2014150786A1 (en) 2013-03-15 2014-09-25 Moximed, Inc. Implantation approach and instrumentality for an energy absorbing system
US9439797B2 (en) 2013-04-08 2016-09-13 Elwha Llc Apparatus, system, and method for controlling movement of an orthopedic joint prosthesis in a mammalian subject
US10420666B2 (en) 2013-04-08 2019-09-24 Elwha Llc Apparatus, system, and method for controlling movement of an orthopedic joint prosthesis in a mammalian subject
US20140358150A1 (en) 2013-05-29 2014-12-04 Children's National Medical Center Surgical distraction device with external activation
US10154836B2 (en) 2013-10-15 2018-12-18 XpandOrtho, Inc. Actuated positioning device for arthroplasty and methods of use

Patent Citations (99)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US2702031A (en) * 1953-09-25 1955-02-15 Wenger Herman Leslie Method and apparatus for treatment of scoliosis
US3810259A (en) * 1971-01-25 1974-05-14 Fairchild Industries Implantable urinary control apparatus
US3976060A (en) * 1974-04-09 1976-08-24 Messerschmitt-Bolkow-Blohm Gmbh Extension apparatus, especially for osteotomic surgery
US4078559A (en) * 1975-05-30 1978-03-14 Erkki Einari Nissinen Straightening and supporting device for the spinal column in the surgical treatment of scoliotic diseases
US4448191A (en) * 1981-07-07 1984-05-15 Rodnyansky Lazar I Implantable correctant of a spinal curvature and a method for treatment of a spinal curvature
US4537520A (en) * 1982-11-16 1985-08-27 Tokyo Electric Co., Ltd. Dot printer head with reduced magnetic interference
US4658809A (en) * 1983-02-25 1987-04-21 Firma Heinrich C. Ulrich Implantable spinal distraction splint
US4522501A (en) * 1984-04-06 1985-06-11 Northern Telecom Limited Monitoring magnetically permeable particles in admixture with a fluid carrier
US4573454A (en) * 1984-05-17 1986-03-04 Hoffman Gregory A Spinal fixation apparatus
US4854304A (en) * 1987-03-19 1989-08-08 Oscobal Ag Implant for the operative correction of spinal deformity
US5074882A (en) * 1988-06-09 1991-12-24 Medinov Sarl Progressive elongation centro-medullar nail
US4973331A (en) * 1989-03-08 1990-11-27 Autogenesis Corporation Automatic compression-distraction-torsion method and apparatus
US5010879A (en) * 1989-03-31 1991-04-30 Tanaka Medical Instrument Manufacturing Co. Device for correcting spinal deformities
US5092889A (en) * 1989-04-14 1992-03-03 Campbell Robert M Jr Expandable vertical prosthetic rib
US5261908A (en) * 1989-04-14 1993-11-16 Campbell Robert M Jr Expandable vertical prosthetic rib
US5263955A (en) * 1989-07-04 1993-11-23 Rainer Baumgart Medullary nail
US5030235A (en) * 1990-04-20 1991-07-09 Campbell Robert M Jr Prosthetic first rib
US5290289A (en) * 1990-05-22 1994-03-01 Sanders Albert E Nitinol spinal instrumentation and method for surgically treating scoliosis
US5632744A (en) * 1992-06-08 1997-05-27 Campbell, Jr.; Robert M. Segmental rib carriage instrumentation and associated methods
US5800434A (en) * 1992-06-08 1998-09-01 Campbell, Jr.; Robert M. Segmental rib carriage instrumentation and associated methods
US6074882A (en) * 1992-07-02 2000-06-13 Siemens Aktiengesellschaft Device determining a concentration of a gas mixture
US5466261A (en) * 1992-11-19 1995-11-14 Wright Medical Technology, Inc. Non-invasive expandable prosthesis for growing children
US5336223A (en) * 1993-02-04 1994-08-09 Rogers Charles L Telescoping spinal fixator
US5626579A (en) * 1993-02-12 1997-05-06 The Cleveland Clinic Foundation Bone transport and lengthening system
US5527309A (en) * 1993-04-21 1996-06-18 The Trustees Of Columbia University In The City Of New York Pelvo-femoral fixator
US5672175A (en) * 1993-08-27 1997-09-30 Martin; Jean Raymond Dynamic implanted spinal orthosis and operative procedure for fitting
US6417750B1 (en) * 1994-05-02 2002-07-09 Srs Medical Systems, Inc. Magnetically-coupled implantable medical devices
US5720746A (en) * 1994-11-16 1998-02-24 Soubeiran; Arnaud Andre Device for displacing two bodies relative to each other
US5961553A (en) * 1995-02-13 1999-10-05 Medinov-Amp Long bone elongation device
US5575790A (en) * 1995-03-28 1996-11-19 Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute Shape memory alloy internal linear actuator for use in orthopedic correction
US5902304A (en) * 1995-12-01 1999-05-11 Walker; David A. Telescopic bone plate for use in bone lengthening by distraction osteogenesis
US5672177A (en) * 1996-01-31 1997-09-30 The General Hospital Corporation Implantable bone distraction device
US5704939A (en) * 1996-04-09 1998-01-06 Justin; Daniel F. Intramedullary skeletal distractor and method
US20050055025A1 (en) * 1996-07-22 2005-03-10 Fred Zacouto Skeletal implant
US6835207B2 (en) * 1996-07-22 2004-12-28 Fred Zacouto Skeletal implant
US6200317B1 (en) * 1996-12-23 2001-03-13 Universiteit Twente And Technologiestichting Stw Device for moving two objects relative to each other
US6033412A (en) * 1997-04-03 2000-03-07 Losken; H. Wolfgang Automated implantable bone distractor for incremental bone adjustment
US6106525A (en) * 1997-09-22 2000-08-22 Sachse; Hans Fully implantable bone expansion device
US6336929B1 (en) * 1998-01-05 2002-01-08 Orthodyne, Inc. Intramedullary skeletal distractor and method
US6657351B2 (en) * 1998-02-10 2003-12-02 Light Sciences Corporation Contactless energy transfer apparatus
US6765330B2 (en) * 1998-02-24 2004-07-20 Franz Baur Magnetic drive device for a releasable connection
US6565576B1 (en) * 1998-12-04 2003-05-20 Wittenstein Gmbh & Co. Kg Distraction assembly
US7029472B1 (en) * 1999-06-01 2006-04-18 Fortin Frederic Distraction device for the bones of children
US6358283B1 (en) * 1999-06-21 2002-03-19 Hoegfors Christian Implantable device for lengthening and correcting malpositions of skeletal bones
US6796984B2 (en) * 2000-02-29 2004-09-28 Soubeiran Andre Arnaud Device for relative displacement of two bodies
US6849076B2 (en) * 2000-04-13 2005-02-01 University College London Surgical distraction device
US6510345B1 (en) * 2000-04-24 2003-01-21 Medtronic, Inc. System and method of bridging a transreceiver coil of an implantable medical device during non-communication periods
US6554831B1 (en) * 2000-09-01 2003-04-29 Hopital Sainte-Justine Mobile dynamic system for treating spinal disorder
US20020050112A1 (en) * 2000-11-02 2002-05-02 Okin Gesselschaft Fur Antriebstechnik Mbh & Co. Kg Telescopic column
US20080065181A1 (en) * 2001-04-13 2008-03-13 Greatbatch, Ltd. Rfid detection and identification system for implantable medical lead systems
US7135022B2 (en) * 2001-05-23 2006-11-14 Orthogon 2003 Ltd. Magnetically-actuable intramedullary device
US20040138663A1 (en) * 2001-05-23 2004-07-15 Yona Kosashvili Magnetically-actuable intramedullary device
US20030144669A1 (en) * 2001-12-05 2003-07-31 Robinson Randolph C. Limb lengthener
US20050113831A1 (en) * 2002-02-11 2005-05-26 Bruno Franck Connection system between a spinal rod and a transverse bar
US20050107787A1 (en) * 2002-02-18 2005-05-19 Kutsenko Sergey N. Bliskunov device for elongating long bones
US6971143B2 (en) * 2002-02-20 2005-12-06 Terumo Cardiovascular Systems Corporation Magnetic detent for rotatable knob
US20070010887A1 (en) * 2002-03-30 2007-01-11 Williams Lytton A Intervertebral Device and Method of Use
US20050080427A1 (en) * 2002-07-18 2005-04-14 Assaf Govari Distal targeting of locking screws in intramedullary nails
US20050246034A1 (en) * 2002-08-30 2005-11-03 Arnaud Soubeiran Implantable mechanical device with adjustable geometry
US20050251109A1 (en) * 2002-08-30 2005-11-10 Arnaud Soubeiran Device for locking/unlocking rotation in the organism
US20050159637A9 (en) * 2002-09-06 2005-07-21 Apneon, Inc. Devices, systems, and methods to fixate tissue within the regions of body, such as the pharyngeal conduit
US6918910B2 (en) * 2002-12-16 2005-07-19 John T. Smith Implantable distraction device
US20040193266A1 (en) * 2003-03-31 2004-09-30 Meyer Rudolf Xaver Expansible prosthesis and magnetic apparatus
US20050261779A1 (en) * 2003-11-17 2005-11-24 Meyer Rudolf X Expansible rod-type prosthesis and external magnetic apparatus
US20050234448A1 (en) * 2004-03-19 2005-10-20 Mccarthy James Implantable bone-lengthening device
US20060085043A1 (en) * 2004-04-15 2006-04-20 Greatbatch-Sierra, Inc. Apparatus and process for reducing the susceptibility of active implantable medical devices to medical procedures such as magentic resonance imaging
US20060052782A1 (en) * 2004-06-07 2006-03-09 Chad Morgan Orthopaedic implant with sensors
US20060004459A1 (en) * 2004-06-30 2006-01-05 Hazebrouck Stephen A Adjustable orthopaedic prosthesis and associated method
US20060004447A1 (en) * 2004-06-30 2006-01-05 Depuy Spine, Inc. Adjustable posterior spinal column positioner
US20060009767A1 (en) * 2004-07-02 2006-01-12 Kiester P D Expandable rod system to treat scoliosis and method of using the same
US20060036259A1 (en) * 2004-08-03 2006-02-16 Carl Allen L Spine treatment devices and methods
US20060036323A1 (en) * 2004-08-03 2006-02-16 Carl Alan L Facet device and method
US20060036324A1 (en) * 2004-08-03 2006-02-16 Dan Sachs Adjustable spinal implant device and method
US20060047282A1 (en) * 2004-08-30 2006-03-02 Vermillion Technologies, Llc Implant for correction of spinal deformity
US20060058792A1 (en) * 2004-09-16 2006-03-16 Hynes Richard A Intervertebral support device with bias adjustment and related methods
US20060074448A1 (en) * 2004-09-29 2006-04-06 The Regents Of The University Of California Apparatus and methods for magnetic alteration of deformities
US20060271107A1 (en) * 2004-09-29 2006-11-30 Harrison Michael R Apparatus and methods for magnetic alteration of anatomical features
US20060079897A1 (en) * 2004-09-29 2006-04-13 Harrison Michael R Apparatus and methods for magnetic alteration of anatomical features
US20060069447A1 (en) * 2004-09-30 2006-03-30 Disilvestro Mark R Adjustable, remote-controllable orthopaedic prosthesis and associated method
US20060155279A1 (en) * 2004-10-28 2006-07-13 Axial Biotech, Inc. Apparatus and method for concave scoliosis expansion
US20060136062A1 (en) * 2004-12-17 2006-06-22 Dinello Alexandre Height-and angle-adjustable motion disc implant
US20060195087A1 (en) * 2005-02-02 2006-08-31 Ronald Sacher Adjustable length implant
US20060195088A1 (en) * 2005-02-02 2006-08-31 Ronald Sacher Adjustable length implant
US20060204156A1 (en) * 2005-03-08 2006-09-14 Nsk Ltd. Wheel supporting bearing assembly and method for producing the same
US20070016202A1 (en) * 2005-07-12 2007-01-18 David Kraft Intramedullar distraction device with user actuated distraction
US20100228167A1 (en) * 2005-08-01 2010-09-09 Mordechay Ilovich Implantable Magnetically Activated Actuator
US20070173837A1 (en) * 2005-11-18 2007-07-26 William Marsh Rice University Bone fixation and dynamization devices and methods
US20070179493A1 (en) * 2006-01-13 2007-08-02 Kim Richard C Magnetic spinal implant device
US20070270803A1 (en) * 2006-04-06 2007-11-22 Lukas Giger Remotely Adjustable Tissue Displacement Device
US20070255273A1 (en) * 2006-04-29 2007-11-01 Board Of Regents, The University Of Texas System Devices for use in Transluminal and Endoluminal Surgery
US20100049204A1 (en) * 2006-10-03 2010-02-25 Arnaud Soubeiran Intracorporeal elongation device with a permanent magnet
US20080177319A1 (en) * 2006-12-09 2008-07-24 Helmut Schwab Expansion Rod, Self-Adjusting
US20090105766A1 (en) * 2007-01-19 2009-04-23 Matthew Thompson Systems, Devices and Methods for the Correction of Spinal Deformities
US20080177326A1 (en) * 2007-01-19 2008-07-24 Matthew Thompson Orthosis to correct spinal deformities
US20080272928A1 (en) * 2007-05-03 2008-11-06 Shuster Gary S Signaling light with motion-sensing light control circuit
US20090082690A1 (en) * 2007-09-25 2009-03-26 Neosync, Inc. Systems and Methods for Neuro-EEG Synchronization Therapy
US20090093820A1 (en) * 2007-10-09 2009-04-09 Warsaw Orthopedic, Inc. Adjustable spinal stabilization systems
US20110004076A1 (en) * 2008-02-01 2011-01-06 Smith & Nephew, Inc. System and method for communicating with an implant
US20090204156A1 (en) * 2008-02-07 2009-08-13 K2M, Inc. Automatic lengthening bone fixation device

Cited By (158)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US11712268B2 (en) 2004-07-02 2023-08-01 Nuvasive Specialized Orthopedics, Inc. Expandable rod system to treat scoliosis and method of using the same
US9011491B2 (en) 2004-08-03 2015-04-21 K Spine, Inc. Facet device and method
US9451997B2 (en) 2004-08-03 2016-09-27 K2M, Inc. Facet device and method
US8114158B2 (en) 2004-08-03 2012-02-14 Kspine, Inc. Facet device and method
US20100030115A1 (en) * 2006-09-05 2010-02-04 Hideo Fujimoto Device for measuring compressive force of flexible linear body
US11103706B2 (en) 2007-03-09 2021-08-31 Mainstay Medical Limited Systems and methods for enhancing function of spine stabilization muscles associated with a spine surgery intervention
US9474906B2 (en) 2007-03-09 2016-10-25 Mainstay Medical Limited Systems and methods for restoring muscle function to the lumbar spine
US11679261B2 (en) 2007-03-09 2023-06-20 Mainstay Medical Limited Systems and methods for enhancing function of spine stabilization muscles associated with a spine surgery intervention
US11679262B2 (en) 2007-03-09 2023-06-20 Mainstay Medical Limited Systems and methods for restoring muscle function to the lumbar spine
US9072897B2 (en) 2007-03-09 2015-07-07 Mainstay Medical Limited Systems and methods for restoring muscle function to the lumbar spine
US11331488B2 (en) 2007-03-09 2022-05-17 Mainstay Medical Limited Systems and methods for enhancing function of spine stabilization muscles associated with a spine surgery intervention
US10016603B2 (en) 2007-03-09 2018-07-10 Mainstay Medical Limited Systems and methods for restoring muscle function to the lumbar spine
US10828490B2 (en) 2007-03-09 2020-11-10 Mainstay Medical Limited Systems and methods for restoring muscle function to the lumbar spine
US11246628B2 (en) 2007-06-06 2022-02-15 K2M, Inc. Medical device and method to correct deformity
US10426523B2 (en) 2007-06-06 2019-10-01 K2M, Inc. Medical device and method to correct deformity
US8162979B2 (en) 2007-06-06 2012-04-24 K Spine, Inc. Medical device and method to correct deformity
US9848917B2 (en) 2007-06-06 2017-12-26 K2M, Inc. Medical device and method to correct deformity
US20140336705A1 (en) * 2007-07-26 2014-11-13 Dynamic Spine, Llc Segmental orthopedic device for spinal elongation and for treatment of scoliosis
US9204899B2 (en) * 2007-07-26 2015-12-08 Dynamic Spine, Llc Segmental orthopedic device for spinal elongation and for treatment of scoliosis
US9204908B2 (en) 2007-07-26 2015-12-08 Dynamic Spine, Llc Segmental orthopedic device for spinal elongation and for treatment of scoliosis
US11871974B2 (en) 2007-10-30 2024-01-16 Nuvasive Specialized Orthopedics, Inc. Skeletal manipulation method
US7850740B2 (en) * 2008-04-03 2010-12-14 Teledyne Scientific & Imaging, Llc Indirect skeletal coupling and dynamic control of prosthesis
US20090254196A1 (en) * 2008-04-03 2009-10-08 Cox Brian N Indirect skeletal coupling & dynamic control of prosthesis
US9050049B2 (en) * 2008-06-12 2015-06-09 Daniel David Ryan Urethra gauge and methods of manufacture, and operation thereof
US20100016760A1 (en) * 2008-06-12 2010-01-21 Daniel David Ryan Urethra gauge and methods of manufacture, and operation thereof
US11925389B2 (en) 2008-10-13 2024-03-12 Nuvasive Specialized Orthopedics, Inc. Spinal distraction system
US9510865B2 (en) 2008-11-11 2016-12-06 K2M, Inc. Growth directed vertebral fixation system with distractible connector(s) and apical control
US10842536B2 (en) 2008-11-11 2020-11-24 K2M, Inc. Growth directed vertebral fixation system with distractible connector(s) and apical control
US8828058B2 (en) 2008-11-11 2014-09-09 Kspine, Inc. Growth directed vertebral fixation system with distractible connector(s) and apical control
US11304729B2 (en) 2009-02-23 2022-04-19 Nuvasive Specialized Orthhopedics, Inc. Non-invasive adjustable distraction system
US11918254B2 (en) 2009-02-23 2024-03-05 Nuvasive Specialized Orthopedics Inc. Adjustable implant system
US9173681B2 (en) 2009-03-26 2015-11-03 K2M, Inc. Alignment system with longitudinal support features
US9358044B2 (en) 2009-03-26 2016-06-07 K2M, Inc. Semi-constrained anchoring system
US8518086B2 (en) 2009-03-26 2013-08-27 K Spine, Inc. Semi-constrained anchoring system
US8357183B2 (en) 2009-03-26 2013-01-22 Kspine, Inc. Semi-constrained anchoring system
US11154329B2 (en) 2009-03-26 2021-10-26 K2M, Inc. Semi-constrained anchoring system
US8357182B2 (en) 2009-03-26 2013-01-22 Kspine, Inc. Alignment system with longitudinal support features
US11602380B2 (en) 2009-04-29 2023-03-14 Nuvasive Specialized Orthopedics, Inc. Interspinous process device and method
CN105011997B (en) * 2009-09-04 2019-04-26 诺威适骨科专科公司 Bone uptake device and method
US11207110B2 (en) 2009-09-04 2021-12-28 Nuvasive Specialized Orthopedics, Inc. Bone growth device and method
US8449543B2 (en) * 2009-09-04 2013-05-28 Ellipse Technologies, Inc. Bone growth device and method
WO2011029021A3 (en) * 2009-09-04 2014-03-20 Ellipse Technologies, Inc. Bone growth device and method
US20110060336A1 (en) * 2009-09-04 2011-03-10 Ellipse Technologies, Inc. Bone growth device and method
AU2019200227B2 (en) * 2009-09-04 2020-12-03 Nuvasive Specialized Orthopedics, Inc. Bone growth device and method
WO2011029021A2 (en) * 2009-09-04 2011-03-10 Ellipse Technologies, Inc. Bone growth device and method
AU2010289288B2 (en) * 2009-09-04 2015-11-26 Nuvasive Specialized Orthopedics, Inc. Bone growth device and method
CN105011997A (en) * 2009-09-04 2015-11-04 埃利普斯科技有限公司 Bone growth device and method
CN102905625A (en) * 2009-09-04 2013-01-30 埃利普斯科技有限公司 Bone growth device and method
US9827022B2 (en) 2009-09-15 2017-11-28 K2M, Llc Growth modulation system
US9168071B2 (en) 2009-09-15 2015-10-27 K2M, Inc. Growth modulation system
US10736669B2 (en) 2009-09-15 2020-08-11 K2M, Inc. Growth modulation system
US20120283781A1 (en) * 2009-11-25 2012-11-08 Uri Arnin Spinal rod having a post-operative adjustable dimension
US9078703B2 (en) * 2009-11-25 2015-07-14 Spine21 Ltd. Spinal rod having a post-operative adjustable dimension
US8568457B2 (en) 2009-12-01 2013-10-29 DePuy Synthes Products, LLC Non-fusion scoliosis expandable spinal rod
US10548638B2 (en) * 2009-12-01 2020-02-04 DePuy Synthes Products, Inc. Non-fusion scoliosis expandable spinal rod
CN102858262A (en) * 2009-12-01 2013-01-02 新特斯有限责任公司 Non-fusion scoliosis expandable spinal rod
US9282997B2 (en) 2009-12-01 2016-03-15 DePuy Synthes Products, Inc. Non-fusion scoliosis expandable spinal rod
US20160262799A1 (en) * 2009-12-01 2016-09-15 DePuy Synthes Products, Inc. Non-fusion scoliosis expandable spinal rod
US20110137347A1 (en) * 2009-12-01 2011-06-09 Synthes Usa, Llc Non-fusion scoliosis expandable spinal rod
US9220554B2 (en) 2010-02-18 2015-12-29 Globus Medical, Inc. Methods and apparatus for treating vertebral fractures
US10925637B2 (en) * 2010-03-11 2021-02-23 Mainstay Medical Limited Methods of implanting electrode leads for use with implantable neuromuscular electrical stimulator
US10926083B2 (en) 2010-03-11 2021-02-23 Mainstay Medical Limited Stimulator for treatment of back pain utilizing feedback
US11684774B2 (en) 2010-03-11 2023-06-27 Mainstay Medical Limited Electrical stimulator for treatment of back pain and methods of use
US20110224682A1 (en) * 2010-03-11 2011-09-15 Westlund Randy W Methods of implanting electrode leads for use with implantable neuromuscular electrical stimulator
US9861811B2 (en) 2010-03-11 2018-01-09 Mainstay Medical Limited Electrical stimulator for treatment of back pain and methods of use
US10661078B2 (en) 2010-03-11 2020-05-26 Mainstay Medical Limited Modular stimulator for treatment of back pain, implantable RF ablation system and methods of use
US11471670B2 (en) 2010-03-11 2022-10-18 Mainstay Medical Limited Electrical stimulator for treatment of back pain and methods of use
US8641723B2 (en) 2010-06-03 2014-02-04 Orthonex LLC Skeletal adjustment device
US9277950B2 (en) 2010-06-10 2016-03-08 Dynamic Spine, Llc Low-profile, uniplanar bone screw
US11497530B2 (en) 2010-06-30 2022-11-15 Nuvasive Specialized Orthopedics, Inc. External adjustment device for distraction device
US9550010B2 (en) 2010-07-02 2017-01-24 Agnovos Healthcare, Llc Methods of treating degenerative bone conditions
WO2012021378A3 (en) * 2010-08-09 2012-05-03 Ellipse Technologies, Inc. Maintenance feature in magnetic implant
US9757159B2 (en) 2010-08-09 2017-09-12 Nuvasive Specialized Orthopedics, Inc. Maintenance feature in magnetic implant
US8734488B2 (en) 2010-08-09 2014-05-27 Ellipse Technologies, Inc. Maintenance feature in magnetic implant
US9186183B2 (en) 2010-08-09 2015-11-17 Ellipse Technologies, Inc. Maintenance feature in magnetic implant
WO2012021378A2 (en) * 2010-08-09 2012-02-16 Ellipse Technologies, Inc. Maintenance feature in magnetic implant
US20120035656A1 (en) * 2010-08-09 2012-02-09 Ellipse Technologies, Inc. External maintenance feature for magnetic implant
US11406424B2 (en) 2010-08-09 2022-08-09 Nuvasive Specialized Orthopedics, Inc. Maintenance feature in magnetic implant
US8282671B2 (en) 2010-10-25 2012-10-09 Orthonex Smart device for non-invasive skeletal adjustment
US8721566B2 (en) 2010-11-12 2014-05-13 Robert A. Connor Spinal motion measurement device
US11660124B2 (en) 2010-11-22 2023-05-30 DePuy Synthes Products, Inc. Non-fusion scoliosis expandable spinal rod
US9861390B2 (en) 2010-11-22 2018-01-09 DePuy Synthes Products, Inc. Non-fusion scoliosis expandable spinal rod
US10507042B2 (en) 2010-11-22 2019-12-17 DePuy Synthes Products, Inc. Non-fusion scoliosis expandable spinal rod
US8961567B2 (en) 2010-11-22 2015-02-24 DePuy Synthes Products, LLC Non-fusion scoliosis expandable spinal rod
US11406432B2 (en) 2011-02-14 2022-08-09 Nuvasive Specialized Orthopedics, Inc. System and method for altering rotational alignment of bone sections
US20120209269A1 (en) * 2011-02-14 2012-08-16 Ellipse Tecnologies, Inc. Variable length device and method
US9393119B2 (en) 2011-02-14 2016-07-19 Nuvasive Specialized Orthopedics, Inc. Variable length device and method
US9393117B2 (en) 2011-02-14 2016-07-19 Nuvasive Specialized Orthopedics, Inc. System and method for altering rotational alignment of bone sections
US8715282B2 (en) 2011-02-14 2014-05-06 Ellipse Technologies, Inc. System and method for altering rotational alignment of bone sections
US10105167B2 (en) 2011-02-14 2018-10-23 Nuvasive Specialized Orthopedics, Inc. System and method for altering rotational alignment of bone sections
US8852187B2 (en) * 2011-02-14 2014-10-07 Ellipse Technologies, Inc. Variable length device and method
US9895168B2 (en) 2011-06-03 2018-02-20 K2M, Inc. Spinal correction system actuators
US9333009B2 (en) 2011-06-03 2016-05-10 K2M, Inc. Spinal correction system actuators
US9408638B2 (en) 2011-06-03 2016-08-09 K2M, Inc. Spinal correction system actuators
US10675062B2 (en) 2011-06-03 2020-06-09 K2M, Inc. Spinal correction system actuators
US10201438B2 (en) * 2011-06-30 2019-02-12 Fellowship Of Orthopaedic Researchers, Inc. Magnetic prosthetic implants and methods thereof
US20130006356A1 (en) * 2011-06-30 2013-01-03 Fellowship Of Orthopaedic Researchers, Inc. Magnetic prosthetic implants and methods thereof
US20170296364A1 (en) * 2011-06-30 2017-10-19 Fellowship Of Orthopaedic Researchers, Inc. Magnetic Prosthetic Implants and Methods Thereof
US9707105B2 (en) * 2011-06-30 2017-07-18 Fellowship Of Orthopaedic Researchers, Inc. Magnetic prosthetic implants and methods thereof
US9079019B2 (en) 2011-08-02 2015-07-14 Mainstay Medical Limited Apparatus and methods for anchoring electrode leads for use with implantable neuromuscular electrical stimulator
US20130072982A1 (en) * 2011-09-19 2013-03-21 Peter Melott Simonson Spinal assembly load gauge
US11445939B2 (en) 2011-10-04 2022-09-20 Nuvasive Specialized Orthopedics, Inc. Devices and methods for non-invasive implant length sensing
US10743794B2 (en) 2011-10-04 2020-08-18 Nuvasive Specialized Orthopedics, Inc. Devices and methods for non-invasive implant length sensing
US11918255B2 (en) 2011-11-01 2024-03-05 Nuvasive Specialized Orthopedics Inc. Adjustable magnetic devices and methods of using same
US9468469B2 (en) 2011-11-16 2016-10-18 K2M, Inc. Transverse coupler adjuster spinal correction systems and methods
US9827017B2 (en) 2011-11-16 2017-11-28 K2M, Inc. Spinal correction and secondary stabilization
US9468468B2 (en) 2011-11-16 2016-10-18 K2M, Inc. Transverse connector for spinal stabilization system
US10702311B2 (en) 2011-11-16 2020-07-07 K2M, Inc. Spinal correction and secondary stabilization
US9113959B2 (en) 2011-11-16 2015-08-25 K2M, Inc. Spinal correction and secondary stabilization
US8920472B2 (en) 2011-11-16 2014-12-30 Kspine, Inc. Spinal correction and secondary stabilization
US10342581B2 (en) 2011-11-16 2019-07-09 K2M, Inc. System and method for spinal correction
US11013538B2 (en) 2011-11-16 2021-05-25 K2M, Inc. System and method for spinal correction
US20140343373A1 (en) * 2011-12-09 2014-11-20 The University Of Tokyo Oral Cavity Sensor
US9504417B2 (en) * 2011-12-09 2016-11-29 The University Of Tokyo Oral cavity sensor
US9949761B2 (en) 2011-12-12 2018-04-24 Children's Hospital Medical Center Of Akron Noninvasive device for adjusting fastener
US10675064B2 (en) 2011-12-12 2020-06-09 Children's Hospital Medical Center Of Akron Distraction Osteogenesis system
US9730612B2 (en) 2012-06-06 2017-08-15 Nuvasive Specialized Orthopedics, Inc. Devices and methods for detection of slippage of magnetic coupling in implantable medical devices
US9078711B2 (en) 2012-06-06 2015-07-14 Ellipse Technologies, Inc. Devices and methods for detection of slippage of magnetic coupling in implantable medical devices
US11376427B2 (en) 2012-06-13 2022-07-05 Mainstay Medical Limited Systems and methods for restoring muscle function to the lumbar spine and kits for implanting the same
US9999763B2 (en) 2012-06-13 2018-06-19 Mainstay Medical Limited Apparatus and methods for anchoring electrode leads adjacent to nervous tissue
US10195419B2 (en) 2012-06-13 2019-02-05 Mainstay Medical Limited Electrode leads for use with implantable neuromuscular electrical stimulator
US9186501B2 (en) 2012-06-13 2015-11-17 Mainstay Medical Limited Systems and methods for implanting electrode leads for use with implantable neuromuscular electrical stimulator
US9981122B2 (en) 2012-06-13 2018-05-29 Mainstay Medical Limited Systems and methods for implanting electrode leads for use with implantable neuromuscular electrical stimulator
US11786725B2 (en) 2012-06-13 2023-10-17 Mainstay Medical Limited Systems and methods for restoring muscle function to the lumbar spine and kits for implanting the same
US10449355B2 (en) 2012-06-13 2019-10-22 Mainstay Medical Limited Systems and methods for restoring muscle function to the lumbar spine and kits for implanting the same
US11839410B2 (en) 2012-06-15 2023-12-12 Nuvasive Inc. Magnetic implants with improved anatomical compatibility
US10022153B2 (en) 2012-10-04 2018-07-17 Loubert S. Suddaby Percutaneous method for aligning a spine using deployable bone anchors
US8764803B2 (en) 2012-10-04 2014-07-01 Loubert S. Suddaby Apparatus and method for aligning a spine
US9968379B2 (en) 2012-10-04 2018-05-15 Loubert S. Suddaby Subcutaneous implantable device for gradually aligning a spine and subcutaneous implantable device for gradually lengthening a bone
US9480519B2 (en) 2012-10-04 2016-11-01 Loubert S. Suddaby Apparatus for aligning a spine using deployable bone anchors and method for the same
USRE49720E1 (en) 2012-10-18 2023-11-07 Nuvasive Specialized Orthopedics, Inc. Intramedullary implants for replacing lost bone
USRE49061E1 (en) 2012-10-18 2022-05-10 Nuvasive Specialized Orthopedics, Inc. Intramedullary implants for replacing lost bone
US11871971B2 (en) 2012-10-29 2024-01-16 Nuvasive Specialized Orthopedics, Inc. Adjustable devices for treating arthritis of the knee
US11857226B2 (en) 2013-03-08 2024-01-02 Nuvasive Specialized Orthopedics Systems and methods for ultrasonic detection of device distraction
US11766252B2 (en) 2013-07-31 2023-09-26 Nuvasive Specialized Orthopedics, Inc. Noninvasively adjustable suture anchors
US11696836B2 (en) 2013-08-09 2023-07-11 Nuvasive, Inc. Lordotic expandable interbody implant
US9468471B2 (en) 2013-09-17 2016-10-18 K2M, Inc. Transverse coupler adjuster spinal correction systems and methods
US11576702B2 (en) 2013-10-10 2023-02-14 Nuvasive Specialized Orthopedics, Inc. Adjustable spinal implant
US9950159B2 (en) 2013-10-23 2018-04-24 Mainstay Medical Limited Systems and methods for restoring muscle function to the lumbar spine and kits for implanting the same
US11246694B2 (en) 2014-04-28 2022-02-15 Nuvasive Specialized Orthopedics, Inc. System for informational magnetic feedback in adjustable implants
EP4242756A3 (en) * 2014-04-28 2023-11-15 NuVasive Specialized Orthopedics, Inc. System for informational magnetic feedback in adjustable implants
US9931138B2 (en) * 2014-10-15 2018-04-03 Globus Medical, Inc. Orthopedic extendable rods
US10471268B2 (en) 2014-10-16 2019-11-12 Mainstay Medical Limited Systems and methods for monitoring muscle rehabilitation
US11357547B2 (en) 2014-10-23 2022-06-14 Nuvasive Specialized Orthopedics Inc. Remotely adjustable interactive bone reshaping implant
US11890043B2 (en) 2014-12-26 2024-02-06 Nuvasive Specialized Orthopedics, Inc. Systems and methods for distraction
US11596456B2 (en) 2015-10-16 2023-03-07 Nuvasive Specialized Orthopedics, Inc. Adjustable devices for treating arthritis of the knee
KR101784414B1 (en) 2015-10-26 2017-10-11 연세대학교 산학협력단 Small molecule detection and localization method based on maldi mass spectrometry imaging
US11504162B2 (en) 2015-12-10 2022-11-22 Nuvasive Specialized Orthopedics, Inc. External adjustment device for distraction device
US11801187B2 (en) 2016-02-10 2023-10-31 Nuvasive Specialized Orthopedics, Inc. Systems and methods for controlling multiple surgical variables
US10327810B2 (en) 2016-07-05 2019-06-25 Mainstay Medical Limited Systems and methods for enhanced implantation of electrode leads between tissue layers
US11406421B2 (en) 2016-07-05 2022-08-09 Mainstay Medical Limited Systems and methods for enhanced implantation of electrode leads between tissue layers
US10874518B2 (en) 2017-09-18 2020-12-29 Fellowship Of Orthopaedic Researchers, Inc. Magnetic prosthetic implants and methods thereof
US11577097B2 (en) 2019-02-07 2023-02-14 Nuvasive Specialized Orthopedics, Inc. Ultrasonic communication in medical devices
US20230181221A1 (en) * 2019-02-08 2023-06-15 Nuvasive Specialized Orthopedics, Inc. External adjustment device
US11589901B2 (en) * 2019-02-08 2023-02-28 Nuvasive Specialized Orthopedics, Inc. External adjustment device
US11806054B2 (en) 2021-02-23 2023-11-07 Nuvasive Specialized Orthopedics, Inc. Adjustable implant, system and methods
US20220323235A1 (en) * 2021-03-30 2022-10-13 Nazmi Peyman Interbody spinal cage
US11737787B1 (en) 2021-05-27 2023-08-29 Nuvasive, Inc. Bone elongating devices and methods of use

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JP2016013464A (en) 2016-01-28
US9693813B2 (en) 2017-07-04
US20150173820A1 (en) 2015-06-25
US9179960B2 (en) 2015-11-10
US20090112207A1 (en) 2009-04-30
US11871974B2 (en) 2024-01-16
US20190321089A1 (en) 2019-10-24
CN101917918B (en) 2012-11-21
US20220031375A1 (en) 2022-02-03
US20130296859A1 (en) 2013-11-07
JP6178371B2 (en) 2017-08-09
EP2209431A4 (en) 2012-12-19
US20090112262A1 (en) 2009-04-30
US8057472B2 (en) 2011-11-15
CA2703562A1 (en) 2009-05-07
CA2703562C (en) 2017-03-21
EP2209431A1 (en) 2010-07-28
US9271781B2 (en) 2016-03-01
US8419734B2 (en) 2013-04-16
EP2209431B1 (en) 2017-06-07
JP2011502003A (en) 2011-01-20
US10349995B2 (en) 2019-07-16
US20160030089A1 (en) 2016-02-04
CN102920500A (en) 2013-02-13
CN102920500B (en) 2015-03-04
US20170296249A1 (en) 2017-10-19
US20120157996A1 (en) 2012-06-21
JP5860496B2 (en) 2016-02-16
WO2009058546A1 (en) 2009-05-07
JP2014204988A (en) 2014-10-30
CN101917918A (en) 2010-12-15
US11172972B2 (en) 2021-11-16
ES2639014T3 (en) 2017-10-25

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US11871974B2 (en) Skeletal manipulation method
US11925389B2 (en) Spinal distraction system
US20100094305A1 (en) Spinal distraction system
US11918254B2 (en) Adjustable implant system

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
AS Assignment

Owner name: ELLIPSE TECHNOLOGIES, INC., CALIFORNIA

Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNORS:POOL, SCOTT;WALKER, BLAIR;CHANG, ARVIN;AND OTHERS;REEL/FRAME:021144/0874;SIGNING DATES FROM 20080520 TO 20080617

STCB Information on status: application discontinuation

Free format text: ABANDONED -- FAILURE TO RESPOND TO AN OFFICE ACTION

AS Assignment

Owner name: BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., AS ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT, NORTH CAROLINA

Free format text: SECURITY INTEREST;ASSIGNORS:NUVASIVE, INC.;NUVASIVE CLINICAL SERVICES MONITORING, INC.;NUVASIVE CLINICAL SERVICES, INC.;AND OTHERS;REEL/FRAME:052918/0595

Effective date: 20200224